MKE16Z4

ACMP: Analog Comparator Driver

void ACMP_Init(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_config_t *config)

Initializes the ACMP.

The default configuration can be got by calling ACMP_GetDefaultConfig().

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to ACMP configuration structure.

void ACMP_Deinit(CMP_Type *base)

Deinitializes the ACMP.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

void ACMP_GetDefaultConfig(acmp_config_t *config)

Gets the default configuration for ACMP.

This function initializes the user configuration structure to default value. The default value are:

Example:

config->enableHighSpeed = false;
config->enableInvertOutput = false;
config->useUnfilteredOutput = false;
config->enablePinOut = false;
config->enableHysteresisBothDirections = false;
config->hysteresisMode = kACMP_hysteresisMode0;

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to ACMP configuration structure.

void ACMP_Enable(CMP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the ACMP.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • enable – True to enable the ACMP.

void ACMP_EnableLinkToDAC(CMP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the link from CMP to DAC enable.

When this bit is set, the DAC enable/disable is controlled by the bit CMP_C0[EN] instead of CMP_C1[DACEN].

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • enable – Enable the feature or not.

void ACMP_SetChannelConfig(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_channel_config_t *config)

Sets the channel configuration.

Note that the plus/minus mux’s setting is only valid when the positive/negative port’s input isn’t from DAC but from channel mux.

Example:

acmp_channel_config_t configStruct = {0};
configStruct.positivePortInput = kACMP_PortInputFromDAC;
configStruct.negativePortInput = kACMP_PortInputFromMux;
configStruct.minusMuxInput = 1U;
ACMP_SetChannelConfig(CMP0, &configStruct);

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to channel configuration structure.

void ACMP_EnableDMA(CMP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables DMA.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • enable – True to enable DMA.

void ACMP_EnableWindowMode(CMP_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables window mode.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • enable – True to enable window mode.

void ACMP_SetFilterConfig(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_filter_config_t *config)

Configures the filter.

The filter can be enabled when the filter count is bigger than 1, the filter period is greater than 0 and the sample clock is from divided bus clock or the filter is bigger than 1 and the sample clock is from external clock. Detailed usage can be got from the reference manual.

Example:

acmp_filter_config_t configStruct = {0};
configStruct.filterCount = 5U;
configStruct.filterPeriod = 200U;
configStruct.enableSample = false;
ACMP_SetFilterConfig(CMP0, &configStruct);

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to filter configuration structure.

void ACMP_SetDACConfig(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_dac_config_t *config)

Configures the internal DAC.

Example:

acmp_dac_config_t configStruct = {0};
configStruct.referenceVoltageSource = kACMP_VrefSourceVin1;
configStruct.DACValue = 20U;
configStruct.enableOutput = false;
configStruct.workMode = kACMP_DACWorkLowSpeedMode;
ACMP_SetDACConfig(CMP0, &configStruct);

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to DAC configuration structure. “NULL” is for disabling the feature.

void ACMP_SetRoundRobinConfig(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_round_robin_config_t *config)

Configures the round robin mode.

Example:

acmp_round_robin_config_t configStruct = {0};
configStruct.fixedPort = kACMP_FixedPlusPort;
configStruct.fixedChannelNumber = 3U;
configStruct.checkerChannelMask = 0xF7U;
configStruct.sampleClockCount = 0U;
configStruct.delayModulus = 0U;
ACMP_SetRoundRobinConfig(CMP0, &configStruct);

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to round robin mode configuration structure. “NULL” is for disabling the feature.

void ACMP_SetRoundRobinPreState(CMP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Defines the pre-set state of channels in round robin mode.

Note: The pre-state has different circuit with get-round-robin-result in the SOC even though they are same bits. So get-round-robin-result can’t return the same value as the value are set by pre-state.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • mask – Mask of round robin channel index. Available range is channel0:0x01 to channel7:0x80.

static inline uint32_t ACMP_GetRoundRobinStatusFlags(CMP_Type *base)

Gets the channel input changed flags in round robin mode.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask of channel input changed asserted flags. Available range is channel0:0x01 to channel7:0x80.

void ACMP_ClearRoundRobinStatusFlags(CMP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the channel input changed flags in round robin mode.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • mask – Mask of channel index. Available range is channel0:0x01 to channel7:0x80.

static inline uint32_t ACMP_GetRoundRobinResult(CMP_Type *base)

Gets the round robin result.

Note that the set-pre-state has different circuit with get-round-robin-result in the SOC even though they are same bits. So ACMP_GetRoundRobinResult() can’t return the same value as the value are set by ACMP_SetRoundRobinPreState.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask of round robin channel result. Available range is channel0:0x01 to channel7:0x80.

void ACMP_EnableInterrupts(CMP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • mask – Interrupts mask. See “_acmp_interrupt_enable”.

void ACMP_DisableInterrupts(CMP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • mask – Interrupts mask. See “_acmp_interrupt_enable”.

uint32_t ACMP_GetStatusFlags(CMP_Type *base)

Gets status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

Returns:

Status flags asserted mask. See “_acmp_status_flags”.

void ACMP_ClearStatusFlags(CMP_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • mask – Status flags mask. See “_acmp_status_flags”.

void ACMP_SetDiscreteModeConfig(CMP_Type *base, const acmp_discrete_mode_config_t *config)

Configure the discrete mode.

Configure the discrete mode when supporting 3V domain with 1.8V core.

Parameters:
  • base – ACMP peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to configuration structure. See “acmp_discrete_mode_config_t”.

void ACMP_GetDefaultDiscreteModeConfig(acmp_discrete_mode_config_t *config)

Get the default configuration for discrete mode setting.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to configuration structure to be restored with the setting values.

FSL_ACMP_DRIVER_VERSION

ACMP driver version 2.3.0.

enum _acmp_interrupt_enable

Interrupt enable/disable mask.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_OutputRisingInterruptEnable

Enable the interrupt when comparator outputs rising.

enumerator kACMP_OutputFallingInterruptEnable

Enable the interrupt when comparator outputs falling.

enumerator kACMP_RoundRobinInterruptEnable

Enable the Round-Robin interrupt.

enum _acmp_status_flags

Status flag mask.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_OutputRisingEventFlag

Rising-edge on compare output has occurred.

enumerator kACMP_OutputFallingEventFlag

Falling-edge on compare output has occurred.

enumerator kACMP_OutputAssertEventFlag

Return the current value of the analog comparator output.

enum _acmp_offset_mode

Comparator hard block offset control.

If OFFSET level is 1, then there is no hysteresis in the case of positive port input crossing negative port input in the positive direction (or negative port input crossing positive port input in the negative direction). Hysteresis still exists for positive port input crossing negative port input in the falling direction. If OFFSET level is 0, then the hysteresis selected by acmp_hysteresis_mode_t is valid for both directions.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_OffsetLevel0

The comparator hard block output has level 0 offset internally.

enumerator kACMP_OffsetLevel1

The comparator hard block output has level 1 offset internally.

enum _acmp_hysteresis_mode

Comparator hard block hysteresis control.

See chip data sheet to get the actual hysteresis value with each level.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_HysteresisLevel0

Offset is level 0 and Hysteresis is level 0.

enumerator kACMP_HysteresisLevel1

Offset is level 0 and Hysteresis is level 1.

enumerator kACMP_HysteresisLevel2

Offset is level 0 and Hysteresis is level 2.

enumerator kACMP_HysteresisLevel3

Offset is level 0 and Hysteresis is level 3.

enum _acmp_reference_voltage_source

CMP Voltage Reference source.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_VrefSourceVin1

Vin1 is selected as resistor ladder network supply reference Vin.

enumerator kACMP_VrefSourceVin2

Vin2 is selected as resistor ladder network supply reference Vin.

enum _acmp_port_input

Port input source.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_PortInputFromDAC

Port input from the 8-bit DAC output.

enumerator kACMP_PortInputFromMux

Port input from the analog 8-1 mux.

enum _acmp_fixed_port

Fixed mux port.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_FixedPlusPort

Only the inputs to the Minus port are swept in each round.

enumerator kACMP_FixedMinusPort

Only the inputs to the Plus port are swept in each round.

enum _acmp_dac_work_mode

Internal DAC’s work mode.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_DACWorkLowSpeedMode

DAC is selected to work in low speed and low power mode.

enumerator kACMP_DACWorkHighSpeedMode

DAC is selected to work in high speed high power mode.

enum _acmp_discrete_clock_source

Discrete mode clock selection.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteClockSlow

Slow clock (32kHz) is used as the discrete mode clock.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteClockFast

Fast clock (16-20MHz) is used as the discrete mode clock.

enum _acmp_discrete_sample_time

ACMP discrete sample selection. These values configures the analog comparator sampling timing (speicified by the discrete mode clock period T which is selected by acmp_discrete_clock_source_t) in discrete mode.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs1T

The sampling time equals to 1xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs2T

The sampling time equals to 2xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs4T

The sampling time equals to 4xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs8T

The sampling time equals to 8xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs16T

The sampling time equals to 16xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs32T

The sampling time equals to 32xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs64T

The sampling time equals to 64xT.

enumerator kACMP_DiscreteSampleTimeAs256T

The sampling time equals to 256xT.

enum _acmp_discrete_phase_time

ACMP discrete phase time selection. There are two phases for sampling input signals, phase 1 and phase 2.

Values:

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt0

The phase x active in one sampling selection 0.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt1

The phase x active in one sampling selection 1.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt2

The phase x active in one sampling selection 2.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt3

The phase x active in one sampling selection 3.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt4

The phase x active in one sampling selection 4.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt5

The phase x active in one sampling selection 5.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt6

The phase x active in one sampling selection 6.

enumerator kACMP_DiscretePhaseTimeAlt7

The phase x active in one sampling selection 7.

typedef enum _acmp_offset_mode acmp_offset_mode_t

Comparator hard block offset control.

If OFFSET level is 1, then there is no hysteresis in the case of positive port input crossing negative port input in the positive direction (or negative port input crossing positive port input in the negative direction). Hysteresis still exists for positive port input crossing negative port input in the falling direction. If OFFSET level is 0, then the hysteresis selected by acmp_hysteresis_mode_t is valid for both directions.

typedef enum _acmp_hysteresis_mode acmp_hysteresis_mode_t

Comparator hard block hysteresis control.

See chip data sheet to get the actual hysteresis value with each level.

typedef enum _acmp_reference_voltage_source acmp_reference_voltage_source_t

CMP Voltage Reference source.

typedef enum _acmp_port_input acmp_port_input_t

Port input source.

typedef enum _acmp_fixed_port acmp_fixed_port_t

Fixed mux port.

typedef enum _acmp_dac_work_mode acmp_dac_work_mode_t

Internal DAC’s work mode.

typedef struct _acmp_config acmp_config_t

Configuration for ACMP.

typedef struct _acmp_channel_config acmp_channel_config_t

Configuration for channel.

The comparator’s port can be input from channel mux or DAC. If port input is from channel mux, detailed channel number for the mux should be configured.

typedef struct _acmp_filter_config acmp_filter_config_t

Configuration for filter.

typedef struct _acmp_dac_config acmp_dac_config_t

Configuration for DAC.

typedef struct _acmp_round_robin_config acmp_round_robin_config_t

Configuration for round robin mode.

typedef enum _acmp_discrete_clock_source acmp_discrete_clock_source_t

Discrete mode clock selection.

typedef enum _acmp_discrete_sample_time acmp_discrete_sample_time_t

ACMP discrete sample selection. These values configures the analog comparator sampling timing (speicified by the discrete mode clock period T which is selected by acmp_discrete_clock_source_t) in discrete mode.

typedef enum _acmp_discrete_phase_time acmp_discrete_phase_time_t

ACMP discrete phase time selection. There are two phases for sampling input signals, phase 1 and phase 2.

typedef struct _acmp_discrete_mode_config acmp_discrete_mode_config_t

Configuration for discrete mode.

CMP_C0_CFx_MASK

The mask of status flags cleared by writing 1.

CMP_C1_CHNn_MASK
CMP_C2_CHnF_MASK
struct _acmp_config
#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for ACMP.

Public Members

acmp_offset_mode_t offsetMode

Offset mode.

acmp_hysteresis_mode_t hysteresisMode

Hysteresis mode.

bool enableHighSpeed

Enable High Speed (HS) comparison mode.

bool enableInvertOutput

Enable inverted comparator output.

bool useUnfilteredOutput

Set compare output(COUT) to equal COUTA(true) or COUT(false).

bool enablePinOut

The comparator output is available on the associated pin.

struct _acmp_channel_config
#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for channel.

The comparator’s port can be input from channel mux or DAC. If port input is from channel mux, detailed channel number for the mux should be configured.

Public Members

acmp_port_input_t positivePortInput

Input source of the comparator’s positive port.

uint32_t plusMuxInput

Plus mux input channel(0~7).

acmp_port_input_t negativePortInput

Input source of the comparator’s negative port.

uint32_t minusMuxInput

Minus mux input channel(0~7).

struct _acmp_filter_config
#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for filter.

Public Members

bool enableSample

Using external SAMPLE as sampling clock input, or using divided bus clock.

uint32_t filterCount

Filter Sample Count. Available range is 1-7, 0 would cause the filter disabled.

uint32_t filterPeriod

Filter Sample Period. The divider to bus clock. Available range is 0-255.

struct _acmp_dac_config
#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for DAC.

Public Members

acmp_reference_voltage_source_t referenceVoltageSource

Supply voltage reference source.

uint32_t DACValue

Value for DAC Output Voltage. Available range is 0-255.

bool enableOutput

Enable the DAC output.

struct _acmp_round_robin_config
#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for round robin mode.

Public Members

acmp_fixed_port_t fixedPort

Fixed mux port.

uint32_t fixedChannelNumber

Indicates which channel is fixed in the fixed mux port.

uint32_t checkerChannelMask

Mask of checker channel index. Available range is channel0:0x01 to channel7:0x80 for round-robin checker.

uint32_t sampleClockCount

Specifies how many round-robin clock cycles(0~3) later the sample takes place.

uint32_t delayModulus

Comparator and DAC initialization delay modulus.

struct _acmp_discrete_mode_config
#include <fsl_acmp.h>

Configuration for discrete mode.

Public Members

bool enablePositiveChannelDiscreteMode

Positive Channel Continuous Mode Enable. By default, the continuous mode is used.

bool enableNegativeChannelDiscreteMode

Negative Channel Continuous Mode Enable. By default, the continuous mode is used.

bool enableResistorDivider

Resistor Divider Enable is used to enable the resistor divider for the inputs when they come from 3v domain and their values are above 1.8v.

acmp_discrete_clock_source_t clockSource

Select the clock source in order to generate the requiried timing for comparator to work in discrete mode.

acmp_discrete_sample_time_t sampleTime

Select the ACMP total sampling time period.

acmp_discrete_phase_time_t phase1Time

Select the ACMP phase 1 sampling time.

acmp_discrete_phase_time_t phase2Time

Select the ACMP phase 2 sampling time.

ADC12: Analog-to-Digital Converter

void ADC12_Init(ADC_Type *base, const adc12_config_t *config)

Initialize the ADC12 module.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to “adc12_config_t” structure.

void ADC12_Deinit(ADC_Type *base)

De-initialize the ADC12 module.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

void ADC12_GetDefaultConfig(adc12_config_t *config)

Gets an available pre-defined settings for converter’s configuration.

This function initializes the converter configuration structure with an available settings. The default values are:

Example:

config->referenceVoltageSource = kADC12_ReferenceVoltageSourceVref;
config->clockSource = kADC12_ClockSourceAlt0;
config->clockDivider = kADC12_ClockDivider1;
config->resolution = kADC12_Resolution8Bit;
config->sampleClockCount = 12U;
config->enableContinuousConversion = false;

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to “adc12_config_t” structure.

void ADC12_SetChannelConfig(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t channelGroup, const adc12_channel_config_t *config)

Configure the conversion channel.

This operation triggers the conversion in software trigger mode. In hardware trigger mode, this API configures the channel while the external trigger source helps to trigger the conversion.

Note that the “Channel Group” has a detailed description. To allow sequential conversions of the ADC to be triggered by internal peripherals, the ADC can have more than one group of status and control register, one for each conversion. The channel group parameter indicates which group of registers are used, channel group 0 is for Group A registers and channel group 1 is for Group B registers. The channel groups are used in a “ping-pong” approach to control the ADC operation. At any time, only one of the channel groups is actively controlling ADC conversions. Channel group 0 is used for both software and hardware trigger modes of operation. Channel groups 1 and greater indicate potentially multiple channel group registers for use only in hardware trigger mode. See the chip configuration information in the MCU reference manual about the number of SC1n registers (channel groups) specific to this device. None of the channel groups 1 or greater are used for software trigger operation and therefore writes to these channel groups do not initiate a new conversion. Updating channel group 0 while a different channel group is actively controlling a conversion is allowed and vice versa. Writing any of the channel group registers while that specific channel group is actively controlling a conversion aborts the current conversion.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

  • channelGroup – Channel group index.

  • config – Pointer to “adc12_channel_config_t” structure.

static inline uint32_t ADC12_GetChannelConversionValue(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t channelGroup)

Get the conversion value.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

  • channelGroup – Channel group index.

Returns:

Conversion value.

uint32_t ADC12_GetChannelStatusFlags(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t channelGroup)

Get the status flags of channel.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

  • channelGroup – Channel group index.

Returns:

Flags’ mask if indicated flags are asserted. See to “_adc12_channel_status_flags”.

status_t ADC12_DoAutoCalibration(ADC_Type *base)

Automate the hardware calibration.

This auto calibration helps to adjust the gain automatically according to the converter’s working environment. Execute the calibration before conversion. Note that the software trigger should be used during calibration.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Calibration is done successfully.

  • kStatus_Fail – Calibration is failed.

static inline void ADC12_SetOffsetValue(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Set the offset value for the conversion result.

This offset value takes effect on the conversion result. If the offset value is not zero, the conversion result is substracted by it.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

  • value – Offset value.

static inline void ADC12_SetGainValue(ADC_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Set the gain value for the conversion result.

This gain value takes effect on the conversion result. If the gain value is not zero, the conversion result is amplified as it.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

  • value – Gain value.

static inline void ADC12_EnableDMA(ADC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable generating the DMA trigger when conversion is completed.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

  • enable – Switcher of DMA feature. “true” means to enable, “false” means to disable.

static inline void ADC12_EnableHardwareTrigger(ADC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable of disable the hardware trigger mode.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

  • enable – Switcher of hardware trigger feature. “true” means to enable, “false” means not.

void ADC12_SetHardwareCompareConfig(ADC_Type *base, const adc12_hardware_compare_config_t *config)

Configure the hardware compare mode.

The hardware compare mode provides a way to process the conversion result automatically by hardware. Only the result in compare range is available. To compare the range, see “adc12_hardware_compare_mode_t”, or the reference manual document for more detailed information.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to “adc12_hardware_compare_config_t” structure. Pass “NULL” to disable the feature.

void ADC12_SetHardwareAverage(ADC_Type *base, adc12_hardware_average_mode_t mode)

Set the hardware average mode.

Hardware average mode provides a way to process the conversion result automatically by hardware. The multiple conversion results are accumulated and averaged internally. This aids to get more accurate conversion result.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

  • mode – Setting hardware average mode. See to “adc12_hardware_average_mode_t”.

uint32_t ADC12_GetStatusFlags(ADC_Type *base)

Get the status flags of the converter.

Parameters:
  • base – ADC12 peripheral base address.

Returns:

Flags’ mask if indicated flags are asserted. See to “_adc12_status_flags”.

enum _adc12_channel_status_flags

Channel status flags’ mask.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_ChannelConversionCompletedFlag

Conversion done.

enum _adc12_status_flags

Converter status flags’ mask.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_ActiveFlag

Converter is active.

enumerator kADC12_CalibrationFailedFlag

Calibration is failed.

enum _adc12_clock_divider

Clock divider for the converter.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_ClockDivider1

For divider 1 from the input clock to the module.

enumerator kADC12_ClockDivider2

For divider 2 from the input clock to the module.

enumerator kADC12_ClockDivider4

For divider 4 from the input clock to the module.

enumerator kADC12_ClockDivider8

For divider 8 from the input clock to the module.

enum _adc12_resolution

Converter’s resolution.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_Resolution8Bit

8 bit resolution.

enumerator kADC12_Resolution12Bit

12 bit resolution.

enumerator kADC12_Resolution10Bit

10 bit resolution.

enum _adc12_clock_source

Conversion clock source.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_ClockSourceAlt0

Alternate clock 1 (ADC_ALTCLK1).

enumerator kADC12_ClockSourceAlt1

Alternate clock 2 (ADC_ALTCLK2).

enumerator kADC12_ClockSourceAlt2

Alternate clock 3 (ADC_ALTCLK3).

enumerator kADC12_ClockSourceAlt3

Alternate clock 4 (ADC_ALTCLK4).

enum _adc12_reference_voltage_source

Reference voltage source.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_ReferenceVoltageSourceVref

For external pins pair of VrefH and VrefL.

enumerator kADC12_ReferenceVoltageSourceValt

For alternate reference pair of ValtH and ValtL.

enum _adc12_hardware_average_mode

Hardware average mode.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_HardwareAverageCount4

For hardware average with 4 samples.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareAverageCount8

For hardware average with 8 samples.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareAverageCount16

For hardware average with 16 samples.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareAverageCount32

For hardware average with 32 samples.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareAverageDisabled

Disable the hardware average feature.

enum _adc12_hardware_compare_mode

Hardware compare mode.

Values:

enumerator kADC12_HardwareCompareMode0

x < value1.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareCompareMode1

x > value1.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareCompareMode2

if value1 <= value2, then x < value1 || x > value2; else, value1 > x > value2.

enumerator kADC12_HardwareCompareMode3

if value1 <= value2, then value1 <= x <= value2; else x >= value1 || x <= value2.

typedef enum _adc12_clock_divider adc12_clock_divider_t

Clock divider for the converter.

typedef enum _adc12_resolution adc12_resolution_t

Converter’s resolution.

typedef enum _adc12_clock_source adc12_clock_source_t

Conversion clock source.

typedef enum _adc12_reference_voltage_source adc12_reference_voltage_source_t

Reference voltage source.

typedef enum _adc12_hardware_average_mode adc12_hardware_average_mode_t

Hardware average mode.

typedef enum _adc12_hardware_compare_mode adc12_hardware_compare_mode_t

Hardware compare mode.

typedef struct _adc12_config adc12_config_t

Converter configuration.

typedef struct _adc12_hardware_compare_config adc12_hardware_compare_config_t

Hardware compare configuration.

typedef struct _adc12_channel_config adc12_channel_config_t

Channel conversion configuration.

FSL_ADC12_DRIVER_VERSION

ADC12 driver version.

Version 2.0.7.

struct _adc12_config
#include <fsl_adc12.h>

Converter configuration.

Public Members

adc12_reference_voltage_source_t referenceVoltageSource

Select the reference voltage source.

adc12_clock_source_t clockSource

Select the input clock source to converter.

adc12_clock_divider_t clockDivider

Select the divider of input clock source.

adc12_resolution_t resolution

Select the sample resolution mode.

uint32_t sampleClockCount

Select the sample clock count. Add its value may improve the stability of the conversion result.

bool enableContinuousConversion

Enable continuous conversion mode.

struct _adc12_hardware_compare_config
#include <fsl_adc12.h>

Hardware compare configuration.

Public Members

adc12_hardware_compare_mode_t hardwareCompareMode

Select the hardware compare mode.

int16_t value1

Setting value1 for hardware compare mode.

int16_t value2

Setting value2 for hardware compare mode.

struct _adc12_channel_config
#include <fsl_adc12.h>

Channel conversion configuration.

Public Members

uint32_t channelNumber

Setting the conversion channel number. The available range is 0-31. See channel connection information for each chip in Reference Manual document.

bool enableInterruptOnConversionCompleted

Generate a interrupt request once the conversion is completed.

Clock Driver

enum _clock_name

Clock name used to get clock frequency.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_CoreSysClk

Core/system clock

enumerator kCLOCK_BusClk

Bus clock

enumerator kCLOCK_FlashClk

Flash clock

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgSysOscClk

SCG system OSC clock. (SYSOSC)

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgSircClk

SCG SIRC clock.

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgFircClk

SCG FIRC clock.

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgLpFllClk

SCG low power FLL clock. (LPFLL)

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgSysOscAsyncDiv2Clk

SOSCDIV2_CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgSircAsyncDiv2Clk

SIRCDIV2_CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgFircAsyncDiv2Clk

FIRCDIV2_CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_ScgLpFllAsyncDiv2Clk

LPFLLDIV2_CLK.

enumerator kCLOCK_LpoClk

LPO clock

enumerator kCLOCK_ErClk

ERCLK. The external reference clock from SCG.

enum _clock_ip_src

Clock source for peripherals that support various clock selections.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_IpSrcNoneOrExt

Clock is off or external clock is used.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpSrcSysOscAsync

System Oscillator async clock.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpSrcSircAsync

Slow IRC async clock.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpSrcFircAsync

Fast IRC async clock.

enumerator kCLOCK_IpSrcLpFllAsync

LPFLL async clock.

enum _clock_ip_name

Peripheral clock name difinition used for clock gate, clock source and clock divider setting. It is defined as the corresponding register address.

Values:

enumerator kCLOCK_IpInvalid
enumerator kCLOCK_Flash0
enumerator kCLOCK_Mscan0
enumerator kCLOCK_Lpspi0
enumerator kCLOCK_Crc0
enumerator kCLOCK_Pdb0
enumerator kCLOCK_Lpit0
enumerator kCLOCK_Ftm0
enumerator kCLOCK_Ftm1
enumerator kCLOCK_Adc0
enumerator kCLOCK_Rtc0
enumerator kCLOCK_Lptmr0
enumerator kCLOCK_Tsi0
enumerator kCLOCK_PortA
enumerator kCLOCK_PortB
enumerator kCLOCK_PortC
enumerator kCLOCK_PortD
enumerator kCLOCK_PortE
enumerator kCLOCK_Pwt0
enumerator kCLOCK_Ewm0
enumerator kCLOCK_Lpi2c0
enumerator kCLOCK_Lpuart0
enumerator kCLOCK_Lpuart1
enumerator kCLOCK_Lpuart2
enumerator kCLOCK_Cmp0

SCG status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_SCG_Busy

Clock is busy.

enumerator kStatus_SCG_InvalidSrc

Invalid source.

enum _scg_sys_clk

SCG system clock type.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysClkSlow

System slow clock.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkCore

Core clock.

enum _scg_sys_clk_src

SCG system clock source.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysClkSrcSysOsc

System OSC.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkSrcSirc

Slow IRC.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkSrcFirc

Fast IRC.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkSrcLpFll

Low power FLL.

enum _scg_sys_clk_div

SCG system clock divider value.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy1

Divided by 1.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy2

Divided by 2.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy3

Divided by 3.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy4

Divided by 4.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy5

Divided by 5.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy6

Divided by 6.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy7

Divided by 7.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy8

Divided by 8.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy9

Divided by 9.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy10

Divided by 10.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy11

Divided by 11.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy12

Divided by 12.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy13

Divided by 13.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy14

Divided by 14.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy15

Divided by 15.

enumerator kSCG_SysClkDivBy16

Divided by 16.

enum _clock_clkout_src

SCG clock out configuration (CLKOUTSEL).

Values:

enumerator kClockClkoutSelScgSlow

SCG slow clock.

enumerator kClockClkoutSelSysOsc

System OSC.

enumerator kClockClkoutSelSirc

Slow IRC.

enumerator kClockClkoutSelFirc

Fast IRC.

enumerator kClockClkoutSelLpFll

Low power FLL.

enum _scg_async_clk

SCG asynchronous clock type.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_AsyncDiv2Clk

The async clock by DIV2, e.g. SOSCDIV2_CLK, SIRCDIV2_CLK.

enum scg_async_clk_div

SCG asynchronous clock divider value.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDisable

Clock output is disabled.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy1

Divided by 1.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy2

Divided by 2.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy4

Divided by 4.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy8

Divided by 8.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy16

Divided by 16.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy32

Divided by 32.

enumerator kSCG_AsyncClkDivBy64

Divided by 64.

enum _scg_sosc_monitor_mode

SCG system OSC monitor mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysOscMonitorDisable

Monitor disabled.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscMonitorInt

Interrupt when the system OSC error is detected.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscMonitorReset

Reset when the system OSC error is detected.

enum _scg_sosc_mode

OSC work mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysOscModeExt

Use external clock.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscModeOscLowPower

Oscillator low power.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscModeOscHighGain

Oscillator high gain.

OSC enable mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SysOscEnable

Enable OSC clock.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscEnableInStop

Enable OSC in stop mode.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscEnableInLowPower

Enable OSC in low power mode.

enumerator kSCG_SysOscEnableErClk

Enable OSCERCLK.

enum _scg_sirc_range

SCG slow IRC clock frequency range.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SircRangeLow

Slow IRC low range clock (2 MHz, 4 MHz for i.MX 7 ULP).

enumerator kSCG_SircRangeHigh

Slow IRC high range clock (8 MHz, 16 MHz for i.MX 7 ULP).

SIRC enable mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_SircEnable

Enable SIRC clock.

enumerator kSCG_SircEnableInStop

Enable SIRC in stop mode.

enumerator kSCG_SircEnableInLowPower

Enable SIRC in low power mode.

enum _scg_firc_trim_mode

SCG fast IRC trim mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimNonUpdate

FIRC trim enable but not enable trim value update. In this mode, the trim value is fixed to the initialized value which is defined by trimCoar and trimFine in configure structure scg_firc_trim_config_t.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimUpdate

FIRC trim enable and trim value update enable. In this mode, the trim value is auto update.

enum _scg_firc_trim_div

SCG fast IRC trim predivided value for system OSC.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy1

Divided by 1.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy128

Divided by 128.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy256

Divided by 256.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy512

Divided by 512.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy1024

Divided by 1024.

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimDivBy2048

Divided by 2048.

enum _scg_firc_trim_src

SCG fast IRC trim source.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircTrimSrcSysOsc

System OSC.

enum _scg_firc_range

SCG fast IRC clock frequency range.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircRange48M

Fast IRC is trimmed to 48 MHz.

FIRC enable mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_FircEnable

Enable FIRC clock.

enumerator kSCG_FircEnableInStop

Enable FIRC in stop mode.

enumerator kSCG_FircEnableInLowPower

Enable FIRC in low power mode.

enumerator kSCG_FircDisableRegulator

Disable regulator.

LPFLL enable mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_LpFllEnable

Enable LPFLL clock.

enum _scg_lpfll_range

SCG LPFLL clock frequency range.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_LpFllRange48M

LPFLL is trimmed to 48MHz.

enum _scg_lpfll_trim_mode

SCG LPFLL trim mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimNonUpdate

LPFLL trim is enabled but the trim value update is not enabled. In this mode, the trim value is fixed to the initialized value, which is defined by the Member variable trimValue in the structure scg_lpfll_trim_config_t.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimUpdate

FIRC trim is enabled and trim value update is enabled. In this mode, the trim value is automatically updated.

enum _scg_lpfll_trim_src

SCG LPFLL trim source.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimSrcSirc

SIRC.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimSrcFirc

FIRC.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimSrcSysOsc

System OSC.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllTrimSrcRtcOsc

RTC OSC (32.768 kHz).

enum _scg_lpfll_lock_mode

SCG LPFLL lock mode.

Values:

enumerator kSCG_LpFllLock1Lsb

Lock with 1 LSB.

enumerator kSCG_LpFllLock2Lsb

Lock with 2 LSB.

typedef enum _clock_name clock_name_t

Clock name used to get clock frequency.

typedef enum _clock_ip_src clock_ip_src_t

Clock source for peripherals that support various clock selections.

typedef enum _clock_ip_name clock_ip_name_t

Peripheral clock name difinition used for clock gate, clock source and clock divider setting. It is defined as the corresponding register address.

typedef enum _scg_sys_clk scg_sys_clk_t

SCG system clock type.

typedef enum _scg_sys_clk_src scg_sys_clk_src_t

SCG system clock source.

typedef enum _scg_sys_clk_div scg_sys_clk_div_t

SCG system clock divider value.

typedef struct _scg_sys_clk_config scg_sys_clk_config_t

SCG system clock configuration.

typedef enum _clock_clkout_src clock_clkout_src_t

SCG clock out configuration (CLKOUTSEL).

typedef enum _scg_async_clk scg_async_clk_t

SCG asynchronous clock type.

typedef enum scg_async_clk_div scg_async_clk_div_t

SCG asynchronous clock divider value.

typedef enum _scg_sosc_monitor_mode scg_sosc_monitor_mode_t

SCG system OSC monitor mode.

typedef enum _scg_sosc_mode scg_sosc_mode_t

OSC work mode.

typedef struct _scg_sosc_config scg_sosc_config_t

SCG system OSC configuration.

typedef enum _scg_sirc_range scg_sirc_range_t

SCG slow IRC clock frequency range.

typedef struct _scg_sirc_config scg_sirc_config_t

SCG slow IRC clock configuration.

typedef enum _scg_firc_trim_mode scg_firc_trim_mode_t

SCG fast IRC trim mode.

typedef enum _scg_firc_trim_div scg_firc_trim_div_t

SCG fast IRC trim predivided value for system OSC.

typedef enum _scg_firc_trim_src scg_firc_trim_src_t

SCG fast IRC trim source.

typedef struct _scg_firc_trim_config scg_firc_trim_config_t

SCG fast IRC clock trim configuration.

typedef enum _scg_firc_range scg_firc_range_t

SCG fast IRC clock frequency range.

typedef struct _scg_firc_config_t scg_firc_config_t

SCG fast IRC clock configuration.

typedef enum _scg_lpfll_range scg_lpfll_range_t

SCG LPFLL clock frequency range.

typedef enum _scg_lpfll_trim_mode scg_lpfll_trim_mode_t

SCG LPFLL trim mode.

typedef enum _scg_lpfll_trim_src scg_lpfll_trim_src_t

SCG LPFLL trim source.

typedef enum _scg_lpfll_lock_mode scg_lpfll_lock_mode_t

SCG LPFLL lock mode.

typedef struct _scg_lpfll_trim_config scg_lpfll_trim_config_t

SCG LPFLL clock trim configuration.

typedef struct _scg_lpfll_config scg_lpfll_config_t

SCG low power FLL configuration.

volatile uint32_t g_xtal0Freq

External XTAL0 (OSC0/SYSOSC) clock frequency.

The XTAL0/EXTAL0 (OSC0/SYSOSC) clock frequency in Hz. When the clock is set up, use the function CLOCK_SetXtal0Freq to set the value in the clock driver. For example, if XTAL0 is 8 MHz:

CLOCK_InitSysOsc(...);
CLOCK_SetXtal0Freq(80000000);

This is important for the multicore platforms where only one core needs to set up the OSC0/SYSOSC using CLOCK_InitSysOsc. All other cores need to call the CLOCK_SetXtal0Freq to get a valid clock frequency.

static inline void CLOCK_EnableClock(clock_ip_name_t name)

Enable the clock for specific IP.

Parameters:
  • name – Which clock to enable, see clock_ip_name_t.

static inline void CLOCK_DisableClock(clock_ip_name_t name)

Disable the clock for specific IP.

Parameters:
  • name – Which clock to disable, see clock_ip_name_t.

static inline void CLOCK_SetIpSrc(clock_ip_name_t name, clock_ip_src_t src)

Set the clock source for specific IP module.

Set the clock source for specific IP, not all modules need to set the clock source, should only use this function for the modules need source setting.

Parameters:
  • name – Which peripheral to check, see clock_ip_name_t.

  • src – Clock source to set.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFreq(clock_name_t clockName)

Gets the clock frequency for a specific clock name.

This function checks the current clock configurations and then calculates the clock frequency for a specific clock name defined in clock_name_t.

Parameters:
  • clockName – Clock names defined in clock_name_t

Returns:

Clock frequency value in hertz

uint32_t CLOCK_GetCoreSysClkFreq(void)

Get the core clock or system clock frequency.

Returns:

Clock frequency in Hz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetBusClkFreq(void)

Get the bus clock frequency.

Returns:

Clock frequency in Hz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFlashClkFreq(void)

Get the flash clock frequency.

Returns:

Clock frequency in Hz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetErClkFreq(void)

Get the external reference clock frequency (ERCLK).

Returns:

Clock frequency in Hz.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetIpFreq(clock_ip_name_t name)

Gets the clock frequency for a specific IP module.

This function gets the IP module clock frequency based on PCC registers. It is only used for the IP modules which could select clock source by PCC[PCS].

Parameters:
  • name – Which peripheral to get, see clock_ip_name_t.

Returns:

Clock frequency value in hertz

FSL_CLOCK_DRIVER_VERSION

CLOCK driver version 2.3.0.

SDK_DEVICE_MAXIMUM_CPU_CLOCK_FREQUENCY
RTC_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for RTC.

PORT_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for PORT.

LPI2C_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for LPI2C.

TSI_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for TSI.

LPUART_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for LPUART.

LPTMR_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for LPTMR.

ADC12_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for ADC12.

LPSPI_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for LPSPI.

LPIT_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for LPIT.

CRC_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for CRC.

CMP_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for CMP.

FLASH_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for FLASH.

EWM_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for EWM.

FTM_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for FLEXTMR.

PDB_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for PDB.

PWT_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for PWT.

MSCAN_CLOCKS

Clock ip name array for MSCAN.

LPO_CLK_FREQ

LPO clock frequency.

kCLOCK_Osc0ErClk
CLOCK_GetOsc0ErClkFreq

For compatible with other MCG platforms.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSysClkFreq(scg_sys_clk_t type)

Gets the SCG system clock frequency.

This function gets the SCG system clock frequency. These clocks are used for core, platform, external, and bus clock domains.

Parameters:
  • type – Which type of clock to get, core clock or slow clock.

Returns:

Clock frequency.

static inline void CLOCK_SetVlprModeSysClkConfig(const scg_sys_clk_config_t *config)

Sets the system clock configuration for VLPR mode.

This function sets the system clock configuration for VLPR mode.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the configuration.

static inline void CLOCK_SetRunModeSysClkConfig(const scg_sys_clk_config_t *config)

Sets the system clock configuration for RUN mode.

This function sets the system clock configuration for RUN mode.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the configuration.

static inline void CLOCK_GetCurSysClkConfig(scg_sys_clk_config_t *config)

Gets the system clock configuration in the current power mode.

This function gets the system configuration in the current power mode.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the configuration.

static inline void CLOCK_SetClkOutSel(clock_clkout_src_t setting)

Sets the clock out selection.

This function sets the clock out selection (CLKOUTSEL).

Parameters:
  • setting – The selection to set.

Returns:

The current clock out selection.

status_t CLOCK_InitSysOsc(const scg_sosc_config_t *config)

Initializes the SCG system OSC.

This function enables the SCG system OSC clock according to the configuration.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the system OSC has been enabled and used by an IP.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – System OSC is initialized.

  • kStatus_SCG_Busy – System OSC has been enabled and is used by the system clock.

  • kStatus_ReadOnly – System OSC control register is locked.

status_t CLOCK_DeinitSysOsc(void)

De-initializes the SCG system OSC.

This function disables the SCG system OSC clock.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the system OSC is used by an IP.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – System OSC is deinitialized.

  • kStatus_SCG_Busy – System OSC is used by the system clock.

  • kStatus_ReadOnly – System OSC control register is locked.

static inline void CLOCK_SetSysOscAsyncClkDiv(scg_async_clk_t asyncClk, scg_async_clk_div_t divider)

Set the asynchronous clock divider.

Note

There might be glitch when changing the asynchronous divider, so make sure the asynchronous clock is not used while changing divider.

Parameters:
  • asyncClk – Which asynchronous clock to configure.

  • divider – The divider value to set.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSysOscFreq(void)

Gets the SCG system OSC clock frequency (SYSOSC).

Returns:

Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSysOscAsyncFreq(scg_async_clk_t type)

Gets the SCG asynchronous clock frequency from the system OSC.

Parameters:
  • type – The asynchronous clock type.

Returns:

Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsSysOscErr(void)

Checks whether the system OSC clock error occurs.

Returns:

True if the error occurs, false if not.

static inline void CLOCK_ClearSysOscErr(void)

Clears the system OSC clock error.

static inline void CLOCK_SetSysOscMonitorMode(scg_sosc_monitor_mode_t mode)

Sets the system OSC monitor mode.

This function sets the system OSC monitor mode. The mode can be disabled, it can generate an interrupt when the error is disabled, or reset when the error is detected.

Parameters:
  • mode – Monitor mode to set.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsSysOscValid(void)

Checks whether the system OSC clock is valid.

Returns:

True if clock is valid, false if not.

status_t CLOCK_InitSirc(const scg_sirc_config_t *config)

Initializes the SCG slow IRC clock.

This function enables the SCG slow IRC clock according to the configuration.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the system OSC has been enabled and used by an IP.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – SIRC is initialized.

  • kStatus_SCG_Busy – SIRC has been enabled and is used by system clock.

  • kStatus_ReadOnly – SIRC control register is locked.

status_t CLOCK_DeinitSirc(void)

De-initializes the SCG slow IRC.

This function disables the SCG slow IRC.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the SIRC is used by an IP.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – SIRC is deinitialized.

  • kStatus_SCG_Busy – SIRC is used by system clock.

  • kStatus_ReadOnly – SIRC control register is locked.

static inline void CLOCK_SetSircAsyncClkDiv(scg_async_clk_t asyncClk, scg_async_clk_div_t divider)

Set the asynchronous clock divider.

Note

There might be glitch when changing the asynchronous divider, so make sure the asynchronous clock is not used while changing divider.

Parameters:
  • asyncClk – Which asynchronous clock to configure.

  • divider – The divider value to set.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSircFreq(void)

Gets the SCG SIRC clock frequency.

Returns:

Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetSircAsyncFreq(scg_async_clk_t type)

Gets the SCG asynchronous clock frequency from the SIRC.

Parameters:
  • type – The asynchronous clock type.

Returns:

Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsSircValid(void)

Checks whether the SIRC clock is valid.

Returns:

True if clock is valid, false if not.

status_t CLOCK_InitFirc(const scg_firc_config_t *config)

Initializes the SCG fast IRC clock.

This function enables the SCG fast IRC clock according to the configuration.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the FIRC has been enabled and used by an IP.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – FIRC is initialized.

  • kStatus_SCG_Busy – FIRC has been enabled and is used by the system clock.

  • kStatus_ReadOnly – FIRC control register is locked.

status_t CLOCK_DeinitFirc(void)

De-initializes the SCG fast IRC.

This function disables the SCG fast IRC.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the FIRC is used by an IP.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – FIRC is deinitialized.

  • kStatus_SCG_Busy – FIRC is used by the system clock.

  • kStatus_ReadOnly – FIRC control register is locked.

static inline void CLOCK_SetFircAsyncClkDiv(scg_async_clk_t asyncClk, scg_async_clk_div_t divider)

Set the asynchronous clock divider.

Note

There might be glitch when changing the asynchronous divider, so make sure the asynchronous clock is not used while changing divider.

Parameters:
  • asyncClk – Which asynchronous clock to configure.

  • divider – The divider value to set.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFircFreq(void)

Gets the SCG FIRC clock frequency.

Returns:

Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetFircAsyncFreq(scg_async_clk_t type)

Gets the SCG asynchronous clock frequency from the FIRC.

Parameters:
  • type – The asynchronous clock type.

Returns:

Clock frequency; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsFircErr(void)

Checks whether the FIRC clock error occurs.

Returns:

True if the error occurs, false if not.

static inline void CLOCK_ClearFircErr(void)

Clears the FIRC clock error.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsFircValid(void)

Checks whether the FIRC clock is valid.

Returns:

True if clock is valid, false if not.

status_t CLOCK_InitLpFll(const scg_lpfll_config_t *config)

Initializes the SCG LPFLL clock.

This function enables the SCG LPFLL clock according to the configuration.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the LPFLL has been enabled and used by an IP.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – LPFLL is initialized.

  • kStatus_SCG_Busy – LPFLL has been enabled and is used by the system clock.

  • kStatus_ReadOnly – LPFLL control register is locked.

status_t CLOCK_DeinitLpFll(void)

De-initializes the SCG LPFLL.

This function disables the SCG LPFLL.

Note

This function can’t detect whether the LPFLL is used by an IP.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – LPFLL is deinitialized.

  • kStatus_SCG_Busy – LPFLL is used by the system clock.

  • kStatus_ReadOnly – LPFLL control register is locked.

static inline void CLOCK_SetLpFllAsyncClkDiv(scg_async_clk_t asyncClk, scg_async_clk_div_t divider)

Set the asynchronous clock divider.

Note

There might be glitch when changing the asynchronous divider, so make sure the asynchronous clock is not used while changing divider.

Parameters:
  • asyncClk – Which asynchronous clock to configure.

  • divider – The divider value to set.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetLpFllFreq(void)

Gets the SCG LPFLL clock frequency.

Returns:

Clock frequency in Hz; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

uint32_t CLOCK_GetLpFllAsyncFreq(scg_async_clk_t type)

Gets the SCG asynchronous clock frequency from the LPFLL.

Parameters:
  • type – The asynchronous clock type.

Returns:

Clock frequency in Hz; If the clock is invalid, returns 0.

static inline bool CLOCK_IsLpFllValid(void)

Checks whether the LPFLL clock is valid.

Returns:

True if the clock is valid, false if not.

static inline void CLOCK_SetXtal0Freq(uint32_t freq)

Sets the XTAL0 frequency based on board settings.

Parameters:
  • freq – The XTAL0/EXTAL0 input clock frequency in Hz.

uint32_t divSlow

Slow clock divider, see scg_sys_clk_div_t.

uint32_t __pad0__

Reserved.

uint32_t __pad1__

Reserved.

uint32_t __pad2__

Reserved.

uint32_t divCore

Core clock divider, see scg_sys_clk_div_t.

uint32_t __pad3__

Reserved.

uint32_t src

System clock source, see scg_sys_clk_src_t.

uint32_t __pad4__

reserved.

uint32_t freq

System OSC frequency.

scg_sosc_monitor_mode_t monitorMode

Clock monitor mode selected.

uint8_t enableMode

Enable mode, OR’ed value of _scg_sosc_enable_mode.

scg_async_clk_div_t div2

SOSCDIV2 value.

scg_sosc_mode_t workMode

OSC work mode.

uint32_t enableMode

Enable mode, OR’ed value of _scg_sirc_enable_mode.

scg_async_clk_div_t div2

SIRCDIV2 value.

scg_sirc_range_t range

Slow IRC frequency range.

scg_firc_trim_mode_t trimMode

FIRC trim mode.

scg_firc_trim_src_t trimSrc

Trim source.

scg_firc_trim_div_t trimDiv

Trim predivided value for the system OSC.

uint8_t trimCoar

Trim coarse value; Irrelevant if trimMode is kSCG_FircTrimUpdate.

uint8_t trimFine

Trim fine value; Irrelevant if trimMode is kSCG_FircTrimUpdate.

uint32_t enableMode

Enable mode, OR’ed value of _scg_firc_enable_mode.

scg_async_clk_div_t div2

FIRCDIV2 value.

scg_firc_range_t range

Fast IRC frequency range.

const scg_firc_trim_config_t *trimConfig

Pointer to the FIRC trim configuration; set NULL to disable trim.

scg_lpfll_trim_mode_t trimMode

Trim mode.

scg_lpfll_lock_mode_t lockMode

Lock mode; Irrelevant if the trimMode is kSCG_LpFllTrimNonUpdate.

scg_lpfll_trim_src_t trimSrc

Trim source.

uint8_t trimDiv

Trim predivideds value, which can be 0 ~ 31. [ Trim source frequency / (trimDiv + 1) ] must be 2 MHz or 32768 Hz.

uint8_t trimValue

Trim value; Irrelevant if trimMode is the kSCG_LpFllTrimUpdate.

uint8_t enableMode

Enable mode, OR’ed value of _scg_lpfll_enable_mode

scg_async_clk_div_t div2

LPFLLDIV2 value.

scg_lpfll_range_t range

LPFLL frequency range.

const scg_lpfll_trim_config_t *trimConfig

Trim configuration; set NULL to disable trim.

FSL_SDK_DISABLE_DRIVER_CLOCK_CONTROL

Configure whether driver controls clock.

When set to 0, peripheral drivers will enable clock in initialize function and disable clock in de-initialize function. When set to 1, peripheral driver will not control the clock, application could control the clock out of the driver.

Note

All drivers share this feature switcher. If it is set to 1, application should handle clock enable and disable for all drivers.

struct _scg_sys_clk_config
#include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG system clock configuration.

struct _scg_sosc_config
#include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG system OSC configuration.

struct _scg_sirc_config
#include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG slow IRC clock configuration.

struct _scg_firc_trim_config
#include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG fast IRC clock trim configuration.

struct _scg_firc_config_t
#include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG fast IRC clock configuration.

struct _scg_lpfll_trim_config
#include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG LPFLL clock trim configuration.

struct _scg_lpfll_config
#include <fsl_clock.h>

SCG low power FLL configuration.

CRC: Cyclic Redundancy Check Driver

FSL_CRC_DRIVER_VERSION

CRC driver version. Version 2.0.4.

Current version: 2.0.4

Change log:

  • Version 2.0.4

    • Release peripheral from reset if necessary in init function.

  • Version 2.0.3

    • Fix MISRA issues

  • Version 2.0.2

    • Fix MISRA issues

  • Version 2.0.1

    • move DATA and DATALL macro definition from header file to source file

enum _crc_bits

CRC bit width.

Values:

enumerator kCrcBits16

Generate 16-bit CRC code

enumerator kCrcBits32

Generate 32-bit CRC code

enum _crc_result

CRC result type.

Values:

enumerator kCrcFinalChecksum

CRC data register read value is the final checksum. Reflect out and final xor protocol features are applied.

enumerator kCrcIntermediateChecksum

CRC data register read value is intermediate checksum (raw value). Reflect out and final xor protocol feature are not applied. Intermediate checksum can be used as a seed for CRC_Init() to continue adding data to this checksum.

typedef enum _crc_bits crc_bits_t

CRC bit width.

typedef enum _crc_result crc_result_t

CRC result type.

typedef struct _crc_config crc_config_t

CRC protocol configuration.

This structure holds the configuration for the CRC protocol.

void CRC_Init(CRC_Type *base, const crc_config_t *config)

Enables and configures the CRC peripheral module.

This function enables the clock gate in the SIM module for the CRC peripheral. It also configures the CRC module and starts a checksum computation by writing the seed.

Parameters:
  • base – CRC peripheral address.

  • config – CRC module configuration structure.

static inline void CRC_Deinit(CRC_Type *base)

Disables the CRC peripheral module.

This function disables the clock gate in the SIM module for the CRC peripheral.

Parameters:
  • base – CRC peripheral address.

void CRC_GetDefaultConfig(crc_config_t *config)

Loads default values to the CRC protocol configuration structure.

Loads default values to the CRC protocol configuration structure. The default values are as follows.

config->polynomial = 0x1021;
config->seed = 0xFFFF;
config->reflectIn = false;
config->reflectOut = false;
config->complementChecksum = false;
config->crcBits = kCrcBits16;
config->crcResult = kCrcFinalChecksum;

Parameters:
  • config – CRC protocol configuration structure.

void CRC_WriteData(CRC_Type *base, const uint8_t *data, size_t dataSize)

Writes data to the CRC module.

Writes input data buffer bytes to the CRC data register. The configured type of transpose is applied.

Parameters:
  • base – CRC peripheral address.

  • data – Input data stream, MSByte in data[0].

  • dataSize – Size in bytes of the input data buffer.

uint32_t CRC_Get32bitResult(CRC_Type *base)

Reads the 32-bit checksum from the CRC module.

Reads the CRC data register (either an intermediate or the final checksum). The configured type of transpose and complement is applied.

Parameters:
  • base – CRC peripheral address.

Returns:

An intermediate or the final 32-bit checksum, after configured transpose and complement operations.

uint16_t CRC_Get16bitResult(CRC_Type *base)

Reads a 16-bit checksum from the CRC module.

Reads the CRC data register (either an intermediate or the final checksum). The configured type of transpose and complement is applied.

Parameters:
  • base – CRC peripheral address.

Returns:

An intermediate or the final 16-bit checksum, after configured transpose and complement operations.

CRC_DRIVER_USE_CRC16_CCIT_FALSE_AS_DEFAULT

Default configuration structure filled by CRC_GetDefaultConfig(). Use CRC16-CCIT-FALSE as defeault.

struct _crc_config
#include <fsl_crc.h>

CRC protocol configuration.

This structure holds the configuration for the CRC protocol.

Public Members

uint32_t polynomial

CRC Polynomial, MSBit first. Example polynomial: 0x1021 = 1_0000_0010_0001 = x^12+x^5+1

uint32_t seed

Starting checksum value

bool reflectIn

Reflect bits on input.

bool reflectOut

Reflect bits on output.

bool complementChecksum

True if the result shall be complement of the actual checksum.

crc_bits_t crcBits

Selects 16- or 32- bit CRC protocol.

crc_result_t crcResult

Selects final or intermediate checksum return from CRC_Get16bitResult() or CRC_Get32bitResult()

EWM: External Watchdog Monitor Driver

void EWM_Init(EWM_Type *base, const ewm_config_t *config)

Initializes the EWM peripheral.

This function is used to initialize the EWM. After calling, the EWM runs immediately according to the configuration. Note that, except for the interrupt enable control bit, other control bits and registers are write once after a CPU reset. Modifying them more than once generates a bus transfer error.

This is an example.

ewm_config_t config;
EWM_GetDefaultConfig(&config);
config.compareHighValue = 0xAAU;
EWM_Init(ewm_base,&config);

Parameters:
  • base – EWM peripheral base address

  • config – The configuration of the EWM

void EWM_Deinit(EWM_Type *base)

Deinitializes the EWM peripheral.

This function is used to shut down the EWM.

Parameters:
  • base – EWM peripheral base address

void EWM_GetDefaultConfig(ewm_config_t *config)

Initializes the EWM configuration structure.

This function initializes the EWM configuration structure to default values. The default values are as follows.

ewmConfig->enableEwm = true;
ewmConfig->enableEwmInput = false;
ewmConfig->setInputAssertLogic = false;
ewmConfig->enableInterrupt = false;
ewmConfig->ewm_lpo_clock_source_t = kEWM_LpoClockSource0;
ewmConfig->prescaler = 0;
ewmConfig->compareLowValue = 0;
ewmConfig->compareHighValue = 0xFEU;

See also

ewm_config_t

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the EWM configuration structure.

static inline void EWM_EnableInterrupts(EWM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the EWM interrupt.

This function enables the EWM interrupt.

Parameters:
  • base – EWM peripheral base address

  • mask – The interrupts to enable The parameter can be combination of the following source if defined

    • kEWM_InterruptEnable

static inline void EWM_DisableInterrupts(EWM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the EWM interrupt.

This function enables the EWM interrupt.

Parameters:
  • base – EWM peripheral base address

  • mask – The interrupts to disable The parameter can be combination of the following source if defined

    • kEWM_InterruptEnable

static inline uint32_t EWM_GetStatusFlags(EWM_Type *base)

Gets all status flags.

This function gets all status flags.

This is an example for getting the running flag.

uint32_t status;
status = EWM_GetStatusFlags(ewm_base) & kEWM_RunningFlag;

See also

_ewm_status_flags_t

  • True: a related status flag has been set.

  • False: a related status flag is not set.

Parameters:
  • base – EWM peripheral base address

Returns:

State of the status flag: asserted (true) or not-asserted (false).

void EWM_Refresh(EWM_Type *base)

Services the EWM.

This function resets the EWM counter to zero.

Parameters:
  • base – EWM peripheral base address

FSL_EWM_DRIVER_VERSION

EWM driver version 2.0.3.

enum _ewm_lpo_clock_source

Describes EWM clock source.

Values:

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource0

EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[0]

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource1

EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[1]

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource2

EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[2]

enumerator kEWM_LpoClockSource3

EWM clock sourced from lpo_clk[3]

enum _ewm_interrupt_enable_t

EWM interrupt configuration structure with default settings all disabled.

This structure contains the settings for all of EWM interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kEWM_InterruptEnable

Enable the EWM to generate an interrupt

enum _ewm_status_flags_t

EWM status flags.

This structure contains the constants for the EWM status flags for use in the EWM functions.

Values:

enumerator kEWM_RunningFlag

Running flag, set when EWM is enabled

typedef enum _ewm_lpo_clock_source ewm_lpo_clock_source_t

Describes EWM clock source.

typedef struct _ewm_config ewm_config_t

Data structure for EWM configuration.

This structure is used to configure the EWM.

struct _ewm_config
#include <fsl_ewm.h>

Data structure for EWM configuration.

This structure is used to configure the EWM.

Public Members

bool enableEwm

Enable EWM module

bool enableEwmInput

Enable EWM_in input

bool setInputAssertLogic

EWM_in signal assertion state

bool enableInterrupt

Enable EWM interrupt

ewm_lpo_clock_source_t clockSource

Clock source select

uint8_t prescaler

Clock prescaler value

uint8_t compareLowValue

Compare low-register value

uint8_t compareHighValue

Compare high-register value

FGPIO Driver

void FGPIO_PinInit(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, const gpio_pin_config_t *config)

Initializes a FGPIO pin used by the board.

To initialize the FGPIO driver, define a pin configuration, as either input or output, in the user file. Then, call the FGPIO_PinInit() function.

This is an example to define an input pin or an output pin configuration:

Define a digital input pin configuration,
gpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kGPIO_DigitalInput,
  0,
}
Define a digital output pin configuration,
gpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kGPIO_DigitalOutput,
  0,
}

Parameters:
  • base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)

  • pin – FGPIO port pin number

  • config – FGPIO pin configuration pointer

static inline void FGPIO_PinWrite(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t output)

Sets the output level of the multiple FGPIO pins to the logic 1 or 0.

Parameters:
  • base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)

  • pin – FGPIO pin number

  • output – FGPIOpin output logic level.

    • 0: corresponding pin output low-logic level.

    • 1: corresponding pin output high-logic level.

static inline void FGPIO_PortSet(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple FGPIO pins to the logic 1.

Parameters:
  • base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)

  • mask – FGPIO pin number macro

static inline void FGPIO_PortClear(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple FGPIO pins to the logic 0.

Parameters:
  • base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)

  • mask – FGPIO pin number macro

static inline void FGPIO_PortToggle(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Reverses the current output logic of the multiple FGPIO pins.

Parameters:
  • base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)

  • mask – FGPIO pin number macro

static inline uint32_t FGPIO_PinRead(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current input value of the FGPIO port.

Parameters:
  • base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)

  • pin – FGPIO pin number

Return values:

FGPIO – port input value

  • 0: corresponding pin input low-logic level.

  • 1: corresponding pin input high-logic level.

uint32_t FGPIO_PortGetInterruptFlags(FGPIO_Type *base)

Reads the FGPIO port interrupt status flag.

If a pin is configured to generate the DMA request, the corresponding flag is cleared automatically at the completion of the requested DMA transfer. Otherwise, the flag remains set until a logic one is written to that flag. If configured for a level-sensitive interrupt that remains asserted, the flag is set again immediately.

Parameters:
  • base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)

Return values:

The – current FGPIO port interrupt status flags, for example, 0x00010001 means the pin 0 and 17 have the interrupt.

void FGPIO_PortClearInterruptFlags(FGPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the multiple FGPIO pin interrupt status flag.

Parameters:
  • base – FGPIO peripheral base pointer (FGPIOA, FGPIOB, FGPIOC, and so on.)

  • mask – FGPIO pin number macro

C90TFS Flash Driver

ftfx adapter

Ftftx CACHE Driver

enum _ftfx_cache_ram_func_constants

Constants for execute-in-RAM flash function.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_CACHE_RamFuncMaxSizeInWords

The maximum size of execute-in-RAM function.

typedef struct _flash_prefetch_speculation_status ftfx_prefetch_speculation_status_t

FTFx prefetch speculation status.

typedef struct _ftfx_cache_config ftfx_cache_config_t

FTFx cache driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

status_t FTFx_CACHE_Init(ftfx_cache_config_t *config)

Initializes the global FTFx cache structure members.

This function checks and initializes the Flash module for the other FTFx cache APIs.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

status_t FTFx_CACHE_ClearCachePrefetchSpeculation(ftfx_cache_config_t *config, bool isPreProcess)

Process the cache/prefetch/speculation to the flash.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • isPreProcess – The possible option used to control flash cache/prefetch/speculation

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

status_t FTFx_CACHE_PflashSetPrefetchSpeculation(ftfx_prefetch_speculation_status_t *speculationStatus)

Sets the PFlash prefetch speculation to the intended speculation status.

Parameters:
  • speculationStatus – The expected protect status to set to the PFlash protection register. Each bit is

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidSpeculationOption – An invalid speculation option argument is provided.

status_t FTFx_CACHE_PflashGetPrefetchSpeculation(ftfx_prefetch_speculation_status_t *speculationStatus)

Gets the PFlash prefetch speculation status.

Parameters:
  • speculationStatus – Speculation status returned by the PFlash IP.

Return values:

kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

struct _flash_prefetch_speculation_status
#include <fsl_ftfx_cache.h>

FTFx prefetch speculation status.

Public Members

bool instructionOff

Instruction speculation.

bool dataOff

Data speculation.

union function_bit_operation_ptr_t
#include <fsl_ftfx_cache.h>

Public Members

uint32_t commadAddr
void (*callFlashCommand)(volatile uint32_t *base, uint32_t bitMask, uint32_t bitShift, uint32_t bitValue)
struct _ftfx_cache_config
#include <fsl_ftfx_cache.h>

FTFx cache driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

Public Members

uint8_t flashMemoryIndex

0 - primary flash; 1 - secondary flash

function_bit_operation_ptr_t bitOperFuncAddr

An buffer point to the flash execute-in-RAM function.

ftfx controller

FTFx driver status codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_Success

API is executed successfully

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument

Invalid argument

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_SizeError

Error size

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError

Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_AddressError

Address is out of range

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_AccessError

Invalid instruction codes and out-of bound addresses

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation

The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure

Run-time error during command execution.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_UnknownProperty

Unknown property.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError

API erase key is invalid.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_RegionExecuteOnly

The current region is execute-only.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady

Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure

Failed to update partition status.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsEepromError

Failed to set FlexRAM as EEPROM.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsRamError

Failed to recover FlexRAM as RAM.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsRamError

Failed to set FlexRAM as RAM.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsEepromError

Failed to recover FlexRAM as EEPROM.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_CommandNotSupported

Flash API is not supported.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_SwapSystemNotInUninitialized

Swap system is not in an uninitialzed state.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_SwapIndicatorAddressError

The swap indicator address is invalid.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_ReadOnlyProperty

The flash property is read-only.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_InvalidPropertyValue

The flash property value is out of range.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_InvalidSpeculationOption

The option of flash prefetch speculation is invalid.

enumerator kStatus_FTFx_CommandOperationInProgress

The option of flash command is processing.

enum _ftfx_driver_api_keys

Enumeration for FTFx driver API keys.

Note

The resulting value is built with a byte order such that the string being readable in expected order when viewed in a hex editor, if the value is treated as a 32-bit little endian value.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_ApiEraseKey

Key value used to validate all FTFx erase APIs.

void FTFx_API_Init(ftfx_config_t *config)

Initializes the global flash properties structure members.

This function checks and initializes the Flash module for the other Flash APIs.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

status_t FTFx_API_UpdateFlexnvmPartitionStatus(ftfx_config_t *config)

Updates FlexNVM memory partition status according to data flash 0 IFR.

This function updates FlexNVM memory partition status.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FTFx_CMD_Erase(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, uint32_t key)

Erases the flash sectors encompassed by parameters passed into function.

This function erases the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – The pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be erased. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words) to be erased. Must be word-aligned.

  • key – The value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – The API erase key is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_EraseSectorNonBlocking(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t key)

Erases the flash sectors encompassed by parameters passed into function.

This function erases one flash sector size based on the start address.

Parameters:
  • config – The pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be erased. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.

  • key – The value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – The API erase key is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

status_t FTFx_CMD_EraseAll(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases entire flash.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

  • kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FTFx_CMD_EraseAllUnsecure(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases the entire flash, including protected sectors.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

  • kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FTFx_CMD_EraseAllExecuteOnlySegments(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases all program flash execute-only segments defined by the FXACC registers.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_Program(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, const uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and the length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

  • src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_ProgramOnce(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t index, const uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs Program Once Field through parameters.

This function programs the Program Once Field with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the index and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • index – The index indicating which area of the Program Once Field to be programmed.

  • src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the Program Once Field.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_ProgramSection(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, const uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters via the Program Section command.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

  • src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsRamError – Failed to set flexram as RAM.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

  • kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsEepromError – Failed to recover FlexRAM as EEPROM.

status_t FTFx_CMD_ProgramPartition(ftfx_config_t *config, ftfx_partition_flexram_load_opt_t option, uint32_t eepromDataSizeCode, uint32_t flexnvmPartitionCode)

Prepares the FlexNVM block for use as data flash, EEPROM backup, or a combination of both and initializes the FlexRAM.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.

  • option – The option used to set FlexRAM load behavior during reset.

  • eepromDataSizeCode – Determines the amount of FlexRAM used in each of the available EEPROM subsystems.

  • flexnvmPartitionCode – Specifies how to split the FlexNVM block between data flash memory and EEPROM backup memory supporting EEPROM functions.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_ReadOnce(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t index, uint8_t *dst, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Reads the Program Once Field through parameters.

This function reads the read once feild with given index and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • index – The index indicating the area of program once field to be read.

  • dst – A pointer to the destination buffer of data that is used to store data to be read.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_ReadResource(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *dst, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_read_resource_opt_t option)

Reads the resource with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function reads the flash memory with the desired location for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

  • dst – A pointer to the destination buffer of data that is used to store data to be read.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be read. Must be word-aligned.

  • option – The resource option which indicates which area should be read back.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_VerifyErase(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies an erasure of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function checks the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length to check whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.

  • margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_VerifyEraseAll(ftfx_config_t *config, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies erasure of the entire flash at a specified margin level.

This function checks whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_VerifyEraseAllExecuteOnlySegments(ftfx_config_t *config, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies whether the program flash execute-only segments have been erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_VerifyProgram(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, const uint8_t *expectedData, ftfx_margin_value_t margin, uint32_t *failedAddress, uint32_t *failedData)

Verifies programming of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function verifies the data programed in the flash memory using the Flash Program Check Command and compares it to the expected data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. Must be word-aligned.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.

  • expectedData – A pointer to the expected data that is to be verified against.

  • margin – Read margin choice.

  • failedAddress – A pointer to the returned failing address.

  • failedData – A pointer to the returned failing data. Some derivatives do not include failed data as part of the FCCOBx registers. In this case, zeros are returned upon failure.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_REG_GetSecurityState(ftfx_config_t *config, ftfx_security_state_t *state)

Returns the security state via the pointer passed into the function.

This function retrieves the current flash security status, including the security enabling state and the backdoor key enabling state.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.

  • state – A pointer to the value returned for the current security status code:

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

status_t FTFx_CMD_SecurityBypass(ftfx_config_t *config, const uint8_t *backdoorKey)

Allows users to bypass security with a backdoor key.

If the MCU is in secured state, this function unsecures the MCU by comparing the provided backdoor key with ones in the flash configuration field.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • backdoorKey – A pointer to the user buffer containing the backdoor key.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_SetFlexramFunction(ftfx_config_t *config, ftfx_flexram_func_opt_t option)

Sets the FlexRAM function command.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • option – The option used to set the work mode of FlexRAM.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FTFx_CMD_SwapControl(ftfx_config_t *config, uint32_t address, ftfx_swap_control_opt_t option, ftfx_swap_state_config_t *returnInfo)

Configures the Swap function or checks the swap state of the Flash module.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • address – Address used to configure the flash Swap function.

  • option – The possible option used to configure Flash Swap function or check the flash Swap status

  • returnInfo – A pointer to the data which is used to return the information of flash Swap.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_SwapIndicatorAddressError – Swap indicator address is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

enum _ftfx_partition_flexram_load_option

Enumeration for the FlexRAM load during reset option.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_PartitionFlexramLoadOptLoadedWithValidEepromData

FlexRAM is loaded with valid EEPROM data during reset sequence.

enumerator kFTFx_PartitionFlexramLoadOptNotLoaded

FlexRAM is not loaded during reset sequence.

enum _ftfx_read_resource_opt

Enumeration for the two possible options of flash read resource command.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_ResourceOptionFlashIfr

Select code for Program flash 0 IFR, Program flash swap 0 IFR, Data flash 0 IFR

enumerator kFTFx_ResourceOptionVersionId

Select code for the version ID

enum _ftfx_margin_value

Enumeration for supported FTFx margin levels.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_MarginValueNormal

Use the ‘normal’ read level for 1s.

enumerator kFTFx_MarginValueUser

Apply the ‘User’ margin to the normal read-1 level.

enumerator kFTFx_MarginValueFactory

Apply the ‘Factory’ margin to the normal read-1 level.

enumerator kFTFx_MarginValueInvalid

Not real margin level, Used to determine the range of valid margin level.

enum _ftfx_security_state

Enumeration for the three possible FTFx security states.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_SecurityStateNotSecure

Flash is not secure.

enumerator kFTFx_SecurityStateBackdoorEnabled

Flash backdoor is enabled.

enumerator kFTFx_SecurityStateBackdoorDisabled

Flash backdoor is disabled.

enum _ftfx_flexram_function_option

Enumeration for the two possilbe options of set FlexRAM function command.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_FlexramFuncOptAvailableAsRam

An option used to make FlexRAM available as RAM

enumerator kFTFx_FlexramFuncOptAvailableForEeprom

An option used to make FlexRAM available for EEPROM

enum _flash_acceleration_ram_property

Enumeration for acceleration ram property.

Values:

enumerator kFLASH_AccelerationRamSize
enum _ftfx_swap_control_option

Enumeration for the possible options of Swap control commands.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_SwapControlOptionIntializeSystem

An option used to initialize the Swap system

enumerator kFTFx_SwapControlOptionSetInUpdateState

An option used to set the Swap in an update state

enumerator kFTFx_SwapControlOptionSetInCompleteState

An option used to set the Swap in a complete state

enumerator kFTFx_SwapControlOptionReportStatus

An option used to report the Swap status

enumerator kFTFx_SwapControlOptionDisableSystem

An option used to disable the Swap status

enum _ftfx_swap_state

Enumeration for the possible flash Swap status.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateUninitialized

Flash Swap system is in an uninitialized state.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateReady

Flash Swap system is in a ready state.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateUpdate

Flash Swap system is in an update state.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateUpdateErased

Flash Swap system is in an updateErased state.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateComplete

Flash Swap system is in a complete state.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapStateDisabled

Flash Swap system is in a disabled state.

enum _ftfx_swap_block_status

Enumeration for the possible flash Swap block status.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_SwapBlockStatusLowerHalfProgramBlocksAtZero

Swap block status is that lower half program block at zero.

enumerator kFTFx_SwapBlockStatusUpperHalfProgramBlocksAtZero

Swap block status is that upper half program block at zero.

enum _ftfx_memory_type

Enumeration for FTFx memory type.

Values:

enumerator kFTFx_MemTypePflash
enumerator kFTFx_MemTypeFlexnvm
typedef enum _ftfx_partition_flexram_load_option ftfx_partition_flexram_load_opt_t

Enumeration for the FlexRAM load during reset option.

typedef enum _ftfx_read_resource_opt ftfx_read_resource_opt_t

Enumeration for the two possible options of flash read resource command.

typedef enum _ftfx_margin_value ftfx_margin_value_t

Enumeration for supported FTFx margin levels.

typedef enum _ftfx_security_state ftfx_security_state_t

Enumeration for the three possible FTFx security states.

typedef enum _ftfx_flexram_function_option ftfx_flexram_func_opt_t

Enumeration for the two possilbe options of set FlexRAM function command.

typedef enum _ftfx_swap_control_option ftfx_swap_control_opt_t

Enumeration for the possible options of Swap control commands.

typedef enum _ftfx_swap_state ftfx_swap_state_t

Enumeration for the possible flash Swap status.

typedef enum _ftfx_swap_block_status ftfx_swap_block_status_t

Enumeration for the possible flash Swap block status.

typedef struct _ftfx_swap_state_config ftfx_swap_state_config_t

Flash Swap information.

typedef struct _ftfx_special_mem ftfx_spec_mem_t

ftfx special memory access information.

typedef struct _ftfx_mem_descriptor ftfx_mem_desc_t

Flash memory descriptor.

typedef struct _ftfx_ops_config ftfx_ops_config_t

Active FTFx information for the current operation.

typedef struct _ftfx_ifr_descriptor ftfx_ifr_desc_t

Flash IFR memory descriptor.

typedef struct _ftfx_config ftfx_config_t

Flash driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

struct _ftfx_swap_state_config
#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Flash Swap information.

Public Members

ftfx_swap_state_t flashSwapState

The current Swap system status.

ftfx_swap_block_status_t currentSwapBlockStatus

The current Swap block status.

ftfx_swap_block_status_t nextSwapBlockStatus

The next Swap block status.

struct _ftfx_special_mem
#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

ftfx special memory access information.

Public Members

uint32_t base

Base address of flash special memory.

uint32_t size

size of flash special memory.

uint32_t count

flash special memory count.

struct _ftfx_mem_descriptor
#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Flash memory descriptor.

Public Members

uint32_t blockBase

A base address of the flash block

uint32_t aliasBlockBase

A base address of the alias flash block

uint32_t totalSize

The size of the flash block.

uint32_t sectorSize

The size in bytes of a sector of flash.

uint32_t blockCount

A number of flash blocks.

struct _ftfx_ops_config
#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Active FTFx information for the current operation.

Public Members

uint32_t convertedAddress

A converted address for the current flash type.

struct _ftfx_ifr_descriptor
#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Flash IFR memory descriptor.

union function_ptr_t
#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Public Members

uint32_t commadAddr
void (*callFlashCommand)(volatile uint8_t *FTMRx_fstat)
struct _ftfx_config
#include <fsl_ftfx_controller.h>

Flash driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

Public Members

uint32_t flexramBlockBase

The base address of the FlexRAM/acceleration RAM

uint32_t flexramTotalSize

The size of the FlexRAM/acceleration RAM

uint16_t eepromTotalSize

The size of EEPROM area which was partitioned from FlexRAM

function_ptr_t runCmdFuncAddr

An buffer point to the flash execute-in-RAM function.

struct __unnamed8__

Public Members

uint8_t type

Type of flash block.

uint8_t index

Index of flash block.

struct feature
struct addrAligment
struct feature
struct resRange

Public Members

uint8_t versionIdStart

Version ID start address

uint32_t pflashIfrStart

Program Flash 0 IFR start address

uint32_t dflashIfrStart

Data Flash 0 IFR start address

uint32_t pflashSwapIfrStart

Program Flash Swap IFR start address

struct idxInfo

ftfx feature

FTFx_DRIVER_IS_FLASH_RESIDENT

Flash driver location.

Used for the flash resident application.

FTFx_DRIVER_IS_EXPORTED

Flash Driver Export option.

Used for the MCUXpresso SDK application.

FTFx_FLASH1_HAS_PROT_CONTROL

Indicates whether the secondary flash has its own protection register in flash module.

FTFx_FLASH1_HAS_XACC_CONTROL

Indicates whether the secondary flash has its own Execute-Only access register in flash module.

FTFx_DRIVER_HAS_FLASH1_SUPPORT

Indicates whether the secondary flash is supported in the Flash driver.

FTFx_FLASH_COUNT
FTFx_FLASH1_IS_INDEPENDENT_BLOCK

Ftftx FLASH Driver

status_t FLASH_Init(flash_config_t *config)

Initializes the global flash properties structure members.

This function checks and initializes the Flash module for the other Flash APIs.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLASH_Erase(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, uint32_t key)

Erases the Dflash sectors encompassed by parameters passed into function.

This function erases the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – The pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be erased. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words) to be erased. Must be word-aligned.

  • key – The value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length were erased successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – The API erase key is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_EraseSectorNonBlocking(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t key)

Erases the Dflash sectors encompassed by parameters passed into function.

This function erases one flash sector size based on the start address, and it is executed asynchronously.

NOTE: This function can only erase one flash sector at a time, and the other commands can be executed after the previous command has been completed.

Parameters:
  • config – The pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be erased. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.

  • key – The value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – The API erase key is invalid.

status_t FLASH_EraseAll(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases entire flexnvm.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the all pflash and flexnvm were erased successfully, the swap and eeprom have been reset to unconfigured state.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

  • kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLASH_EraseAllUnsecure(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases the entire flexnvm, including protected sectors.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the protected sectors of flash were reset to unprotected status.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

  • kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLASH_Program(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and the length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

  • src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired data were programed successfully into flash based on desired start address and length.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_ProgramOnce(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t index, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Program the Program-Once-Field through parameters.

This function Program the Program-once-feild with given index and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • index – The index indicating the area of program once field to be read.

  • src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is used to store data to be write.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; The index indicating the area of program once field was programed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_ProgramSection(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters via the Program Section command.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

  • src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired data have been programed successfully into flash based on start address and length.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsRamError – Failed to set flexram as RAM.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

  • kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsEepromError – Failed to recover FlexRAM as EEPROM.

status_t FLASH_ReadResource(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *dst, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_read_resource_opt_t option)

Reads the resource with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function reads the flash memory with the desired location for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

  • dst – A pointer to the destination buffer of data that is used to store data to be read.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be read. Must be word-aligned.

  • option – The resource option which indicates which area should be read back.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the data have been read successfully from program flash IFR, data flash IFR space, and the Version ID field.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_ReadOnce(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t index, uint8_t *dst, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Reads the Program Once Field through parameters.

This function reads the read once feild with given index and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • index – The index indicating the area of program once field to be read.

  • dst – A pointer to the destination buffer of data that is used to store data to be read.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the data have been successfuly read form Program flash0 IFR map and Program Once field based on index and length.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_VerifyErase(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies an erasure of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function checks the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length to check whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.

  • margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the specified FLASH region has been erased.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_VerifyEraseAll(flash_config_t *config, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies erasure of the entire flash at a specified margin level.

This function checks whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; all program flash and flexnvm were in erased state.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_VerifyProgram(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, const uint8_t *expectedData, ftfx_margin_value_t margin, uint32_t *failedAddress, uint32_t *failedData)

Verifies programming of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function verifies the data programmed in the flash memory using the Flash Program Check Command and compares it to the expected data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. Must be word-aligned.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.

  • expectedData – A pointer to the expected data that is to be verified against.

  • margin – Read margin choice.

  • failedAddress – A pointer to the returned failing address.

  • failedData – A pointer to the returned failing data. Some derivatives do not include failed data as part of the FCCOBx registers. In this case, zeros are returned upon failure.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired data have been successfully programed into specified FLASH region.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_GetSecurityState(flash_config_t *config, ftfx_security_state_t *state)

Returns the security state via the pointer passed into the function.

This function retrieves the current flash security status, including the security enabling state and the backdoor key enabling state.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.

  • state – A pointer to the value returned for the current security status code:

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the security state of flash was stored to state.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

status_t FLASH_SecurityBypass(flash_config_t *config, const uint8_t *backdoorKey)

Allows users to bypass security with a backdoor key.

If the MCU is in secured state, this function unsecures the MCU by comparing the provided backdoor key with ones in the flash configuration field.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • backdoorKey – A pointer to the user buffer containing the backdoor key.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_SetFlexramFunction(flash_config_t *config, ftfx_flexram_func_opt_t option)

Sets the FlexRAM function command.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • option – The option used to set the work mode of FlexRAM.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the FlexRAM has been successfully configured as RAM or EEPROM.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLASH_Swap(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t address, bool isSetEnable)

Swaps the lower half flash with the higher half flash.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • address – Address used to configure the flash swap function

  • isSetEnable – The possible option used to configure the Flash Swap function or check the flash Swap status.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the lower half flash and higher half flash have been swaped.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_SwapIndicatorAddressError – Swap indicator address is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

  • kStatus_FTFx_SwapSystemNotInUninitialized – Swap system is not in an uninitialized state.

status_t FLASH_IsProtected(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, flash_prot_state_t *protection_state)

Returns the protection state of the desired flash area via the pointer passed into the function.

This function retrieves the current flash protect status for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be checked. Must be word-aligned.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words) to be checked. Must be word-aligned.

  • protection_state – A pointer to the value returned for the current protection status code for the desired flash area.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the protection state of specified FLASH region was stored to protection_state.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.

status_t FLASH_IsExecuteOnly(flash_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, flash_xacc_state_t *access_state)

Returns the access state of the desired flash area via the pointer passed into the function.

This function retrieves the current flash access status for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be checked. Must be word-aligned.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be checked. Must be word-aligned.

  • access_state – A pointer to the value returned for the current access status code for the desired flash area.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the executeOnly state of specified FLASH region was stored to access_state.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned to the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.

status_t FLASH_PflashSetProtection(flash_config_t *config, pflash_prot_status_t *protectStatus)

Sets the PFlash Protection to the intended protection status.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.

  • protectStatus – The expected protect status to set to the PFlash protection register. Each bit is corresponding to protection of 1/32(64) of the total PFlash. The least significant bit is corresponding to the lowest address area of PFlash. The most significant bit is corresponding to the highest address area of PFlash. There are two possible cases as shown below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the specified FLASH region is protected.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

status_t FLASH_PflashGetProtection(flash_config_t *config, pflash_prot_status_t *protectStatus)

Gets the PFlash protection status.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • protectStatus – Protect status returned by the PFlash IP. Each bit is corresponding to the protection of 1/32(64) of the total PFlash. The least significant bit corresponds to the lowest address area of the PFlash. The most significant bit corresponds to the highest address area of PFlash. There are two possible cases as shown below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the Protection state was stored to protectStatus;

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

status_t FLASH_GetProperty(flash_config_t *config, flash_property_tag_t whichProperty, uint32_t *value)

Returns the desired flash property.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • whichProperty – The desired property from the list of properties in enum flash_property_tag_t

  • value – A pointer to the value returned for the desired flash property.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the flash property was stored to value.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_UnknownProperty – An unknown property tag.

status_t FLASH_GetCommandState(void)

Get previous command status.

This function is used to obtain the execution status of the previous command.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – The previous command is executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

FSL_FLASH_DRIVER_VERSION

Flash driver version for SDK.

Version 3.1.3.

FSL_FLASH_DRIVER_VERSION_ROM

Flash driver version for ROM.

Version 3.0.0.

enum _flash_protection_state

Enumeration for the three possible flash protection levels.

Values:

enumerator kFLASH_ProtectionStateUnprotected

Flash region is not protected.

enumerator kFLASH_ProtectionStateProtected

Flash region is protected.

enumerator kFLASH_ProtectionStateMixed

Flash is mixed with protected and unprotected region.

enum _flash_execute_only_access_state

Enumeration for the three possible flash execute access levels.

Values:

enumerator kFLASH_AccessStateUnLimited

Flash region is unlimited.

enumerator kFLASH_AccessStateExecuteOnly

Flash region is execute only.

enumerator kFLASH_AccessStateMixed

Flash is mixed with unlimited and execute only region.

enum _flash_property_tag

Enumeration for various flash properties.

Values:

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0SectorSize

Pflash sector size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0TotalSize

Pflash total size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0BlockSize

Pflash block size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0BlockCount

Pflash block count property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0BlockBaseAddr

Pflash block base address property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0FacSupport

Pflash fac support property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0AccessSegmentSize

Pflash access segment size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash0AccessSegmentCount

Pflash access segment count property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1SectorSize

Pflash sector size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1TotalSize

Pflash total size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1BlockSize

Pflash block size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1BlockCount

Pflash block count property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1BlockBaseAddr

Pflash block base address property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1FacSupport

Pflash fac support property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1AccessSegmentSize

Pflash access segment size property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyPflash1AccessSegmentCount

Pflash access segment count property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyFlexRamBlockBaseAddr

FlexRam block base address property.

enumerator kFLASH_PropertyFlexRamTotalSize

FlexRam total size property.

typedef enum _flash_protection_state flash_prot_state_t

Enumeration for the three possible flash protection levels.

typedef union _pflash_protection_status pflash_prot_status_t

PFlash protection status.

typedef enum _flash_execute_only_access_state flash_xacc_state_t

Enumeration for the three possible flash execute access levels.

typedef enum _flash_property_tag flash_property_tag_t

Enumeration for various flash properties.

typedef struct _flash_config flash_config_t

Flash driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

kStatus_FLASH_Success
kFLASH_ApiEraseKey
union _pflash_protection_status
#include <fsl_ftfx_flash.h>

PFlash protection status.

Public Members

uint32_t protl

PROT[31:0] .

uint32_t proth

PROT[63:32].

uint8_t protsl

PROTS[7:0] .

uint8_t protsh

PROTS[15:8] .

uint8_t reserved[2]
struct _flash_config
#include <fsl_ftfx_flash.h>

Flash driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the flash driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

Ftftx FLEXNVM Driver

status_t FLEXNVM_Init(flexnvm_config_t *config)

Initializes the global flash properties structure members.

This function checks and initializes the Flash module for the other Flash APIs.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashErase(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, uint32_t key)

Erases the Dflash sectors encompassed by parameters passed into function.

This function erases the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – The pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be erased. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words) to be erased. Must be word-aligned.

  • key – The value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the appropriate number of date flash sectors based on the desired start address and length were erased successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – The parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – The address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – The API erase key is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_EraseAll(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases entire flexnvm.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the entire flexnvm has been erased successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

  • kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLEXNVM_EraseAllUnsecure(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t key)

Erases the entire flexnvm, including protected sectors.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • key – A value used to validate all flash erase APIs.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the flexnvm is not in securityi state.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_EraseKeyError – API erase key is invalid.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

  • kStatus_FTFx_PartitionStatusUpdateFailure – Failed to update the partition status.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashProgram(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and the length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

  • src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired date have been successfully programed into specified date flash region.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashProgramSection(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs flash with data at locations passed in through parameters via the Program Section command.

This function programs the flash memory with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

  • src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired date have been successfully programed into specified date flash area.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsRamError – Failed to set flexram as RAM.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

  • kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsEepromError – Failed to recover FlexRAM as EEPROM.

status_t FLEXNVM_ProgramPartition(flexnvm_config_t *config, ftfx_partition_flexram_load_opt_t option, uint32_t eepromDataSizeCode, uint32_t flexnvmPartitionCode)

Prepares the FlexNVM block for use as data flash, EEPROM backup, or a combination of both and initializes the FlexRAM.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.

  • option – The option used to set FlexRAM load behavior during reset.

  • eepromDataSizeCode – Determines the amount of FlexRAM used in each of the available EEPROM subsystems.

  • flexnvmPartitionCode – Specifies how to split the FlexNVM block between data flash memory and EEPROM backup memory supporting EEPROM functions.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the FlexNVM block for use as data flash, EEPROM backup, or a combination of both have been Prepared.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_ReadResource(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *dst, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_read_resource_opt_t option)

Reads the resource with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function reads the flash memory with the desired location for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

  • dst – A pointer to the destination buffer of data that is used to store data to be read.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be read. Must be word-aligned.

  • option – The resource option which indicates which area should be read back.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the data have been read successfully from program flash IFR, data flash IFR space, and the Version ID field

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with the specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashVerifyErase(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies an erasure of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function checks the appropriate number of flash sectors based on the desired start address and length to check whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. The start address does not need to be sector-aligned but must be word-aligned.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.

  • margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the specified data flash region is in erased state.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_VerifyEraseAll(flexnvm_config_t *config, ftfx_margin_value_t margin)

Verifies erasure of the entire flash at a specified margin level.

This function checks whether the flash is erased to the specified read margin level.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • margin – Read margin choice.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the entire flexnvm region is in erased state.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashVerifyProgram(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint32_t lengthInBytes, const uint8_t *expectedData, ftfx_margin_value_t margin, uint32_t *failedAddress, uint32_t *failedData)

Verifies programming of the desired flash area at a specified margin level.

This function verifies the data programmed in the flash memory using the Flash Program Check Command and compares it to the expected data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be verified. Must be word-aligned.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be verified. Must be word-aligned.

  • expectedData – A pointer to the expected data that is to be verified against.

  • margin – Read margin choice.

  • failedAddress – A pointer to the returned failing address.

  • failedData – A pointer to the returned failing data. Some derivatives do not include failed data as part of the FCCOBx registers. In this case, zeros are returned upon failure.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desired data hve been programed successfully into specified data flash region.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AlignmentError – Parameter is not aligned with specified baseline.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_GetSecurityState(flexnvm_config_t *config, ftfx_security_state_t *state)

Returns the security state via the pointer passed into the function.

This function retrieves the current flash security status, including the security enabling state and the backdoor key enabling state.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to storage for the driver runtime state.

  • state – A pointer to the value returned for the current security status code:

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the security state of flexnvm was stored to state.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

status_t FLEXNVM_SecurityBypass(flexnvm_config_t *config, const uint8_t *backdoorKey)

Allows users to bypass security with a backdoor key.

If the MCU is in secured state, this function unsecures the MCU by comparing the provided backdoor key with ones in the flash configuration field.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • backdoorKey – A pointer to the user buffer containing the backdoor key.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_SetFlexramFunction(flexnvm_config_t *config, ftfx_flexram_func_opt_t option)

Sets the FlexRAM function command.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • option – The option used to set the work mode of FlexRAM.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the FlexRAM has been successfully configured as RAM or EEPROM

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ExecuteInRamFunctionNotReady – Execute-in-RAM function is not available.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AccessError – Invalid instruction codes and out-of bounds addresses.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during the command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashSetProtection(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint8_t protectStatus)

Sets the DFlash protection to the intended protection status.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • protectStatus – The expected protect status to set to the DFlash protection register. Each bit corresponds to the protection of the 1/8 of the total DFlash. The least significant bit corresponds to the lowest address area of the DFlash. The most significant bit corresponds to the highest address area of the DFlash. There are two possible cases as shown below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the specified DFlash region is protected.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandNotSupported – Flash API is not supported.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_DflashGetProtection(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint8_t *protectStatus)

Gets the DFlash protection status.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • protectStatus – DFlash Protect status returned by the PFlash IP. Each bit corresponds to the protection of the 1/8 of the total DFlash. The least significant bit corresponds to the lowest address area of the DFlash. The most significant bit corresponds to the highest address area of the DFlash, and so on. There are two possible cases as below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandNotSupported – Flash API is not supported.

status_t FLEXNVM_EepromSetProtection(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint8_t protectStatus)

Sets the EEPROM protection to the intended protection status.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • protectStatus – The expected protect status to set to the EEPROM protection register. Each bit corresponds to the protection of the 1/8 of the total EEPROM. The least significant bit corresponds to the lowest address area of the EEPROM. The most significant bit corresponds to the highest address area of EEPROM, and so on. There are two possible cases as shown below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandNotSupported – Flash API is not supported.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandFailure – Run-time error during command execution.

status_t FLEXNVM_EepromGetProtection(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint8_t *protectStatus)

Gets the EEPROM protection status.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • protectStatus – DFlash Protect status returned by the PFlash IP. Each bit corresponds to the protection of the 1/8 of the total EEPROM. The least significant bit corresponds to the lowest address area of the EEPROM. The most significant bit corresponds to the highest address area of the EEPROM. There are two possible cases as below: 0: this area is protected. 1: this area is unprotected.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_CommandNotSupported – Flash API is not supported.

status_t FLEXNVM_GetProperty(flexnvm_config_t *config, flexnvm_property_tag_t whichProperty, uint32_t *value)

Returns the desired flexnvm property.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • whichProperty – The desired property from the list of properties in enum flexnvm_property_tag_t

  • value – A pointer to the value returned for the desired flexnvm property.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_UnknownProperty – An unknown property tag.

enum _flexnvm_property_tag

Enumeration for various flexnvm properties.

Values:

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyDflashSectorSize

Dflash sector size property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyDflashTotalSize

Dflash total size property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyDflashBlockSize

Dflash block size property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyDflashBlockCount

Dflash block count property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyDflashBlockBaseAddr

Dflash block base address property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyAliasDflashBlockBaseAddr

Dflash block base address Alias property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyFlexRamBlockBaseAddr

FlexRam block base address property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyFlexRamTotalSize

FlexRam total size property.

enumerator kFLEXNVM_PropertyEepromTotalSize

EEPROM total size property.

typedef enum _flexnvm_property_tag flexnvm_property_tag_t

Enumeration for various flexnvm properties.

typedef struct _flexnvm_config flexnvm_config_t

Flexnvm driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the Flexnvm driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

status_t FLEXNVM_EepromWrite(flexnvm_config_t *config, uint32_t start, uint8_t *src, uint32_t lengthInBytes)

Programs the EEPROM with data at locations passed in through parameters.

This function programs the emulated EEPROM with the desired data for a given flash area as determined by the start address and length.

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the storage for the driver runtime state.

  • start – The start address of the desired flash memory to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

  • src – A pointer to the source buffer of data that is to be programmed into the flash.

  • lengthInBytes – The length, given in bytes (not words or long-words), to be programmed. Must be word-aligned.

Return values:
  • kStatus_FTFx_Success – API was executed successfully; the desires data have been successfully programed into specified eeprom region.

  • kStatus_FTFx_InvalidArgument – An invalid argument is provided.

  • kStatus_FTFx_AddressError – Address is out of range.

  • kStatus_FTFx_SetFlexramAsEepromError – Failed to set flexram as eeprom.

  • kStatus_FTFx_ProtectionViolation – The program/erase operation is requested to execute on protected areas.

  • kStatus_FTFx_RecoverFlexramAsRamError – Failed to recover the FlexRAM as RAM.

struct _flexnvm_config
#include <fsl_ftfx_flexnvm.h>

Flexnvm driver state information.

An instance of this structure is allocated by the user of the Flexnvm driver and passed into each of the driver APIs.

ftfx utilities

ALIGN_DOWN(x, a)

Alignment(down) utility.

ALIGN_UP(x, a)

Alignment(up) utility.

MAKE_VERSION(major, minor, bugfix)

Constructs the version number for drivers.

MAKE_STATUS(group, code)

Constructs a status code value from a group and a code number.

FOUR_CHAR_CODE(a, b, c, d)

Constructs the four character code for the Flash driver API key.

B1P4(b)

bytes2word utility.

B1P3(b)
B1P2(b)
B1P1(b)
B2P3(b)
B2P2(b)
B2P1(b)
B3P2(b)
B3P1(b)
BYTE2WORD_1_3(x, y)
BYTE2WORD_2_2(x, y)
BYTE2WORD_3_1(x, y)
BYTE2WORD_1_1_2(x, y, z)
BYTE2WORD_1_2_1(x, y, z)
BYTE2WORD_2_1_1(x, y, z)
BYTE2WORD_1_1_1_1(x, y, z, w)

FTM: FlexTimer Driver

status_t FTM_Init(FTM_Type *base, const ftm_config_t *config)

Ungates the FTM clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application which is using the FTM driver. If the FTM instance has only TPM features, please use the TPM driver.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

Returns:

kStatus_Success indicates success; Else indicates failure.

void FTM_Deinit(FTM_Type *base)

Gates the FTM clock.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

void FTM_GetDefaultConfig(ftm_config_t *config)

Fills in the FTM configuration structure with the default settings.

The default values are:

config->prescale = kFTM_Prescale_Divide_1;
config->bdmMode = kFTM_BdmMode_0;
config->pwmSyncMode = kFTM_SoftwareTrigger;
config->reloadPoints = 0;
config->faultMode = kFTM_Fault_Disable;
config->faultFilterValue = 0;
config->deadTimePrescale = kFTM_Deadtime_Prescale_1;
config->deadTimeValue =  0;
config->extTriggers = 0;
config->chnlInitState = 0;
config->chnlPolarity = 0;
config->useGlobalTimeBase = false;
config->hwTriggerResetCount = false;
config->swTriggerResetCount = true;

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

static inline ftm_clock_prescale_t FTM_CalculateCounterClkDiv(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t counterPeriod_Hz, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

brief Calculates the counter clock prescaler.

This function calculates the values for SC[PS] bit.

param base FTM peripheral base address param counterPeriod_Hz The desired frequency in Hz which corresponding to the time when the counter reaches the mod value param srcClock_Hz FTM counter clock in Hz

return Calculated clock prescaler value, see ftm_clock_prescale_t.

status_t FTM_SetupPwm(FTM_Type *base, const ftm_chnl_pwm_signal_param_t *chnlParams, uint8_t numOfChnls, ftm_pwm_mode_t mode, uint32_t pwmFreq_Hz, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Configures the PWM signal parameters.

Call this function to configure the PWM signal period, mode, duty cycle, and edge. Use this function to configure all FTM channels that are used to output a PWM signal.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlParams – Array of PWM channel parameters to configure the channel(s)

  • numOfChnls – Number of channels to configure; This should be the size of the array passed in

  • mode – PWM operation mode, options available in enumeration ftm_pwm_mode_t

  • pwmFreq_Hz – PWM signal frequency in Hz

  • srcClock_Hz – FTM counter clock in Hz

Returns:

kStatus_Success if the PWM setup was successful kStatus_Error on failure

status_t FTM_UpdatePwmDutycycle(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, ftm_pwm_mode_t currentPwmMode, uint8_t dutyCyclePercent)

Updates the duty cycle of an active PWM signal.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlNumber – The channel/channel pair number. In combined mode, this represents the channel pair number

  • currentPwmMode – The current PWM mode set during PWM setup

  • dutyCyclePercent – New PWM pulse width; The value should be between 0 to 100 0=inactive signal(0% duty cycle)… 100=active signal (100% duty cycle)

Returns:

kStatus_Success if the PWM update was successful kStatus_Error on failure

void FTM_UpdateChnlEdgeLevelSelect(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, uint8_t level)

Updates the edge level selection for a channel.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlNumber – The channel number

  • level – The level to be set to the ELSnB:ELSnA field; Valid values are 00, 01, 10, 11. See the Kinetis SoC reference manual for details about this field.

status_t FTM_SetupPwmMode(FTM_Type *base, const ftm_chnl_pwm_config_param_t *chnlParams, uint8_t numOfChnls, ftm_pwm_mode_t mode)

Configures the PWM mode parameters.

Call this function to configure the PWM signal mode, duty cycle in ticks, and edge. Use this function to configure all FTM channels that are used to output a PWM signal. Please note that: This API is similar with FTM_SetupPwm() API, but will not set the timer period, and this API will set channel match value in timer ticks, not period percent.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlParams – Array of PWM channel parameters to configure the channel(s)

  • numOfChnls – Number of channels to configure; This should be the size of the array passed in

  • mode – PWM operation mode, options available in enumeration ftm_pwm_mode_t

Returns:

kStatus_Success if the PWM setup was successful kStatus_Error on failure

void FTM_SetupInputCapture(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, ftm_input_capture_edge_t captureMode, uint32_t filterValue)

Enables capturing an input signal on the channel using the function parameters.

When the edge specified in the captureMode argument occurs on the channel, the FTM counter is captured into the CnV register. The user has to read the CnV register separately to get this value. The filter function is disabled if the filterVal argument passed in is 0. The filter function is available only for channels 0, 1, 2, 3.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlNumber – The channel number

  • captureMode – Specifies which edge to capture

  • filterValue – Filter value, specify 0 to disable filter. Available only for channels 0-3.

void FTM_SetupOutputCompare(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, ftm_output_compare_mode_t compareMode, uint32_t compareValue)

Configures the FTM to generate timed pulses.

When the FTM counter matches the value of compareVal argument (this is written into CnV reg), the channel output is changed based on what is specified in the compareMode argument.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlNumber – The channel number

  • compareMode – Action to take on the channel output when the compare condition is met

  • compareValue – Value to be programmed in the CnV register.

void FTM_SetupDualEdgeCapture(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlPairNumber, const ftm_dual_edge_capture_param_t *edgeParam, uint32_t filterValue)

Configures the dual edge capture mode of the FTM.

This function sets up the dual edge capture mode on a channel pair. The capture edge for the channel pair and the capture mode (one-shot or continuous) is specified in the parameter argument. The filter function is disabled if the filterVal argument passed is zero. The filter function is available only on channels 0 and 2. The user has to read the channel CnV registers separately to get the capture values.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlPairNumber – The FTM channel pair number; options are 0, 1, 2, 3

  • edgeParam – Sets up the dual edge capture function

  • filterValue – Filter value, specify 0 to disable filter. Available only for channel pair 0 and 1.

void FTM_EnableInterrupts(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected FTM interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration ftm_interrupt_enable_t

void FTM_DisableInterrupts(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected FTM interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration ftm_interrupt_enable_t

uint32_t FTM_GetEnabledInterrupts(FTM_Type *base)

Gets the enabled FTM interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration ftm_interrupt_enable_t

uint32_t FTM_GetInstance(FTM_Type *base)

Gets the instance from the base address.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

Returns:

The FTM instance

uint32_t FTM_GetStatusFlags(FTM_Type *base)

Gets the FTM status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration ftm_status_flags_t

void FTM_ClearStatusFlags(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the FTM status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration ftm_status_flags_t

static inline void FTM_SetTimerPeriod(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of ticks.

Timers counts from 0 until it equals the count value set here. The count value is written to the MOD register.

Note

  1. This API allows the user to use the FTM module as a timer. Do not mix usage of this API with FTM’s PWM setup API’s.

  2. Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert usec or msec to ticks.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • ticks – A timer period in units of ticks, which should be equal or greater than 1.

static inline uint32_t FTM_GetCurrentTimerCount(FTM_Type *base)

Reads the current timer counting value.

This function returns the real-time timer counting value in a range from 0 to a timer period.

Note

Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert ticks to usec or msec.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

Returns:

The current counter value in ticks

static inline uint32_t FTM_GetInputCaptureValue(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber)

Reads the captured value.

This function returns the captured value of a FTM channel configured in input capture or dual edge capture mode.

Note

Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert ticks to usec or msec.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlNumber – Channel to be read

Returns:

The captured FTM counter value of the input modes.

static inline void FTM_StartTimer(FTM_Type *base, ftm_clock_source_t clockSource)

Starts the FTM counter.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • clockSource – FTM clock source; After the clock source is set, the counter starts running.

static inline void FTM_StopTimer(FTM_Type *base)

Stops the FTM counter.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

static inline void FTM_SetSoftwareCtrlEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, bool value)

Enables or disables the channel software output control.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlNumber – Channel to be enabled or disabled

  • value – true: channel output is affected by software output control false: channel output is unaffected by software output control

static inline void FTM_SetSoftwareCtrlVal(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, bool value)

Sets the channel software output control value.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address.

  • chnlNumber – Channel to be configured

  • value – true to set 1, false to set 0

static inline void FTM_SetFaultControlEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlPairNumber, bool value)

This function enables/disables the fault control in a channel pair.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlPairNumber – The FTM channel pair number; options are 0, 1, 2, 3

  • value – true: Enable fault control for this channel pair; false: No fault control

static inline void FTM_SetDeadTimeEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlPairNumber, bool value)

This function enables/disables the dead time insertion in a channel pair.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlPairNumber – The FTM channel pair number; options are 0, 1, 2, 3

  • value – true: Insert dead time in this channel pair; false: No dead time inserted

static inline void FTM_SetComplementaryEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlPairNumber, bool value)

This function enables/disables complementary mode in a channel pair.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlPairNumber – The FTM channel pair number; options are 0, 1, 2, 3

  • value – true: enable complementary mode; false: disable complementary mode

static inline void FTM_SetInvertEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlPairNumber, bool value)

This function enables/disables inverting control in a channel pair.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlPairNumber – The FTM channel pair number; options are 0, 1, 2, 3

  • value – true: enable inverting; false: disable inverting

void FTM_SetupQuadDecode(FTM_Type *base, const ftm_phase_params_t *phaseAParams, const ftm_phase_params_t *phaseBParams, ftm_quad_decode_mode_t quadMode)

Configures the parameters and activates the quadrature decoder mode.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • phaseAParams – Phase A configuration parameters

  • phaseBParams – Phase B configuration parameters

  • quadMode – Selects encoding mode used in quadrature decoder mode

static inline uint32_t FTM_GetQuadDecoderFlags(FTM_Type *base)

Gets the FTM Quad Decoder flags.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address.

Returns:

Flag mask of FTM Quad Decoder, see _ftm_quad_decoder_flags.

static inline void FTM_SetQuadDecoderModuloValue(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t startValue, uint32_t overValue)

Sets the modulo values for Quad Decoder.

The modulo values configure the minimum and maximum values that the Quad decoder counter can reach. After the counter goes over, the counter value goes to the other side and decrease/increase again.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address.

  • startValue – The low limit value for Quad Decoder counter.

  • overValue – The high limit value for Quad Decoder counter.

static inline uint32_t FTM_GetQuadDecoderCounterValue(FTM_Type *base)

Gets the current Quad Decoder counter value.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current quad Decoder counter value.

static inline void FTM_ClearQuadDecoderCounterValue(FTM_Type *base)

Clears the current Quad Decoder counter value.

The counter is set as the initial value.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address.

FSL_FTM_DRIVER_VERSION

FTM driver version 2.6.1.

enum _ftm_chnl

List of FTM channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_0

FTM channel number 0

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_1

FTM channel number 1

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_2

FTM channel number 2

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_3

FTM channel number 3

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_4

FTM channel number 4

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_5

FTM channel number 5

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_6

FTM channel number 6

enumerator kFTM_Chnl_7

FTM channel number 7

enum _ftm_fault_input

List of FTM faults.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Fault_0

FTM fault 0 input pin

enumerator kFTM_Fault_1

FTM fault 1 input pin

enumerator kFTM_Fault_2

FTM fault 2 input pin

enumerator kFTM_Fault_3

FTM fault 3 input pin

enum _ftm_pwm_mode

FTM PWM operation modes.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_EdgeAlignedPwm

Edge-aligned PWM

enumerator kFTM_CenterAlignedPwm

Center-aligned PWM

enumerator kFTM_EdgeAlignedCombinedPwm

Edge-aligned combined PWM

enumerator kFTM_CenterAlignedCombinedPwm

Center-aligned combined PWM

enumerator kFTM_AsymmetricalCombinedPwm

Asymmetrical combined PWM

enum _ftm_pwm_level_select

FTM PWM output pulse mode: high-true, low-true or no output.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_NoPwmSignal

No PWM output on pin

enumerator kFTM_LowTrue

Low true pulses

enumerator kFTM_HighTrue

High true pulses

enum _ftm_output_compare_mode

FlexTimer output compare mode.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_NoOutputSignal

No channel output when counter reaches CnV

enumerator kFTM_ToggleOnMatch

Toggle output

enumerator kFTM_ClearOnMatch

Clear output

enumerator kFTM_SetOnMatch

Set output

enum _ftm_input_capture_edge

FlexTimer input capture edge.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_RisingEdge

Capture on rising edge only

enumerator kFTM_FallingEdge

Capture on falling edge only

enumerator kFTM_RiseAndFallEdge

Capture on rising or falling edge

enum _ftm_dual_edge_capture_mode

FlexTimer dual edge capture modes.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_OneShot

One-shot capture mode

enumerator kFTM_Continuous

Continuous capture mode

enum _ftm_quad_decode_mode

FlexTimer quadrature decode modes.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_QuadPhaseEncode

Phase A and Phase B encoding mode

enumerator kFTM_QuadCountAndDir

Count and direction encoding mode

enum _ftm_phase_polarity

FlexTimer quadrature phase polarities.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_QuadPhaseNormal

Phase input signal is not inverted

enumerator kFTM_QuadPhaseInvert

Phase input signal is inverted

enum _ftm_deadtime_prescale

FlexTimer pre-scaler factor for the dead time insertion.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Deadtime_Prescale_1

Divide by 1

enumerator kFTM_Deadtime_Prescale_4

Divide by 4

enumerator kFTM_Deadtime_Prescale_16

Divide by 16

enum _ftm_clock_source

FlexTimer clock source selection.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_SystemClock

System clock selected

enumerator kFTM_FixedClock

Fixed frequency clock

enumerator kFTM_ExternalClock

External clock

enum _ftm_clock_prescale

FlexTimer pre-scaler factor selection for the clock source.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_1

Divide by 1

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_2

Divide by 2

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_4

Divide by 4

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_8

Divide by 8

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_16

Divide by 16

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_32

Divide by 32

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_64

Divide by 64

enumerator kFTM_Prescale_Divide_128

Divide by 128

enum _ftm_bdm_mode

Options for the FlexTimer behaviour in BDM Mode.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_BdmMode_0

FTM counter stopped, CH(n)F bit can be set, FTM channels in functional mode, writes to MOD,CNTIN and C(n)V registers bypass the register buffers

enumerator kFTM_BdmMode_1

FTM counter stopped, CH(n)F bit is not set, FTM channels outputs are forced to their safe value , writes to MOD,CNTIN and C(n)V registers bypass the register buffers

enumerator kFTM_BdmMode_2

FTM counter stopped, CH(n)F bit is not set, FTM channels outputs are frozen when chip enters in BDM mode, writes to MOD,CNTIN and C(n)V registers bypass the register buffers

enumerator kFTM_BdmMode_3

FTM counter in functional mode, CH(n)F bit can be set, FTM channels in functional mode, writes to MOD,CNTIN and C(n)V registers is in fully functional mode

enum _ftm_fault_mode

Options for the FTM fault control mode.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Fault_Disable

Fault control is disabled for all channels

enumerator kFTM_Fault_EvenChnls

Enabled for even channels only(0,2,4,6) with manual fault clearing

enumerator kFTM_Fault_AllChnlsMan

Enabled for all channels with manual fault clearing

enumerator kFTM_Fault_AllChnlsAuto

Enabled for all channels with automatic fault clearing

enum _ftm_external_trigger

FTM external trigger options.

Note

Actual available external trigger sources are SoC-specific

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Chnl0Trigger

Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 0 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl1Trigger

Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 1 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl2Trigger

Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 2 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl3Trigger

Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 3 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl4Trigger

Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 4 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl5Trigger

Generate trigger when counter equals chnl 5 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl6Trigger

Available on certain SoC’s, generate trigger when counter equals chnl 6 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_Chnl7Trigger

Available on certain SoC’s, generate trigger when counter equals chnl 7 CnV reg

enumerator kFTM_InitTrigger

Generate Trigger when counter is updated with CNTIN

enumerator kFTM_ReloadInitTrigger

Available on certain SoC’s, trigger on reload point

enum _ftm_pwm_sync_method

FlexTimer PWM sync options to update registers with buffer.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_SoftwareTrigger

Software triggers PWM sync

enumerator kFTM_HardwareTrigger_0

Hardware trigger 0 causes PWM sync

enumerator kFTM_HardwareTrigger_1

Hardware trigger 1 causes PWM sync

enumerator kFTM_HardwareTrigger_2

Hardware trigger 2 causes PWM sync

enum _ftm_reload_point

FTM options available as loading point for register reload.

Note

Actual available reload points are SoC-specific

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Chnl0Match

Channel 0 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl1Match

Channel 1 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl2Match

Channel 2 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl3Match

Channel 3 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl4Match

Channel 4 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl5Match

Channel 5 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl6Match

Channel 6 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_Chnl7Match

Channel 7 match included as a reload point

enumerator kFTM_CntMax

Use in up-down count mode only, reload when counter reaches the maximum value

enumerator kFTM_CntMin

Use in up-down count mode only, reload when counter reaches the minimum value

enumerator kFTM_HalfCycMatch

Available on certain SoC’s, half cycle match reload point

enum _ftm_interrupt_enable

List of FTM interrupts.

Note

Actual available interrupts are SoC-specific

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Chnl0InterruptEnable

Channel 0 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl1InterruptEnable

Channel 1 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl2InterruptEnable

Channel 2 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl3InterruptEnable

Channel 3 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl4InterruptEnable

Channel 4 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl5InterruptEnable

Channel 5 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl6InterruptEnable

Channel 6 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_Chnl7InterruptEnable

Channel 7 interrupt

enumerator kFTM_FaultInterruptEnable

Fault interrupt

enumerator kFTM_TimeOverflowInterruptEnable

Time overflow interrupt

enumerator kFTM_ReloadInterruptEnable

Reload interrupt; Available only on certain SoC’s

enum _ftm_status_flags

List of FTM flags.

Note

Actual available flags are SoC-specific

Values:

enumerator kFTM_Chnl0Flag

Channel 0 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl1Flag

Channel 1 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl2Flag

Channel 2 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl3Flag

Channel 3 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl4Flag

Channel 4 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl5Flag

Channel 5 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl6Flag

Channel 6 Flag

enumerator kFTM_Chnl7Flag

Channel 7 Flag

enumerator kFTM_FaultFlag

Fault Flag

enumerator kFTM_TimeOverflowFlag

Time overflow Flag

enumerator kFTM_ChnlTriggerFlag

Channel trigger Flag

enumerator kFTM_ReloadFlag

Reload Flag; Available only on certain SoC’s

List of FTM Quad Decoder flags.

Values:

enumerator kFTM_QuadDecoderCountingIncreaseFlag

Counting direction is increasing (FTM counter increment), or the direction is decreasing.

enumerator kFTM_QuadDecoderCountingOverflowOnTopFlag

Indicates if the TOF bit was set on the top or the bottom of counting.

typedef enum _ftm_chnl ftm_chnl_t

List of FTM channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _ftm_fault_input ftm_fault_input_t

List of FTM faults.

typedef enum _ftm_pwm_mode ftm_pwm_mode_t

FTM PWM operation modes.

typedef enum _ftm_pwm_level_select ftm_pwm_level_select_t

FTM PWM output pulse mode: high-true, low-true or no output.

typedef struct _ftm_chnl_pwm_signal_param ftm_chnl_pwm_signal_param_t

Options to configure a FTM channel’s PWM signal.

typedef struct _ftm_chnl_pwm_config_param ftm_chnl_pwm_config_param_t

Options to configure a FTM channel using precise setting.

typedef enum _ftm_output_compare_mode ftm_output_compare_mode_t

FlexTimer output compare mode.

typedef enum _ftm_input_capture_edge ftm_input_capture_edge_t

FlexTimer input capture edge.

typedef enum _ftm_dual_edge_capture_mode ftm_dual_edge_capture_mode_t

FlexTimer dual edge capture modes.

typedef struct _ftm_dual_edge_capture_param ftm_dual_edge_capture_param_t

FlexTimer dual edge capture parameters.

typedef enum _ftm_quad_decode_mode ftm_quad_decode_mode_t

FlexTimer quadrature decode modes.

typedef enum _ftm_phase_polarity ftm_phase_polarity_t

FlexTimer quadrature phase polarities.

typedef struct _ftm_phase_param ftm_phase_params_t

FlexTimer quadrature decode phase parameters.

typedef struct _ftm_fault_param ftm_fault_param_t

Structure is used to hold the parameters to configure a FTM fault.

typedef enum _ftm_deadtime_prescale ftm_deadtime_prescale_t

FlexTimer pre-scaler factor for the dead time insertion.

typedef enum _ftm_clock_source ftm_clock_source_t

FlexTimer clock source selection.

typedef enum _ftm_clock_prescale ftm_clock_prescale_t

FlexTimer pre-scaler factor selection for the clock source.

typedef enum _ftm_bdm_mode ftm_bdm_mode_t

Options for the FlexTimer behaviour in BDM Mode.

typedef enum _ftm_fault_mode ftm_fault_mode_t

Options for the FTM fault control mode.

typedef enum _ftm_external_trigger ftm_external_trigger_t

FTM external trigger options.

Note

Actual available external trigger sources are SoC-specific

typedef enum _ftm_pwm_sync_method ftm_pwm_sync_method_t

FlexTimer PWM sync options to update registers with buffer.

typedef enum _ftm_reload_point ftm_reload_point_t

FTM options available as loading point for register reload.

Note

Actual available reload points are SoC-specific

typedef enum _ftm_interrupt_enable ftm_interrupt_enable_t

List of FTM interrupts.

Note

Actual available interrupts are SoC-specific

typedef enum _ftm_status_flags ftm_status_flags_t

List of FTM flags.

Note

Actual available flags are SoC-specific

typedef struct _ftm_config ftm_config_t

FTM configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the FTM peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the FTM_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

void FTM_SetupFaultInput(FTM_Type *base, ftm_fault_input_t faultNumber, const ftm_fault_param_t *faultParams)

Sets up the working of the FTM fault inputs protection.

FTM can have up to 4 fault inputs. This function sets up fault parameters, fault level, and input filter.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • faultNumber – FTM fault to configure.

  • faultParams – Parameters passed in to set up the fault

static inline void FTM_SetGlobalTimeBaseOutputEnable(FTM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the FTM global time base signal generation to other FTMs.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • enable – true to enable, false to disable

static inline void FTM_SetOutputMask(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, bool mask)

Sets the FTM peripheral timer channel output mask.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlNumber – Channel to be configured

  • mask – true: masked, channel is forced to its inactive state; false: unmasked

static inline void FTM_SetPwmOutputEnable(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, bool value)

Allows users to enable an output on an FTM channel.

To enable the PWM channel output call this function with val=true. For input mode, call this function with val=false.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • chnlNumber – Channel to be configured

  • value – true: enable output; false: output is disabled, used in input mode

static inline void FTM_SetSoftwareTrigger(FTM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the FTM software trigger for PWM synchronization.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • enable – true: software trigger is selected, false: software trigger is not selected

static inline void FTM_SetWriteProtection(FTM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the FTM write protection.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • enable – true: Write-protection is enabled, false: Write-protection is disabled

static inline void FTM_EnableDmaTransfer(FTM_Type *base, ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber, bool enable)

Enable DMA transfer or not.

Note: CHnIE bit needs to be set when calling this API. The channel DMA transfer request is generated and the channel interrupt is not generated if (CHnF = 1) when DMA and CHnIE bits are set.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address.

  • chnlNumber – Channel to be configured

  • enable – true to enable, false to disable

static inline void FTM_SetLdok(FTM_Type *base, bool value)

Enable the LDOK bit.

This function enables loading updated values.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • value – true: loading updated values is enabled; false: loading updated values is disabled.

static inline void FTM_SetHalfCycReloadMatchValue(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the half cycle relade period in units of ticks.

This function can be callled to set the half-cycle reload value when half-cycle matching is enabled as a reload point. Note: Need enable kFTM_HalfCycMatch as reload point, and when this API call after FTM_StartTimer(), the new HCR value will not be active until next reload point (need call FTM_SetLdok to set LDOK) or register synchronization.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address

  • ticks – A timer period in units of ticks, which should be equal or greater than 1.

static inline void FTM_SetLoadFreq(FTM_Type *base, uint32_t loadfreq)

Set load frequency value.

Parameters:
  • base – FTM peripheral base address.

  • loadfreq – PWM reload frequency, range: 0 ~ 31.

struct _ftm_chnl_pwm_signal_param
#include <fsl_ftm.h>

Options to configure a FTM channel’s PWM signal.

Public Members

ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber

The channel/channel pair number. In combined mode, this represents the channel pair number.

ftm_pwm_level_select_t level

PWM output active level select.

uint8_t dutyCyclePercent

PWM pulse width, value should be between 0 to 100 0 = inactive signal(0% duty cycle)… 100 = always active signal (100% duty cycle).

uint8_t firstEdgeDelayPercent

Used only in kFTM_AsymmetricalCombinedPwm mode to generate an asymmetrical PWM. Specifies the delay to the first edge in a PWM period. If unsure leave as 0; Should be specified as a percentage of the PWM period

bool enableComplementary

Used only in combined PWM mode. true: The combined channels output complementary signals; false: The combined channels output same signals;

bool enableDeadtime

Used only in combined PWM mode with enable complementary. true: The deadtime insertion in this pair of channels is enabled; false: The deadtime insertion in this pair of channels is disabled.

struct _ftm_chnl_pwm_config_param
#include <fsl_ftm.h>

Options to configure a FTM channel using precise setting.

Public Members

ftm_chnl_t chnlNumber

The channel/channel pair number. In combined mode, this represents the channel pair number.

ftm_pwm_level_select_t level

PWM output active level select.

uint16_t dutyValue

PWM pulse width, the uint of this value is timer ticks.

uint16_t firstEdgeValue

Used only in kFTM_AsymmetricalCombinedPwm mode to generate an asymmetrical PWM. Specifies the delay to the first edge in a PWM period. If unsure leave as 0, uint of this value is timer ticks.

bool enableComplementary

Used only in combined PWM mode. true: The combined channels output complementary signals; false: The combined channels output same signals;

bool enableDeadtime

Used only in combined PWM mode with enable complementary. true: The deadtime insertion in this pair of channels is enabled; false: The deadtime insertion in this pair of channels is disabled.

struct _ftm_dual_edge_capture_param
#include <fsl_ftm.h>

FlexTimer dual edge capture parameters.

Public Members

ftm_dual_edge_capture_mode_t mode

Dual Edge Capture mode

ftm_input_capture_edge_t currChanEdgeMode

Input capture edge select for channel n

ftm_input_capture_edge_t nextChanEdgeMode

Input capture edge select for channel n+1

struct _ftm_phase_param
#include <fsl_ftm.h>

FlexTimer quadrature decode phase parameters.

Public Members

bool enablePhaseFilter

True: enable phase filter; false: disable filter

uint32_t phaseFilterVal

Filter value, used only if phase filter is enabled

ftm_phase_polarity_t phasePolarity

Phase polarity

struct _ftm_fault_param
#include <fsl_ftm.h>

Structure is used to hold the parameters to configure a FTM fault.

Public Members

bool enableFaultInput

True: Fault input is enabled; false: Fault input is disabled

bool faultLevel

True: Fault polarity is active low; in other words, ‘0’ indicates a fault; False: Fault polarity is active high

bool useFaultFilter

True: Use the filtered fault signal; False: Use the direct path from fault input

struct _ftm_config
#include <fsl_ftm.h>

FTM configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the FTM peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the FTM_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

Public Members

ftm_clock_prescale_t prescale

FTM clock prescale value

ftm_bdm_mode_t bdmMode

FTM behavior in BDM mode

uint32_t pwmSyncMode

Synchronization methods to use to update buffered registers; Multiple update modes can be used by providing an OR’ed list of options available in enumeration ftm_pwm_sync_method_t.

uint32_t reloadPoints

FTM reload points; When using this, the PWM synchronization is not required. Multiple reload points can be used by providing an OR’ed list of options available in enumeration ftm_reload_point_t.

ftm_fault_mode_t faultMode

FTM fault control mode

uint8_t faultFilterValue

Fault input filter value

ftm_deadtime_prescale_t deadTimePrescale

The dead time prescalar value

uint32_t deadTimeValue

The dead time value deadTimeValue’s available range is 0-1023 when register has DTVALEX, otherwise its available range is 0-63.

uint32_t extTriggers

External triggers to enable. Multiple trigger sources can be enabled by providing an OR’ed list of options available in enumeration ftm_external_trigger_t.

uint8_t chnlInitState

Defines the initialization value of the channels in OUTINT register

uint8_t chnlPolarity

Defines the output polarity of the channels in POL register

bool useGlobalTimeBase

True: Use of an external global time base is enabled; False: disabled

bool swTriggerResetCount

FTM counter synchronization activated by software trigger, avtive when (syncMethod & FTM_SYNC_SWSYNC_MASK) != 0U

bool hwTriggerResetCount

FTM counter synchronization activated by hardware trigger, avtive when (syncMethod & (FTM_SYNC_TRIG0_MASK | FTM_SYNC_TRIG1_MASK | FTM_SYNC_TRIG2_MASK)) != 0U

GPIO: General-Purpose Input/Output Driver

FSL_GPIO_DRIVER_VERSION

GPIO driver version.

enum _gpio_pin_direction

GPIO direction definition.

Values:

enumerator kGPIO_DigitalInput

Set current pin as digital input

enumerator kGPIO_DigitalOutput

Set current pin as digital output

enum _gpio_checker_attribute

GPIO checker attribute.

Values:

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureRWUsersecureRWPrivilegedsecureRW

User nonsecure:Read+Write; User Secure:Read+Write; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureRUsersecureRWPrivilegedsecureRW

User nonsecure:Read; User Secure:Read+Write; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureRWPrivilegedsecureRW

User nonsecure:None; User Secure:Read+Write; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureRUsersecureRPrivilegedsecureRW

User nonsecure:Read; User Secure:Read; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureRPrivilegedsecureRW

User nonsecure:None; User Secure:Read; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureNPrivilegedsecureRW

User nonsecure:None; User Secure:None; Privileged Secure:Read+Write

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureNPrivilegedsecureR

User nonsecure:None; User Secure:None; Privileged Secure:Read

enumerator kGPIO_UsernonsecureNUsersecureNPrivilegedsecureN

User nonsecure:None; User Secure:None; Privileged Secure:None

enumerator kGPIO_IgnoreAttributeCheck

Ignores the attribute check

typedef enum _gpio_pin_direction gpio_pin_direction_t

GPIO direction definition.

typedef enum _gpio_checker_attribute gpio_checker_attribute_t

GPIO checker attribute.

typedef struct _gpio_pin_config gpio_pin_config_t

The GPIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, leave the outputConfig unused. Note that in some use cases, the corresponding port property should be configured in advance with the PORT_SetPinConfig().

GPIO_FIT_REG(value)
struct _gpio_pin_config
#include <fsl_gpio.h>

The GPIO pin configuration structure.

Each pin can only be configured as either an output pin or an input pin at a time. If configured as an input pin, leave the outputConfig unused. Note that in some use cases, the corresponding port property should be configured in advance with the PORT_SetPinConfig().

Public Members

gpio_pin_direction_t pinDirection

GPIO direction, input or output

uint8_t outputLogic

Set a default output logic, which has no use in input

GPIO Driver

void GPIO_PortInit(GPIO_Type *base)

Initializes the GPIO peripheral.

This function ungates the GPIO clock.

Parameters:
  • base – GPIO peripheral base pointer.

void GPIO_PortDenit(GPIO_Type *base)

Denitializes the GPIO peripheral.

Parameters:
  • base – GPIO peripheral base pointer.

void GPIO_PinInit(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, const gpio_pin_config_t *config)

Initializes a GPIO pin used by the board.

To initialize the GPIO, define a pin configuration, as either input or output, in the user file. Then, call the GPIO_PinInit() function.

This is an example to define an input pin or an output pin configuration.

Define a digital input pin configuration,
gpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kGPIO_DigitalInput,
  0,
}
Define a digital output pin configuration,
gpio_pin_config_t config =
{
  kGPIO_DigitalOutput,
  0,
}

Parameters:
  • base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)

  • pin – GPIO port pin number

  • config – GPIO pin configuration pointer

static inline void GPIO_PinWrite(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t output)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 1 or 0.

Parameters:
  • base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)

  • pin – GPIO pin number

  • output – GPIO pin output logic level.

    • 0: corresponding pin output low-logic level.

    • 1: corresponding pin output high-logic level.

static inline void GPIO_PortSet(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 1.

Parameters:
  • base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)

  • mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_PortClear(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Sets the output level of the multiple GPIO pins to the logic 0.

Parameters:
  • base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)

  • mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline void GPIO_PortToggle(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Reverses the current output logic of the multiple GPIO pins.

Parameters:
  • base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)

  • mask – GPIO pin number macro

static inline uint32_t GPIO_PinRead(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t pin)

Reads the current input value of the GPIO port.

Parameters:
  • base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)

  • pin – GPIO pin number

Return values:

GPIO – port input value

  • 0: corresponding pin input low-logic level.

  • 1: corresponding pin input high-logic level.

uint32_t GPIO_PortGetInterruptFlags(GPIO_Type *base)

Reads the GPIO port interrupt status flag.

If a pin is configured to generate the DMA request, the corresponding flag is cleared automatically at the completion of the requested DMA transfer. Otherwise, the flag remains set until a logic one is written to that flag. If configured for a level sensitive interrupt that remains asserted, the flag is set again immediately.

Parameters:
  • base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)

Return values:

The – current GPIO port interrupt status flag, for example, 0x00010001 means the pin 0 and 17 have the interrupt.

void GPIO_PortClearInterruptFlags(GPIO_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears multiple GPIO pin interrupt status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)

  • mask – GPIO pin number macro

void GPIO_CheckAttributeBytes(GPIO_Type *base, gpio_checker_attribute_t attribute)

brief The GPIO module supports a device-specific number of data ports, organized as 32-bit words/8-bit Bytes. Each 32-bit/8-bit data port includes a GACR register, which defines the byte-level attributes required for a successful access to the GPIO programming model. If the GPIO module’s GACR register organized as 32-bit words, the attribute controls for the 4 data bytes in the GACR follow a standard little endian data convention.

Parameters:
  • base – GPIO peripheral base pointer (GPIOA, GPIOB, GPIOC, and so on.)

  • attribute – GPIO checker attribute

Common Driver

FSL_COMMON_DRIVER_VERSION

common driver version.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_NONE

No debug console.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_UART

Debug console based on UART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_LPUART

Debug console based on LPUART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_LPSCI

Debug console based on LPSCI.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_USBCDC

Debug console based on USBCDC.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_FLEXCOMM

Debug console based on FLEXCOMM.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_IUART

Debug console based on i.MX UART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_VUSART

Debug console based on LPC_VUSART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_MINI_USART

Debug console based on LPC_USART.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_SWO

Debug console based on SWO.

DEBUG_CONSOLE_DEVICE_TYPE_QSCI

Debug console based on QSCI.

MIN(a, b)

Computes the minimum of a and b.

MAX(a, b)

Computes the maximum of a and b.

UINT16_MAX

Max value of uint16_t type.

UINT32_MAX

Max value of uint32_t type.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_ADD(addr, val)

Add value val from the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_SUB(addr, val)

Subtract value val to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_SET(addr, bits)

Set the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_CLEAR(addr, bits)

Clear the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_TOGGLE(addr, bits)

Toggle the bits specifiled by bits to the variable at address address.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_CLEAR_AND_SET(addr, clearBits, setBits)

For the variable at address address, clear the bits specifiled by clearBits and set the bits specifiled by setBits.

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_COMPARE_AND_SET(addr, expected, newValue)

For the variable at address address, check whether the value equal to expected. If value same as expected then update newValue to address and return true , else return false .

SDK_ATOMIC_LOCAL_TEST_AND_SET(addr, newValue)

For the variable at address address, set as newValue value and return old value.

USEC_TO_COUNT(us, clockFreqInHz)

Macro to convert a microsecond period to raw count value

COUNT_TO_USEC(count, clockFreqInHz)

Macro to convert a raw count value to microsecond

MSEC_TO_COUNT(ms, clockFreqInHz)

Macro to convert a millisecond period to raw count value

COUNT_TO_MSEC(count, clockFreqInHz)

Macro to convert a raw count value to millisecond

SDK_ISR_EXIT_BARRIER
SDK_SIZEALIGN(var, alignbytes)

Macro to define a variable with L1 d-cache line size alignment

Macro to define a variable with L2 cache line size alignment

Macro to change a value to a given size aligned value

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION(var)

Define a variable var, and place it in non-cacheable section.

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION_ALIGN(var, alignbytes)

Define a variable var, and place it in non-cacheable section, the start address of the variable is aligned to alignbytes.

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION_INIT(var)

Define a variable var with initial value, and place it in non-cacheable section.

AT_NONCACHEABLE_SECTION_ALIGN_INIT(var, alignbytes)

Define a variable var with initial value, and place it in non-cacheable section, the start address of the variable is aligned to alignbytes.

enum _status_groups

Status group numbers.

Values:

enumerator kStatusGroup_Generic

Group number for generic status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLASH

Group number for FLASH status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPSPI

Group number for LPSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_SPI

Group number for FLEXIO SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DSPI

Group number for DSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_UART

Group number for FLEXIO UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_I2C

Group number for FLEXIO I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPI2C

Group number for LPI2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_UART

Group number for UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I2C

Group number for UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPSCI

Group number for LPSCI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPUART

Group number for LPUART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPI

Group number for SPI status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_XRDC

Group number for XRDC status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SEMA42

Group number for SEMA42 status code.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDHC

Group number for SDHC status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDMMC

Group number for SDMMC status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_SAI

Group number for SAI status code

enumerator kStatusGroup_MCG

Group number for MCG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SCG

Group number for SCG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDSPI

Group number for SDSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_I2S

Group number for FLEXIO I2S status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_MCULCD

Group number for FLEXIO LCD status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLASHIAP

Group number for FLASHIAP status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXCOMM_I2C

Group number for FLEXCOMM I2C status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_I2S

Group number for I2S status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_IUART

Group number for IUART status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_CSI

Group number for CSI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_MIPI_DSI

Group number for MIPI DSI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDRAMC

Group number for SDRAMC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_POWER

Group number for POWER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENET

Group number for ENET status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PHY

Group number for PHY status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TRGMUX

Group number for TRGMUX status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SMARTCARD

Group number for SMARTCARD status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LMEM

Group number for LMEM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QSPI

Group number for QSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMA

Group number for DMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_EDMA

Group number for EDMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMAMGR

Group number for DMAMGR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXCAN

Group number for FlexCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LTC

Group number for LTC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXIO_CAMERA

Group number for FLEXIO CAMERA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_SPI

Group number for LPC_SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_USART

Group number for LPC_USART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DMIC

Group number for DMIC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDIF

Group number for SDIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPIFI

Group number for SPIFI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OTP

Group number for OTP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MCAN

Group number for MCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CAAM

Group number for CAAM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ECSPI

Group number for ECSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_USDHC

Group number for USDHC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_I2C

Group number for LPC_I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DCP

Group number for DCP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MSCAN

Group number for MSCAN status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ESAI

Group number for ESAI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_FLEXSPI

Group number for FLEXSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MMDC

Group number for MMDC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PDM

Group number for MIC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDMA

Group number for SDMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ICS

Group number for ICS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPDIF

Group number for SPDIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_MINISPI

Group number for LPC_MINISPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HASHCRYPT

Group number for Hashcrypt status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_SPI_SSP

Group number for LPC_SPI_SSP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I3C

Group number for I3C status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_LPC_I2C_1

Group number for LPC_I2C_1 status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_NOTIFIER

Group number for NOTIFIER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_DebugConsole

Group number for debug console status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SEMC

Group number for SEMC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ApplicationRangeStart

Starting number for application groups.

enumerator kStatusGroup_IAP

Group number for IAP status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SFA

Group number for SFA status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_SPC

Group number for SPC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_PUF

Group number for PUF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TOUCH_PANEL

Group number for touch panel status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_VBAT

Group number for VBAT status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_XSPI

Group number for XSPI status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_PNGDEC

Group number for PNGDEC status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_JPEGDEC

Group number for JPEGDEC status codes

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_GPIO

Group number for HAL GPIO status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_UART

Group number for HAL UART status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_TIMER

Group number for HAL TIMER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_SPI

Group number for HAL SPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_I2C

Group number for HAL I2C status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_FLASH

Group number for HAL FLASH status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_PWM

Group number for HAL PWM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_RNG

Group number for HAL RNG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_I2S

Group number for HAL I2S status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HAL_ADC_SENSOR

Group number for HAL ADC SENSOR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_TIMERMANAGER

Group number for TiMER MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SERIALMANAGER

Group number for SERIAL MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LED

Group number for LED status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_BUTTON

Group number for BUTTON status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_EXTERN_EEPROM

Group number for EXTERN EEPROM status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SHELL

Group number for SHELL status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MEM_MANAGER

Group number for MEM MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LIST

Group number for List status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OSA

Group number for OSA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_COMMON_TASK

Group number for Common task status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MSG

Group number for messaging status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDK_OCOTP

Group number for OCOTP status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDK_FLEXSPINOR

Group number for FLEXSPINOR status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CODEC

Group number for codec status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ASRC

Group number for codec status ASRC.

enumerator kStatusGroup_OTFAD

Group number for codec status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_SDIOSLV

Group number for SDIOSLV status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_MECC

Group number for MECC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENET_QOS

Group number for ENET_QOS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_LOG

Group number for LOG status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_I3CBUS

Group number for I3CBUS status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QSCI

Group number for QSCI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELEMU

Group number for ELEMU status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_QUEUEDSPI

Group number for QSPI status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_POWER_MANAGER

Group number for POWER_MANAGER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_IPED

Group number for IPED status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELS_PKC

Group number for ELS PKC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CSS_PKC

Group number for CSS PKC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HOSTIF

Group number for HOSTIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_CLIF

Group number for CLIF status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_BMA

Group number for BMA status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_NETC

Group number for NETC status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ELE

Group number for ELE status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_GLIKEY

Group number for GLIKEY status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_AON_POWER

Group number for AON_POWER status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_AON_COMMON

Group number for AON_COMMON status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_ENDAT3

Group number for ENDAT3 status codes.

enumerator kStatusGroup_HIPERFACE

Group number for HIPERFACE status codes.

Generic status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_Success

Generic status for Success.

enumerator kStatus_Fail

Generic status for Fail.

enumerator kStatus_ReadOnly

Generic status for read only failure.

enumerator kStatus_OutOfRange

Generic status for out of range access.

enumerator kStatus_InvalidArgument

Generic status for invalid argument check.

enumerator kStatus_Timeout

Generic status for timeout.

enumerator kStatus_NoTransferInProgress

Generic status for no transfer in progress.

enumerator kStatus_Busy

Generic status for module is busy.

enumerator kStatus_NoData

Generic status for no data is found for the operation.

typedef int32_t status_t

Type used for all status and error return values.

void *SDK_Malloc(size_t size, size_t alignbytes)

Allocate memory with given alignment and aligned size.

This is provided to support the dynamically allocated memory used in cache-able region.

Parameters:
  • size – The length required to malloc.

  • alignbytes – The alignment size.

Return values:

The – allocated memory.

void SDK_Free(void *ptr)

Free memory.

Parameters:
  • ptr – The memory to be release.

void SDK_DelayAtLeastUs(uint32_t delayTime_us, uint32_t coreClock_Hz)

Delay at least for some time. Please note that, this API uses while loop for delay, different run-time environments make the time not precise, if precise delay count was needed, please implement a new delay function with hardware timer.

Parameters:
  • delayTime_us – Delay time in unit of microsecond.

  • coreClock_Hz – Core clock frequency with Hz.

static inline status_t EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Enable specific interrupt.

Enable LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only enables the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:
  • interrupt – The IRQ number.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Interrupt enabled successfully

  • kStatus_Fail – Failed to enable the interrupt

static inline status_t DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Disable specific interrupt.

Disable LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only disables the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:
  • interrupt – The IRQ number.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Interrupt disabled successfully

  • kStatus_Fail – Failed to disable the interrupt

static inline status_t EnableIRQWithPriority(IRQn_Type interrupt, uint8_t priNum)

Enable the IRQ, and also set the interrupt priority.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:
  • interrupt – The IRQ to Enable.

  • priNum – Priority number set to interrupt controller register.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully

  • kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline status_t IRQ_SetPriority(IRQn_Type interrupt, uint8_t priNum)

Set the IRQ priority.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:
  • interrupt – The IRQ to set.

  • priNum – Priority number set to interrupt controller register.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully

  • kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline status_t IRQ_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type interrupt)

Clear the pending IRQ flag.

Only handle LEVEL1 interrupt. For some devices, there might be multiple interrupt levels. For example, there are NVIC and intmux. Here the interrupts connected to NVIC are the LEVEL1 interrupts, because they are routed to the core directly. The interrupts connected to intmux are the LEVEL2 interrupts, they are routed to NVIC first then routed to core.

This function only handles the LEVEL1 interrupts. The number of LEVEL1 interrupts is indicated by the feature macro FSL_FEATURE_NUMBER_OF_LEVEL1_INT_VECTORS.

Parameters:
  • interrupt – The flag which IRQ to clear.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Interrupt priority set successfully

  • kStatus_Fail – Failed to set the interrupt priority.

static inline uint32_t DisableGlobalIRQ(void)

Disable the global IRQ.

Disable the global interrupt and return the current primask register. User is required to provided the primask register for the EnableGlobalIRQ().

Returns:

Current primask value.

static inline void EnableGlobalIRQ(uint32_t primask)

Enable the global IRQ.

Set the primask register with the provided primask value but not just enable the primask. The idea is for the convenience of integration of RTOS. some RTOS get its own management mechanism of primask. User is required to use the EnableGlobalIRQ() and DisableGlobalIRQ() in pair.

Parameters:
  • primask – value of primask register to be restored. The primask value is supposed to be provided by the DisableGlobalIRQ().

static inline bool _SDK_AtomicLocalCompareAndSet(uint32_t *addr, uint32_t expected, uint32_t newValue)
static inline uint32_t _SDK_AtomicTestAndSet(uint32_t *addr, uint32_t newValue)
FSL_DRIVER_TRANSFER_DOUBLE_WEAK_IRQ

Macro to use the default weak IRQ handler in drivers.

MAKE_STATUS(group, code)

Construct a status code value from a group and code number.

MAKE_VERSION(major, minor, bugfix)

Construct the version number for drivers.

The driver version is a 32-bit number, for both 32-bit platforms(such as Cortex M) and 16-bit platforms(such as DSC).

| Unused    || Major Version || Minor Version ||  Bug Fix    |
31        25  24           17  16            9  8            0
ARRAY_SIZE(x)

Computes the number of elements in an array.

UINT64_H(X)

Macro to get upper 32 bits of a 64-bit value

UINT64_L(X)

Macro to get lower 32 bits of a 64-bit value

SUPPRESS_FALL_THROUGH_WARNING()

For switch case code block, if case section ends without “break;” statement, there wil be fallthrough warning with compiler flag -Wextra or -Wimplicit-fallthrough=n when using armgcc. To suppress this warning, “SUPPRESS_FALL_THROUGH_WARNING();” need to be added at the end of each case section which misses “break;”statement.

MSDK_REG_SECURE_ADDR(x)

Convert the register address to the one used in secure mode.

MSDK_REG_NONSECURE_ADDR(x)

Convert the register address to the one used in non-secure mode.

Lin_lpuart_driver

FSL_LIN_LPUART_DRIVER_VERSION

LIN LPUART driver version.

enum _lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_OneStopBit

One stop bit

enumerator kLPUART_TwoStopBit

Two stop bits

enum _lin_lpuart_flags

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag

Transmit data register empty flag, sets when transmit buffer is empty

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag

Transmission complete flag, sets when transmission activity complete

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag

Receive data register full flag, sets when the receive data buffer is full

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineFlag

Idle line detect flag, sets when idle line detected

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunFlag

Receive Overrun, sets when new data is received before data is read from receive register

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag

Receive takes 3 samples of each received bit. If any of these samples differ, noise flag sets

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorFlag

Frame error flag, sets if logic 0 was detected where stop bit expected

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag

If parity enabled, sets upon parity error detection

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakFlag

LIN break detect interrupt flag, sets when LIN break char detected and LIN circuit enabled

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeFlag

Receive pin active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveFlag

Receiver Active Flag (RAF), sets at beginning of valid start bit

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch1Flag

The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA1

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch2Flag

The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA2

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorInRxDataRegFlag

NOISY bit, sets if noise detected in current data word

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorInRxDataRegFlag

PARITY bit, sets if noise detected in current data word

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoEmptyFlag

TXEMPT bit, sets if transmit buffer is empty

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoEmptyFlag

RXEMPT bit, sets if receive buffer is empty

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowFlag

TXOF bit, sets if transmit buffer overflow occurred

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowFlag

RXUF bit, sets if receive buffer underflow occurred

enum _lin_lpuart_interrupt_enable

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakInterruptEnable

LIN break detect.

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeInterruptEnable

Receive Active Edge.

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable

Transmit data register empty.

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteInterruptEnable

Transmission complete.

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable

Receiver data register full.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineInterruptEnable

Idle line.

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunInterruptEnable

Receiver Overrun.

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorInterruptEnable

Noise error flag.

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorInterruptEnable

Framing error flag.

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorInterruptEnable

Parity error flag.

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowInterruptEnable

Transmit FIFO Overflow.

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowInterruptEnable

Receive FIFO Underflow.

enum _lin_lpuart_status

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy

TX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy

RX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle

LPUART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxIdle

LPUART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxWatermarkTooLarge

TX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxWatermarkTooLarge

RX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually

Some flag can’t manually clear

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Error

Error happens on LPUART.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxRingBufferOverrun

LPUART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun

LPUART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError

LPUART noise error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FramingError

LPUART framing error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_ParityError

LPUART parity error.

enum lin_lpuart_bit_count_per_char_t

Values:

enumerator LPUART_8_BITS_PER_CHAR

8-bit data characters

enumerator LPUART_9_BITS_PER_CHAR

9-bit data characters

enumerator LPUART_10_BITS_PER_CHAR

10-bit data characters

typedef enum _lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count lin_lpuart_stop_bit_count_t
static inline bool LIN_LPUART_GetRxDataPolarity(const LPUART_Type *base)
static inline void LIN_LPUART_SetRxDataPolarity(LPUART_Type *base, bool polarity)
static inline void LIN_LPUART_WriteByte(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t data)
static inline void LIN_LPUART_ReadByte(const LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *readData)
status_t LIN_LPUART_CalculateBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, uint32_t *osr, uint16_t *sbr)

Calculates the best osr and sbr value for configured baudrate.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

  • baudRate_Bps – user configuration structure of type #lin_user_config_t

  • srcClock_Hz – pointer to the LIN_LPUART driver state structure

  • osr – pointer to osr value

  • sbr – pointer to sbr value

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

void LIN_LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t *osr, uint16_t *sbr)

Configure baudrate according to osr and sbr value.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

  • osr – pointer to osr value

  • sbr – pointer to sbr value

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_Init(LPUART_Type *base, lin_user_config_t *linUserConfig, lin_state_t *linCurrentState, uint32_t linSourceClockFreq)

Initializes an LIN_LPUART instance for LIN Network.

The caller provides memory for the driver state structures during initialization. The user must select the LIN_LPUART clock source in the application to initialize the LIN_LPUART. This function initializes a LPUART instance for operation. This function will initialize the run-time state structure to keep track of the on-going transfers, initialize the module to user defined settings and default settings, set break field length to be 13 bit times minimum, enable the break detect interrupt, Rx complete interrupt, frame error detect interrupt, and enable the LPUART module transmitter and receiver

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

  • linUserConfig – user configuration structure of type #lin_user_config_t

  • linCurrentState – pointer to the LIN_LPUART driver state structure

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_Deinit(LPUART_Type *base)

Shuts down the LIN_LPUART by disabling interrupts and transmitter/receiver.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendFrameDataBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize, uint32_t timeoutMSec)

Sends Frame data out through the LIN_LPUART module using blocking method. This function will calculate the checksum byte and send it with the frame data. Blocking means that the function does not return until the transmission is complete.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

  • txBuff – source buffer containing 8-bit data chars to send

  • txSize – the number of bytes to send

  • timeoutMSec – timeout value in milli seconds

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendFrameData(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *txBuff, uint8_t txSize)

Sends frame data out through the LIN_LPUART module using non-blocking method. This enables an a-sync method for transmitting data. Non-blocking means that the function returns immediately. The application has to get the transmit status to know when the transmit is complete. This function will calculate the checksum byte and send it with the frame data.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

  • txBuff – source buffer containing 8-bit data chars to send

  • txSize – the number of bytes to send

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GetTransmitStatus(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *bytesRemaining)

Get status of an on-going non-blocking transmission While sending frame data using non-blocking method, users can use this function to get status of that transmission. This function return LIN_TX_BUSY while sending, or LIN_TIMEOUT if timeout has occurred, or return LIN_SUCCESS when the transmission is complete. The bytesRemaining shows number of bytes that still needed to transmit.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

  • bytesRemaining – Number of bytes still needed to transmit

Returns:

lin_status_t LIN_TX_BUSY, LIN_SUCCESS or LIN_TIMEOUT

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_RecvFrmDataBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize, uint32_t timeoutMSec)

Receives frame data through the LIN_LPUART module using blocking method. This function will check the checksum byte. If the checksum is correct, it will receive the frame data. Blocking means that the function does not return until the reception is complete.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

  • rxBuff – buffer containing 8-bit received data

  • rxSize – the number of bytes to receive

  • timeoutMSec – timeout value in milli seconds

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_RecvFrmData(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *rxBuff, uint8_t rxSize)

Receives frame data through the LIN_LPUART module using non-blocking method. This function will check the checksum byte. If the checksum is correct, it will receive it with the frame data. Non-blocking means that the function returns immediately. The application has to get the receive status to know when the reception is complete.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

  • rxBuff – buffer containing 8-bit received data

  • rxSize – the number of bytes to receive

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_AbortTransferData(LPUART_Type *base)

Aborts an on-going non-blocking transmission/reception. While performing a non-blocking transferring data, users can call this function to terminate immediately the transferring.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GetReceiveStatus(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *bytesRemaining)

Get status of an on-going non-blocking reception While receiving frame data using non-blocking method, users can use this function to get status of that receiving. This function return the current event ID, LIN_RX_BUSY while receiving and return LIN_SUCCESS, or timeout (LIN_TIMEOUT) when the reception is complete. The bytesRemaining shows number of bytes that still needed to receive.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

  • bytesRemaining – Number of bytes still needed to receive

Returns:

lin_status_t LIN_RX_BUSY, LIN_TIMEOUT or LIN_SUCCESS

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GoToSleepMode(LPUART_Type *base)

This function puts current node to sleep mode This function changes current node state to LIN_NODE_STATE_SLEEP_MODE.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_GotoIdleState(LPUART_Type *base)

Puts current LIN node to Idle state This function changes current node state to LIN_NODE_STATE_IDLE.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_SendWakeupSignal(LPUART_Type *base)

Sends a wakeup signal through the LIN_LPUART interface.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_MasterSendHeader(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t id)

Sends frame header out through the LIN_LPUART module using a non-blocking method. This function sends LIN Break field, sync field then the ID with correct parity.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

  • id – Frame Identifier

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_EnableIRQ(LPUART_Type *base)

Enables LIN_LPUART hardware interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_DisableIRQ(LPUART_Type *base)

Disables LIN_LPUART hardware interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

An error code or lin_status_t

lin_status_t LIN_LPUART_AutoBaudCapture(uint32_t instance)

This function capture bits time to detect break char, calculate baudrate from sync bits and enable transceiver if autobaud successful. This function should only be used in Slave. The timer should be in mode input capture of both rising and falling edges. The timer input capture pin should be externally connected to RXD pin.

Parameters:
  • instance – LPUART instance

Returns:

lin_status_t

void LIN_LPUART_IRQHandler(LPUART_Type *base)

LIN_LPUART RX TX interrupt handler.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address

Returns:

void

AUTOBAUD_BAUDRATE_TOLERANCE
BIT_RATE_TOLERANCE_UNSYNC
BIT_DURATION_MAX_19200
BIT_DURATION_MIN_19200
BIT_DURATION_MAX_14400
BIT_DURATION_MIN_14400
BIT_DURATION_MAX_9600
BIT_DURATION_MIN_9600
BIT_DURATION_MAX_4800
BIT_DURATION_MIN_4800
BIT_DURATION_MAX_2400
BIT_DURATION_MIN_2400
TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_19200
TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_19200
TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_14400
TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_14400
TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_9600
TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_9600
TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_4800
TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_4800
TWO_BIT_DURATION_MAX_2400
TWO_BIT_DURATION_MIN_2400
AUTOBAUD_BREAK_TIME_MIN

LPI2C: Low Power Inter-Integrated Circuit Driver

FSL_LPI2C_DRIVER_VERSION

LPI2C driver version.

LPI2C status return codes.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Busy

The master is already performing a transfer.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Idle

The slave driver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Nak

The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError

FIFO under run or overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_BitError

Transferred bit was not seen on the bus.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost

Arbitration lost error.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout

SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_NoTransferInProgress

Attempt to abort a transfer when one is not in progress.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_DmaRequestFail

DMA request failed.

enumerator kStatus_LPI2C_Timeout

Timeout polling status flags.

IRQn_Type const kLpi2cIrqs[]

Array to map LPI2C instance number to IRQ number, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

lpi2c_master_isr_t s_lpi2cMasterIsr

Pointer to master IRQ handler for each instance, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

void *s_lpi2cMasterHandle[]

Pointers to master handles for each instance, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

uint32_t LPI2C_GetInstance(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns an instance number given a base address.

If an invalid base address is passed, debug builds will assert. Release builds will just return instance number 0.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPI2C instance number starting from 0.

I2C_RETRY_TIMES

Retry times for waiting flag.

LPI2C Master Driver

void LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig(lpi2c_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Provides a default configuration for the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function provides the following default configuration for the LPI2C master peripheral:

masterConfig->enableMaster            = true;
masterConfig->debugEnable             = false;
masterConfig->ignoreAck               = false;
masterConfig->pinConfig               = kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrain;
masterConfig->baudRate_Hz             = 100000U;
masterConfig->busIdleTimeout_ns       = 0;
masterConfig->pinLowTimeout_ns        = 0;
masterConfig->sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns = 0;
masterConfig->sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns = 0;
masterConfig->hostRequest.enable      = false;
masterConfig->hostRequest.source      = kLPI2C_HostRequestExternalPin;
masterConfig->hostRequest.polarity    = kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveHigh;

After calling this function, you can override any settings in order to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the master driver with LPI2C_MasterInit().

Parameters:
  • masterConfig[out] User provided configuration structure for default values. Refer to lpi2c_master_config_t.

void LPI2C_MasterInit(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the LPI2C master peripheral as described by the user provided configuration. A software reset is performed prior to configuration.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • masterConfig – User provided peripheral configuration. Use LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.

  • sourceClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the LPI2C functional clock. Used to calculate the baud rate divisors, filter widths, and timeout periods.

void LPI2C_MasterDeinit(LPI2C_Type *base)

Deinitializes the LPI2C master peripheral.

This function disables the LPI2C master peripheral and gates the clock. It also performs a software reset to restore the peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

void LPI2C_MasterConfigureDataMatch(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_data_match_config_t *matchConfig)

Configures LPI2C master data match feature.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • matchConfig – Settings for the data match feature.

status_t LPI2C_MasterCheckAndClearError(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t status)

Convert provided flags to status code, and clear any errors if present.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • status – Current status flags value that will be checked.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success

  • kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout

  • kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Nak

  • kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError

status_t LPI2C_CheckForBusyBus(LPI2C_Type *base)

Make sure the bus isn’t already busy.

A busy bus is allowed if we are the one driving it.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Busy

static inline void LPI2C_MasterReset(LPI2C_Type *base)

Performs a software reset.

Restores the LPI2C master peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnable(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPI2C module as master.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • enable – Pass true to enable or false to disable the specified LPI2C as master.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets the LPI2C master status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all LPI2C master status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_lpi2c_master_flags

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the status flags:

  • 1: related status flag is set.

  • 0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterClearStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the LPI2C master status flag state.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

  • kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag

Attempts to clear other flags has no effect.

See also

_lpi2c_master_flags.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • statusMask – A bitmask of status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _lpi2c_master_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to LPI2C_MasterGetStatusFlags().

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Enables the LPI2C master interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to enable. See _lpi2c_master_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterDisableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Disables the LPI2C master interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to disable. See _lpi2c_master_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetEnabledInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the set of currently enabled LPI2C master interrupt requests.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _lpi2c_master_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of enabled interrupts.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterEnableDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enableTx, bool enableRx)

Enables or disables LPI2C master DMA requests.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • enableTx – Enable flag for transmit DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

  • enableRx – Enable flag for receive DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetTxFifoAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets LPI2C master transmit data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The LPI2C Master Transmit Data Register address.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_MasterGetRxFifoAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets LPI2C master receive data register address for DMA transfer.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The LPI2C Master Receive Data Register address.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterSetWatermarks(LPI2C_Type *base, size_t txWords, size_t rxWords)

Sets the watermarks for LPI2C master FIFOs.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • txWords – Transmit FIFO watermark value in words. The kLPI2C_MasterTxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the transmit FIFO is equal or less than txWords. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

  • rxWords – Receive FIFO watermark value in words. The kLPI2C_MasterRxReadyFlag flag is set whenever the number of words in the receive FIFO is greater than rxWords. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

static inline void LPI2C_MasterGetFifoCounts(LPI2C_Type *base, size_t *rxCount, size_t *txCount)

Gets the current number of words in the LPI2C master FIFOs.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • txCount[out] Pointer through which the current number of words in the transmit FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

  • rxCount[out] Pointer through which the current number of words in the receive FIFO is returned. Pass NULL if this value is not required.

void LPI2C_MasterSetBaudRate(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz, uint32_t baudRate_Hz)

Sets the I2C bus frequency for master transactions.

The LPI2C master is automatically disabled and re-enabled as necessary to configure the baud rate. Do not call this function during a transfer, or the transfer is aborted.

Note

Please note that the second parameter is the clock frequency of LPI2C module, the third parameter means user configured bus baudrate, this implementation is different from other I2C drivers which use baudrate configuration as second parameter and source clock frequency as third parameter.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • sourceClock_Hz – LPI2C functional clock frequency in Hertz.

  • baudRate_Hz – Requested bus frequency in Hertz.

static inline bool LPI2C_MasterGetBusIdleState(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns whether the bus is idle.

Requires the master mode to be enabled.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:
  • true – Bus is busy.

  • false – Bus is idle.

status_t LPI2C_MasterStart(LPI2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, lpi2c_direction_t dir)

Sends a START signal and slave address on the I2C bus.

This function is used to initiate a new master mode transfer. First, the bus state is checked to ensure that another master is not occupying the bus. Then a START signal is transmitted, followed by the 7-bit address specified in the address parameter. Note that this function does not actually wait until the START and address are successfully sent on the bus before returning.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].

  • dir – Master transfer direction, either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

static inline status_t LPI2C_MasterRepeatedStart(LPI2C_Type *base, uint8_t address, lpi2c_direction_t dir)

Sends a repeated START signal and slave address on the I2C bus.

This function is used to send a Repeated START signal when a transfer is already in progress. Like LPI2C_MasterStart(), it also sends the specified 7-bit address.

Note

This function exists primarily to maintain compatible APIs between LPI2C and I2C drivers, as well as to better document the intent of code that uses these APIs.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • address – 7-bit slave device address, in bits [6:0].

  • dir – Master transfer direction, either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write. This parameter is used to set the R/w bit (bit 0) in the transmitted slave address.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Repeated START signal and address were successfully enqueued in the transmit FIFO.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

status_t LPI2C_MasterSend(LPI2C_Type *base, void *txBuff, size_t txSize)

Performs a polling send transfer on the I2C bus.

Sends up to txSize number of bytes to the previously addressed slave device. The slave may reply with a NAK to any byte in order to terminate the transfer early. If this happens, this function returns kStatus_LPI2C_Nak.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • txBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

  • txSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Data was sent successfully.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or over run.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterReceive(LPI2C_Type *base, void *rxBuff, size_t rxSize)

Performs a polling receive transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • rxBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

  • rxSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Data was received successfully.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterStop(LPI2C_Type *base)

Sends a STOP signal on the I2C bus.

This function does not return until the STOP signal is seen on the bus, or an error occurs.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – The STOP signal was successfully sent on the bus and the transaction terminated.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a master polling transfer on the I2C bus.

Note

The API does not return until the transfer succeeds or fails due to error happens during transfer.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • transfer – Pointer to the transfer structure.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Data was received successfully.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Another master is currently utilizing the bus.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Nak – The slave device sent a NAK in response to a byte.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_FifoError – FIFO under run or overrun.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_ArbitrationLost – Arbitration lost error.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_PinLowTimeout – SCL or SDA were held low longer than the timeout.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Creates a new handle for the LPI2C master non-blocking APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the non-blocking APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the LPI2C_MasterTransferAbort() API shall be called.

Note

The function also enables the NVIC IRQ for the input LPI2C. Need to notice that on some SoCs the LPI2C IRQ is connected to INTMUX, in this case user needs to enable the associated INTMUX IRQ in application.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • handle[out] Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

  • callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.

  • userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_master_transfer_t *transfer)

Performs a non-blocking transaction on the I2C bus.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

  • transfer – The pointer to the transfer descriptor.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – The transaction was started successfully.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Either another master is currently utilizing the bus, or a non-blocking transaction is already in progress.

status_t LPI2C_MasterTransferGetCount(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Returns number of bytes transferred so far.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

  • count[out] Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success

  • kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – There is not a non-blocking transaction currently in progress.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferAbort(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle)

Terminates a non-blocking LPI2C master transmission early.

Note

It is not safe to call this function from an IRQ handler that has a higher priority than the LPI2C peripheral’s IRQ priority.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • handle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

void LPI2C_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(LPI2C_Type *base, void *lpi2cMasterHandle)

Reusable routine to handle master interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the nonblocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • lpi2cMasterHandle – Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

enum _lpi2c_master_flags

LPI2C master peripheral flags.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

  • kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag

  • kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag

All flags except kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag and kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Note

These enums are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterTxReadyFlag

Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterRxReadyFlag

Receive data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterEndOfPacketFlag

End Packet flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterStopDetectFlag

Stop detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterNackDetectFlag

NACK detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterArbitrationLostFlag

Arbitration lost flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterFifoErrFlag

FIFO error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterPinLowTimeoutFlag

Pin low timeout flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterDataMatchFlag

Data match flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterBusyFlag

Master busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterBusBusyFlag

Bus busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterClearFlags

All flags which are cleared by the driver upon starting a transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterIrqFlags

IRQ sources enabled by the non-blocking transactional API.

enumerator kLPI2C_MasterErrorFlags

Errors to check for.

enum _lpi2c_direction

Direction of master and slave transfers.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_Write

Master transmit.

enumerator kLPI2C_Read

Master receive.

enum _lpi2c_master_pin_config

LPI2C pin configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrain

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin open drain mode

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOutputOnly

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin output only mode (ultra-fast mode)

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinPushPull

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin push-pull mode

enumerator kLPI2C_4PinPushPull

LPI2C Configured for 4-pin push-pull mode

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOpenDrainWithSeparateSlave

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin open drain mode with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinOutputOnlyWithSeparateSlave

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin output only mode(ultra-fast mode) with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_2PinPushPullWithSeparateSlave

LPI2C Configured for 2-pin push-pull mode with separate LPI2C slave

enumerator kLPI2C_4PinPushPullWithInvertedOutput

LPI2C Configured for 4-pin push-pull mode(inverted outputs)

enum _lpi2c_host_request_source

LPI2C master host request selection.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestExternalPin

Select the LPI2C_HREQ pin as the host request input

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestInputTrigger

Select the input trigger as the host request input

enum _lpi2c_host_request_polarity

LPI2C master host request pin polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveLow

Configure the LPI2C_HREQ pin active low

enumerator kLPI2C_HostRequestPinActiveHigh

Configure the LPI2C_HREQ pin active high

enum _lpi2c_data_match_config_mode

LPI2C master data match configuration modes.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchDisabled

LPI2C Match Disabled

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordEqualsM0OrM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word equals MATCH0 OR MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordEqualsM0OrM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word equals MATCH0 OR MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordEqualsM0And2ndWordEqualsM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word equals MATCH0, 2nd data equals MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordEqualsM0AndNextWordEqualsM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word equals MATCH0, next data equals MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_1stWordAndM1EqualsM0AndM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and 1st data word and MATCH0 equals MATCH0 and MATCH1

enumerator kLPI2C_AnyWordAndM1EqualsM0AndM1

LPI2C Match Enabled and any data word and MATCH0 equals MATCH0 and MATCH1

enum _lpi2c_master_transfer_flags

Transfer option flags.

Note

These enumerations are intended to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of options for the _lpi2c_master_transfer::flags field.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferDefaultFlag

Transfer starts with a start signal, stops with a stop signal.

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferNoStartFlag

Don’t send a start condition, address, and sub address

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferRepeatedStartFlag

Send a repeated start condition

enumerator kLPI2C_TransferNoStopFlag

Don’t send a stop condition.

typedef enum _lpi2c_direction lpi2c_direction_t

Direction of master and slave transfers.

typedef enum _lpi2c_master_pin_config lpi2c_master_pin_config_t

LPI2C pin configuration.

typedef enum _lpi2c_host_request_source lpi2c_host_request_source_t

LPI2C master host request selection.

typedef enum _lpi2c_host_request_polarity lpi2c_host_request_polarity_t

LPI2C master host request pin polarity configuration.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_config lpi2c_master_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C master module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

typedef enum _lpi2c_data_match_config_mode lpi2c_data_match_config_mode_t

LPI2C master data match configuration modes.

typedef struct _lpi2c_match_config lpi2c_data_match_config_t

LPI2C master data match configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_transfer lpi2c_master_transfer_t

LPI2C master descriptor of the transfer.

typedef struct _lpi2c_master_handle lpi2c_master_handle_t

LPI2C master handle of the transfer.

typedef void (*lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_master_handle_t *handle, status_t completionStatus, void *userData)

Master completion callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the non-blocking master transfer API. Specify the callback you wish to use in the call to LPI2C_MasterTransferCreateHandle().

Param base:

The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Param handle:

Pointer to the LPI2C master driver handle.

Param completionStatus:

Either kStatus_Success or an error code describing how the transfer completed.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*lpi2c_master_isr_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, void *handle)

Typedef for master interrupt handler, used internally for LPI2C master interrupt and EDMA transactional APIs.

struct _lpi2c_master_config
#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C master module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_MasterGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

bool enableMaster

Whether to enable master mode.

bool enableDoze

Whether master is enabled in doze mode.

bool debugEnable

Enable transfers to continue when halted in debug mode.

bool ignoreAck

Whether to ignore ACK/NACK.

lpi2c_master_pin_config_t pinConfig

The pin configuration option.

uint32_t baudRate_Hz

Desired baud rate in Hertz.

uint32_t busIdleTimeout_ns

Bus idle timeout in nanoseconds. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t pinLowTimeout_ns

Pin low timeout in nanoseconds. Set to 0 to disable.

uint8_t sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns

Width in nanoseconds of glitch filter on SDA pin. Set to 0 to disable.

uint8_t sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns

Width in nanoseconds of glitch filter on SCL pin. Set to 0 to disable.

struct _lpi2c_master_config hostRequest

Host request options.

struct _lpi2c_match_config
#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C master data match configuration structure.

Public Members

lpi2c_data_match_config_mode_t matchMode

Data match configuration setting.

bool rxDataMatchOnly

When set to true, received data is ignored until a successful match.

uint32_t match0

Match value 0.

uint32_t match1

Match value 1.

struct _lpi2c_master_transfer
#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Non-blocking transfer descriptor structure.

This structure is used to pass transaction parameters to the LPI2C_MasterTransferNonBlocking() API.

Public Members

uint32_t flags

Bit mask of options for the transfer. See enumeration _lpi2c_master_transfer_flags for available options. Set to 0 or kLPI2C_TransferDefaultFlag for normal transfers.

uint16_t slaveAddress

The 7-bit slave address.

lpi2c_direction_t direction

Either kLPI2C_Read or kLPI2C_Write.

uint32_t subaddress

Sub address. Transferred MSB first.

size_t subaddressSize

Length of sub address to send in bytes. Maximum size is 4 bytes.

void *data

Pointer to data to transfer.

size_t dataSize

Number of bytes to transfer.

struct _lpi2c_master_handle
#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Driver handle for master non-blocking APIs.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

uint8_t state

Transfer state machine current state.

uint16_t remainingBytes

Remaining byte count in current state.

uint8_t *buf

Buffer pointer for current state.

uint16_t commandBuffer[6]

LPI2C command sequence. When all 6 command words are used: Start&addr&write[1 word] + subaddr[4 words] + restart&addr&read[1 word]

lpi2c_master_transfer_t transfer

Copy of the current transfer info.

lpi2c_master_transfer_callback_t completionCallback

Callback function pointer.

void *userData

Application data passed to callback.

struct hostRequest

Public Members

bool enable

Enable host request.

lpi2c_host_request_source_t source

Host request source.

lpi2c_host_request_polarity_t polarity

Host request pin polarity.

LPI2C Slave Driver

void LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(lpi2c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Provides a default configuration for the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function provides the following default configuration for the LPI2C slave peripheral:

slaveConfig->enableSlave               = true;
slaveConfig->address0                  = 0U;
slaveConfig->address1                  = 0U;
slaveConfig->addressMatchMode          = kLPI2C_MatchAddress0;
slaveConfig->filterDozeEnable          = true;
slaveConfig->filterEnable              = true;
slaveConfig->enableGeneralCall         = false;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableAck        = false;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableTx         = true;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableRx         = true;
slaveConfig->sclStall.enableAddress    = true;
slaveConfig->ignoreAck                 = false;
slaveConfig->enableReceivedAddressRead = false;
slaveConfig->sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns   = 0;
slaveConfig->sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns   = 0;
slaveConfig->dataValidDelay_ns         = 0;
slaveConfig->clockHoldTime_ns          = 0;

After calling this function, override any settings to customize the configuration, prior to initializing the master driver with LPI2C_SlaveInit(). Be sure to override at least the address0 member of the configuration structure with the desired slave address.

Parameters:
  • slaveConfig[out] User provided configuration structure that is set to default values. Refer to lpi2c_slave_config_t.

void LPI2C_SlaveInit(LPI2C_Type *base, const lpi2c_slave_config_t *slaveConfig, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function enables the peripheral clock and initializes the LPI2C slave peripheral as described by the user provided configuration.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • slaveConfig – User provided peripheral configuration. Use LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() to get a set of defaults that you can override.

  • sourceClock_Hz – Frequency in Hertz of the LPI2C functional clock. Used to calculate the filter widths, data valid delay, and clock hold time.

void LPI2C_SlaveDeinit(LPI2C_Type *base)

Deinitializes the LPI2C slave peripheral.

This function disables the LPI2C slave peripheral and gates the clock. It also performs a software reset to restore the peripheral to reset conditions.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveReset(LPI2C_Type *base)

Performs a software reset of the LPI2C slave peripheral.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnable(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPI2C module as slave.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • enable – Pass true to enable or false to disable the specified LPI2C as slave.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base)

Gets the LPI2C slave status flags.

A bit mask with the state of all LPI2C slave status flags is returned. For each flag, the corresponding bit in the return value is set if the flag is asserted.

See also

_lpi2c_slave_flags

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

State of the status flags:

  • 1: related status flag is set.

  • 0: related status flag is not set.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveClearStatusFlags(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t statusMask)

Clears the LPI2C status flag state.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

  • kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag

  • kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag

  • kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag

  • kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag

Attempts to clear other flags has no effect.

See also

_lpi2c_slave_flags.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • statusMask – A bitmask of status flags that are to be cleared. The mask is composed of _lpi2c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together. You may pass the result of a previous call to LPI2C_SlaveGetStatusFlags().

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Enables the LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to enable. See _lpi2c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveDisableInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base, uint32_t interruptMask)

Disables the LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • interruptMask – Bit mask of interrupts to disable. See _lpi2c_slave_flags for the set of constants that should be OR’d together to form the bit mask.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetEnabledInterrupts(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the set of currently enabled LPI2C slave interrupt requests.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

A bitmask composed of _lpi2c_slave_flags enumerators OR’d together to indicate the set of enabled interrupts.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableDMA(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enableAddressValid, bool enableRx, bool enableTx)

Enables or disables the LPI2C slave peripheral DMA requests.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • enableAddressValid – Enable flag for the address valid DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable. The address valid DMA request is shared with the receive data DMA request.

  • enableRx – Enable flag for the receive data DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

  • enableTx – Enable flag for the transmit data DMA request. Pass true for enable, false for disable.

static inline bool LPI2C_SlaveGetBusIdleState(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns whether the bus is idle.

Requires the slave mode to be enabled.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Return values:
  • true – Bus is busy.

  • false – Bus is idle.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveTransmitAck(LPI2C_Type *base, bool ackOrNack)

Transmits either an ACK or NAK on the I2C bus in response to a byte from the master.

Use this function to send an ACK or NAK when the kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckFlag is asserted. This only happens if you enable the sclStall.enableAck field of the lpi2c_slave_config_t configuration structure used to initialize the slave peripheral.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • ackOrNack – Pass true for an ACK or false for a NAK.

static inline void LPI2C_SlaveEnableAckStall(LPI2C_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables ACKSTALL.

When enables ACKSTALL, software can transmit either an ACK or NAK on the I2C bus in response to a byte from the master.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • enable – True will enable ACKSTALL,false will disable ACKSTALL.

static inline uint32_t LPI2C_SlaveGetReceivedAddress(LPI2C_Type *base)

Returns the slave address sent by the I2C master.

This function should only be called if the kLPI2C_SlaveAddressValidFlag is asserted.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

Returns:

The 8-bit address matched by the LPI2C slave. Bit 0 contains the R/w direction bit, and the 7-bit slave address is in the upper 7 bits.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveSend(LPI2C_Type *base, void *txBuff, size_t txSize, size_t *actualTxSize)

Performs a polling send transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • txBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

  • txSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

  • actualTxSize[out]

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveReceive(LPI2C_Type *base, void *rxBuff, size_t rxSize, size_t *actualRxSize)

Performs a polling receive transfer on the I2C bus.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • rxBuff – The pointer to the data to be transferred.

  • rxSize – The length in bytes of the data to be transferred.

  • actualRxSize[out]

Returns:

Error or success status returned by API.

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Creates a new handle for the LPI2C slave non-blocking APIs.

The creation of a handle is for use with the non-blocking APIs. Once a handle is created, there is not a corresponding destroy handle. If the user wants to terminate a transfer, the LPI2C_SlaveTransferAbort() API shall be called.

Note

The function also enables the NVIC IRQ for the input LPI2C. Need to notice that on some SoCs the LPI2C IRQ is connected to INTMUX, in this case user needs to enable the associated INTMUX IRQ in application.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • handle[out] Pointer to the LPI2C slave driver handle.

  • callback – User provided pointer to the asynchronous callback function.

  • userData – User provided pointer to the application callback data.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, uint32_t eventMask)

Starts accepting slave transfers.

Call this API after calling I2C_SlaveInit() and LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle() to start processing transactions driven by an I2C master. The slave monitors the I2C bus and pass events to the callback that was passed into the call to LPI2C_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(). The callback is always invoked from the interrupt context.

The set of events received by the callback is customizable. To do so, set the eventMask parameter to the OR’d combination of lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t enumerators for the events you wish to receive. The kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitEvent and kLPI2C_SlaveReceiveEvent events are always enabled and do not need to be included in the mask. Alternatively, you can pass 0 to get a default set of only the transmit and receive events that are always enabled. In addition, the kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents constant is provided as a convenient way to enable all events.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

  • eventMask – Bit mask formed by OR’ing together lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t enumerators to specify which events to send to the callback. Other accepted values are 0 to get a default set of only the transmit and receive events, and kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents to enable all events.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Slave transfers were successfully started.

  • kStatus_LPI2C_Busy – Slave transfers have already been started on this handle.

status_t LPI2C_SlaveTransferGetCount(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave transfer status during a non-blocking transfer.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • handle – Pointer to i2c_slave_handle_t structure.

  • count[out] Pointer to a value to hold the number of bytes transferred. May be NULL if the count is not required.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success

  • kStatus_NoTransferInProgress

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferAbort(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the slave non-blocking transfers.

Note

This API could be called at any time to stop slave for handling the bus events.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPI2C_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_handle_t *handle)

Reusable routine to handle slave interrupts.

Note

This function does not need to be called unless you are reimplementing the non blocking API’s interrupt handler routines to add special functionality.

Parameters:
  • base – The LPI2C peripheral base address.

  • handle – Pointer to lpi2c_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

enum _lpi2c_slave_flags

LPI2C slave peripheral flags.

The following status register flags can be cleared:

  • kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag

  • kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag

  • kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag

  • kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag

All flags except kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag and kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag can be enabled as interrupts.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTxReadyFlag

Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRxReadyFlag

Receive data flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressValidFlag

Address valid flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckFlag

Transmit ACK flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartDetectFlag

Repeated start detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveStopDetectFlag

Stop detect flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBitErrFlag

Bit error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveFifoErrFlag

FIFO error flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatch0Flag

Address match 0 flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatch1Flag

Address match 1 flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveGeneralCallFlag

General call flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBusyFlag

Master busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveBusBusyFlag

Bus busy flag

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveClearFlags

All flags which are cleared by the driver upon starting a transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveIrqFlags

IRQ sources enabled by the non-blocking transactional API.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveErrorFlags

Errors to check for.

enum _lpi2c_slave_address_match

LPI2C slave address match options.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0

Match only address 0.

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0OrAddress1

Match either address 0 or address 1.

enumerator kLPI2C_MatchAddress0ThroughAddress1

Match a range of slave addresses from address 0 through address 1.

enum _lpi2c_slave_transfer_event

Set of events sent to the callback for non blocking slave transfers.

These event enumerations are used for two related purposes. First, a bit mask created by OR’ing together events is passed to LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking() in order to specify which events to enable. Then, when the slave callback is invoked, it is passed the current event through its transfer parameter.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of events.

Values:

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAddressMatchEvent

Received the slave address after a start or repeated start.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitEvent

Callback is requested to provide data to transmit (slave-transmitter role).

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveReceiveEvent

Callback is requested to provide a buffer in which to place received data (slave-receiver role).

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveTransmitAckEvent

Callback needs to either transmit an ACK or NACK.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveRepeatedStartEvent

A repeated start was detected.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveCompletionEvent

A stop was detected, completing the transfer.

enumerator kLPI2C_SlaveAllEvents

Bit mask of all available events.

typedef enum _lpi2c_slave_address_match lpi2c_slave_address_match_t

LPI2C slave address match options.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_config lpi2c_slave_config_t

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C slave module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C slave peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

typedef enum _lpi2c_slave_transfer_event lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t

Set of events sent to the callback for non blocking slave transfers.

These event enumerations are used for two related purposes. First, a bit mask created by OR’ing together events is passed to LPI2C_SlaveTransferNonBlocking() in order to specify which events to enable. Then, when the slave callback is invoked, it is passed the current event through its transfer parameter.

Note

These enumerations are meant to be OR’d together to form a bit mask of events.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_transfer lpi2c_slave_transfer_t

LPI2C slave transfer structure.

typedef struct _lpi2c_slave_handle lpi2c_slave_handle_t

LPI2C slave handle structure.

typedef void (*lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t)(LPI2C_Type *base, lpi2c_slave_transfer_t *transfer, void *userData)

Slave event callback function pointer type.

This callback is used only for the slave non-blocking transfer API. To install a callback, use the LPI2C_SlaveSetCallback() function after you have created a handle.

Param base:

Base address for the LPI2C instance on which the event occurred.

Param transfer:

Pointer to transfer descriptor containing values passed to and/or from the callback.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-sized value passed from the application.

struct _lpi2c_slave_config
#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

Structure with settings to initialize the LPI2C slave module.

This structure holds configuration settings for the LPI2C slave peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPI2C_SlaveGetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

bool enableSlave

Enable slave mode.

uint8_t address0

Slave’s 7-bit address.

uint8_t address1

Alternate slave 7-bit address.

lpi2c_slave_address_match_t addressMatchMode

Address matching options.

bool filterDozeEnable

Enable digital glitch filter in doze mode.

bool filterEnable

Enable digital glitch filter.

bool enableGeneralCall

Enable general call address matching.

struct _lpi2c_slave_config sclStall

SCL stall enable options.

bool ignoreAck

Continue transfers after a NACK is detected.

bool enableReceivedAddressRead

Enable reading the address received address as the first byte of data.

uint32_t sdaGlitchFilterWidth_ns

Width in nanoseconds of the digital filter on the SDA signal. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t sclGlitchFilterWidth_ns

Width in nanoseconds of the digital filter on the SCL signal. Set to 0 to disable.

uint32_t dataValidDelay_ns

Width in nanoseconds of the data valid delay.

uint32_t clockHoldTime_ns

Width in nanoseconds of the clock hold time.

struct _lpi2c_slave_transfer
#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C slave transfer structure.

Public Members

lpi2c_slave_transfer_event_t event

Reason the callback is being invoked.

uint8_t receivedAddress

Matching address send by master.

uint8_t *data

Transfer buffer

size_t dataSize

Transfer size

status_t completionStatus

Success or error code describing how the transfer completed. Only applies for kLPI2C_SlaveCompletionEvent.

size_t transferredCount

Number of bytes actually transferred since start or last repeated start.

struct _lpi2c_slave_handle
#include <fsl_lpi2c.h>

LPI2C slave handle structure.

Note

The contents of this structure are private and subject to change.

Public Members

lpi2c_slave_transfer_t transfer

LPI2C slave transfer copy.

bool isBusy

Whether transfer is busy.

bool wasTransmit

Whether the last transfer was a transmit.

uint32_t eventMask

Mask of enabled events.

uint32_t transferredCount

Count of bytes transferred.

lpi2c_slave_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function called at transfer event.

void *userData

Callback parameter passed to callback.

struct sclStall

Public Members

bool enableAck

Enables SCL clock stretching during slave-transmit address byte(s) and slave-receiver address and data byte(s) to allow software to write the Transmit ACK Register before the ACK or NACK is transmitted. Clock stretching occurs when transmitting the 9th bit. When enableAckSCLStall is enabled, there is no need to set either enableRxDataSCLStall or enableAddressSCLStall.

bool enableTx

Enables SCL clock stretching when the transmit data flag is set during a slave-transmit transfer.

bool enableRx

Enables SCL clock stretching when receive data flag is set during a slave-receive transfer.

bool enableAddress

Enables SCL clock stretching when the address valid flag is asserted.

LPIT: Low-Power Interrupt Timer

enum _lpit_chnl

List of LPIT channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC-dependent

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_0

LPIT channel number 0

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_1

LPIT channel number 1

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_2

LPIT channel number 2

enumerator kLPIT_Chnl_3

LPIT channel number 3

enum _lpit_timer_modes

Mode options available for the LPIT timer.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_PeriodicCounter

Use the all 32-bits, counter loads and decrements to zero

enumerator kLPIT_DualPeriodicCounter

Counter loads, lower 16-bits decrement to zero, then upper 16-bits decrement

enumerator kLPIT_TriggerAccumulator

Counter loads on first trigger and decrements on each trigger

enumerator kLPIT_InputCapture

Counter loads with 0xFFFFFFFF, decrements to zero. It stores the inverse of the current value when a input trigger is detected

enum _lpit_trigger_select

Trigger options available.

This is used for both internal and external trigger sources. The actual trigger options available is SoC-specific, user should refer to the reference manual.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn0

Channel 0 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn1

Channel 1 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn2

Channel 2 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn3

Channel 3 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn4

Channel 4 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn5

Channel 5 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn6

Channel 6 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn7

Channel 7 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn8

Channel 8 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn9

Channel 9 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn10

Channel 10 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn11

Channel 11 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn12

Channel 12 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn13

Channel 13 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn14

Channel 14 is selected as a trigger source

enumerator kLPIT_Trigger_TimerChn15

Channel 15 is selected as a trigger source

enum _lpit_trigger_source

Trigger source options available.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_TriggerSource_External

Use external trigger input

enumerator kLPIT_TriggerSource_Internal

Use internal trigger

enum _lpit_interrupt_enable

List of LPIT interrupts.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Channel0TimerInterruptEnable

Channel 0 Timer interrupt

enumerator kLPIT_Channel1TimerInterruptEnable

Channel 1 Timer interrupt

enumerator kLPIT_Channel2TimerInterruptEnable

Channel 2 Timer interrupt

enumerator kLPIT_Channel3TimerInterruptEnable

Channel 3 Timer interrupt

enum _lpit_status_flags

List of LPIT status flags.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

Values:

enumerator kLPIT_Channel0TimerFlag

Channel 0 Timer interrupt flag

enumerator kLPIT_Channel1TimerFlag

Channel 1 Timer interrupt flag

enumerator kLPIT_Channel2TimerFlag

Channel 2 Timer interrupt flag

enumerator kLPIT_Channel3TimerFlag

Channel 3 Timer interrupt flag

typedef enum _lpit_chnl lpit_chnl_t

List of LPIT channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC-dependent

typedef enum _lpit_timer_modes lpit_timer_modes_t

Mode options available for the LPIT timer.

typedef enum _lpit_trigger_select lpit_trigger_select_t

Trigger options available.

This is used for both internal and external trigger sources. The actual trigger options available is SoC-specific, user should refer to the reference manual.

typedef enum _lpit_trigger_source lpit_trigger_source_t

Trigger source options available.

typedef enum _lpit_interrupt_enable lpit_interrupt_enable_t

List of LPIT interrupts.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

typedef enum _lpit_status_flags lpit_status_flags_t

List of LPIT status flags.

Note

Number of timer channels are SoC-specific. See the SoC Reference Manual.

typedef struct _lpit_chnl_params lpit_chnl_params_t

Structure to configure the channel timer.

typedef struct _lpit_config lpit_config_t

LPIT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPIT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPIT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

FSL_LPIT_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.1.1

void LPIT_Init(LPIT_Type *base, const lpit_config_t *config)

Ungates the LPIT clock and configures the peripheral for a basic operation.

This function issues a software reset to reset all channels and registers except the Module Control register.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the LPIT driver.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

void LPIT_Deinit(LPIT_Type *base)

Disables the module and gates the LPIT clock.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

void LPIT_GetDefaultConfig(lpit_config_t *config)

Fills in the LPIT configuration structure with default settings.

The default values are:

config->enableRunInDebug = false;
config->enableRunInDoze = false;

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

status_t LPIT_SetupChannel(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel, const lpit_chnl_params_t *chnlSetup)

Sets up an LPIT channel based on the user’s preference.

This function sets up the operation mode to one of the options available in the enumeration lpit_timer_modes_t. It sets the trigger source as either internal or external, trigger selection and the timers behaviour when a timeout occurs. It also chains the timer if a prior timer if requested by the user.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

  • channel – Channel that is being configured.

  • chnlSetup – Configuration parameters.

static inline void LPIT_EnableInterrupts(LPIT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected PIT interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void LPIT_DisableInterrupts(LPIT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected PIT interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t LPIT_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPIT_Type *base)

Gets the enabled LPIT interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t LPIT_GetStatusFlags(LPIT_Type *base)

Gets the LPIT status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_status_flags_t

static inline void LPIT_ClearStatusFlags(LPIT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the LPIT status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

  • mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lpit_status_flags_t

static inline void LPIT_SetTimerPeriod(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of count.

Timers begin counting down from the value set by this function until it reaches 0, at which point it generates an interrupt and loads this register value again. Writing a new value to this register does not restart the timer. Instead, the value is loaded after the timer expires.

Note

User can call the utility macros provided in fsl_common.h to convert to ticks.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

  • channel – Timer channel number.

  • ticks – Timer period in units of ticks.

static inline void LPIT_SetTimerValue(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of count.

In the Dual 16-bit Periodic Counter mode, the counter will load and then the lower 16-bits will decrement down to zero, which will assert the output pre-trigger. The upper 16-bits will then decrement down to zero, which will negate the output pre-trigger and set the timer interrupt flag.

Note

Set TVAL register to 0 or 1 is invalid in compare mode.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

  • channel – Timer channel number.

  • ticks – Timer period in units of ticks.

static inline uint32_t LPIT_GetCurrentTimerCount(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel)

Reads the current timer counting value.

This function returns the real-time timer counting value, in a range from 0 to a timer period.

Note

User can call the utility macros provided in fsl_common.h to convert ticks to microseconds or milliseconds.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

  • channel – Timer channel number.

Returns:

Current timer counting value in ticks.

static inline void LPIT_StartTimer(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel)

Starts the timer counting.

After calling this function, timers load the period value and count down to 0. When the timer reaches 0, it generates a trigger pulse and sets the timeout interrupt flag.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

  • channel – Timer channel number.

static inline void LPIT_StopTimer(LPIT_Type *base, lpit_chnl_t channel)

Stops the timer counting.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

  • channel – Timer channel number.

static inline void LPIT_Reset(LPIT_Type *base)

Performs a software reset on the LPIT module.

This resets all channels and registers except the Module Control Register.

Parameters:
  • base – LPIT peripheral base address.

struct _lpit_chnl_params
#include <fsl_lpit.h>

Structure to configure the channel timer.

Public Members

bool chainChannel

true: Timer chained to previous timer; false: Timer not chained

lpit_timer_modes_t timerMode

Timers mode of operation.

lpit_trigger_select_t triggerSelect

Trigger selection for the timer

lpit_trigger_source_t triggerSource

Decides if we use external or internal trigger.

bool enableReloadOnTrigger

true: Timer reloads when a trigger is detected; false: No effect

bool enableStopOnTimeout

true: Timer will stop after timeout; false: does not stop after timeout

bool enableStartOnTrigger

true: Timer starts when a trigger is detected; false: decrement immediately

struct _lpit_config
#include <fsl_lpit.h>

LPIT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPIT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPIT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

Public Members

bool enableRunInDebug

true: Timers run in debug mode; false: Timers stop in debug mode

bool enableRunInDoze

true: Timers run in doze mode; false: Timers stop in doze mode

LPSPI: Low Power Serial Peripheral Interface

LPSPI Peripheral driver

void LPSPI_MasterInit(LPSPI_Type *base, const lpspi_master_config_t *masterConfig, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Initializes the LPSPI master.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • masterConfig – Pointer to structure lpspi_master_config_t.

  • srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz

void LPSPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(lpspi_master_config_t *masterConfig)

Sets the lpspi_master_config_t structure to default values.

This API initializes the configuration structure for LPSPI_MasterInit(). The initialized structure can remain unchanged in LPSPI_MasterInit(), or can be modified before calling the LPSPI_MasterInit(). Example:

lpspi_master_config_t  masterConfig;
LPSPI_MasterGetDefaultConfig(&masterConfig);

Parameters:
  • masterConfig – pointer to lpspi_master_config_t structure

void LPSPI_SlaveInit(LPSPI_Type *base, const lpspi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

LPSPI slave configuration.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • slaveConfig – Pointer to a structure lpspi_slave_config_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(lpspi_slave_config_t *slaveConfig)

Sets the lpspi_slave_config_t structure to default values.

This API initializes the configuration structure for LPSPI_SlaveInit(). The initialized structure can remain unchanged in LPSPI_SlaveInit() or can be modified before calling the LPSPI_SlaveInit(). Example:

lpspi_slave_config_t  slaveConfig;
LPSPI_SlaveGetDefaultConfig(&slaveConfig);

Parameters:
  • slaveConfig – pointer to lpspi_slave_config_t structure.

void LPSPI_Deinit(LPSPI_Type *base)

De-initializes the LPSPI peripheral. Call this API to disable the LPSPI clock.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

void LPSPI_Reset(LPSPI_Type *base)

Restores the LPSPI peripheral to reset state. Note that this function sets all registers to reset state. As a result, the LPSPI module can’t work after calling this API.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

uint32_t LPSPI_GetInstance(LPSPI_Type *base)

Get the LPSPI instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPSPI instance.

static inline void LPSPI_Enable(LPSPI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the LPSPI peripheral and sets the MCR MDIS to 0.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • enable – Pass true to enable module, false to disable module.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetStatusFlags(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI status flag state.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI status(in SR register).

static inline uint8_t LPSPI_GetTxFifoSize(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Tx FIFO size.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Tx FIFO size.

static inline uint8_t LPSPI_GetRxFifoSize(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Rx FIFO size.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Rx FIFO size.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTxFifoCount(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Tx FIFO count.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The number of words in the transmit FIFO.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetRxFifoCount(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Rx FIFO count.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The number of words in the receive FIFO.

static inline void LPSPI_ClearStatusFlags(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t statusFlags)

Clears the LPSPI status flag.

This function clears the desired status bit by using a write-1-to-clear. The user passes in the base and the desired status flag bit to clear. The list of status flags is defined in the _lpspi_flags. Example usage:

LPSPI_ClearStatusFlags(base, kLPSPI_TxDataRequestFlag|kLPSPI_RxDataReadyFlag);

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • statusFlags – The status flag used from type _lpspi_flags.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTcr(LPSPI_Type *base)
static inline void LPSPI_EnableInterrupts(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the LPSPI interrupts.

This function configures the various interrupt masks of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and an interrupt mask. Note that, for Tx fill and Rx FIFO drain requests, enabling the interrupt request disables the DMA request.

LPSPI_EnableInterrupts(base, kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable | kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable );
Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_DisableInterrupts(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the LPSPI interrupts.

LPSPI_DisableInterrupts(base, kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable | kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable );
Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_EnableDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the LPSPI DMA request.

This function configures the Rx and Tx DMA mask of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and a DMA mask.

LPSPI_EnableDMA(base, kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable | kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable);

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_dma_enable.

static inline void LPSPI_DisableDMA(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the LPSPI DMA request.

This function configures the Rx and Tx DMA mask of the LPSPI. The parameters are base and a DMA mask.

SPI_DisableDMA(base, kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable | kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable);

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • mask – The interrupt mask; Use the enum _lpspi_dma_enable.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetTxRegisterAddress(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Transmit Data Register address for a DMA operation.

This function gets the LPSPI Transmit Data Register address because this value is needed for the DMA operation. This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Transmit Data Register address.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_GetRxRegisterAddress(LPSPI_Type *base)

Gets the LPSPI Receive Data Register address for a DMA operation.

This function gets the LPSPI Receive Data Register address because this value is needed for the DMA operation. This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The LPSPI Receive Data Register address.

bool LPSPI_CheckTransferArgument(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer, bool isEdma)

Check the argument for transfer .

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • transfer – the transfer struct to be used.

  • isEdma – True to check for EDMA transfer, false to check interrupt non-blocking transfer

Returns:

Return true for right and false for wrong.

static inline void LPSPI_SetMasterSlaveMode(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_slave_mode_t mode)

Configures the LPSPI for either master or slave.

Note that the CFGR1 should only be written when the LPSPI is disabled (LPSPIx_CR_MEN = 0).

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • mode – Mode setting (master or slave) of type lpspi_master_slave_mode_t.

static inline void LPSPI_SelectTransferPCS(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_which_pcs_t select)

Configures the peripheral chip select used for the transfer.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • select – LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration.

static inline void LPSPI_SetPCSContinous(LPSPI_Type *base, bool IsContinous)

Set the PCS signal to continuous or uncontinuous mode.

Note

In master mode, continuous transfer will keep the PCS asserted at the end of the frame size, until a command word is received that starts a new frame. So PCS must be set back to uncontinuous when transfer finishes. In slave mode, when continuous transfer is enabled, the LPSPI will only transmit the first frame size bits, after that the LPSPI will transmit received data back (assuming a 32-bit shift register).

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • IsContinous – True to set the transfer PCS to continuous mode, false to set to uncontinuous mode.

static inline bool LPSPI_IsMaster(LPSPI_Type *base)

Returns whether the LPSPI module is in master mode.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

Returns true if the module is in master mode or false if the module is in slave mode.

static inline void LPSPI_FlushFifo(LPSPI_Type *base, bool flushTxFifo, bool flushRxFifo)

Flushes the LPSPI FIFOs.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • flushTxFifo – Flushes (true) the Tx FIFO, else do not flush (false) the Tx FIFO.

  • flushRxFifo – Flushes (true) the Rx FIFO, else do not flush (false) the Rx FIFO.

static inline void LPSPI_SetFifoWatermarks(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t txWater, uint32_t rxWater)

Sets the transmit and receive FIFO watermark values.

This function allows the user to set the receive and transmit FIFO watermarks. The function does not compare the watermark settings to the FIFO size. The FIFO watermark should not be equal to or greater than the FIFO size. It is up to the higher level driver to make this check.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • txWater – The TX FIFO watermark value. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

  • rxWater – The RX FIFO watermark value. Writing a value equal or greater than the FIFO size is truncated.

static inline void LPSPI_SetAllPcsPolarity(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Configures all LPSPI peripheral chip select polarities simultaneously.

Note that the CFGR1 should only be written when the LPSPI is disabled (LPSPIx_CR_MEN = 0).

This is an example: PCS0 and PCS1 set to active low and other PCSs set to active high. Note that the number of PCS is device-specific.

LPSPI_SetAllPcsPolarity(base, kLPSPI_Pcs0ActiveLow | kLPSPI_Pcs1ActiveLow);

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • mask – The PCS polarity mask; Use the enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity.

static inline void LPSPI_SetFrameSize(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t frameSize)

Configures the frame size.

The minimum frame size is 8-bits and the maximum frame size is 4096-bits. If the frame size is less than or equal to 32-bits, the word size and frame size are identical. If the frame size is greater than 32-bits, the word size is 32-bits for each word except the last (the last word contains the remainder bits if the frame size is not divisible by 32). The minimum word size is 2-bits. A frame size of 33-bits (or similar) is not supported.

Note 1: The transmit command register should be initialized before enabling the LPSPI in slave mode, although the command register does not update until after the LPSPI is enabled. After it is enabled, the transmit command register should only be changed if the LPSPI is idle.

Note 2: The transmit and command FIFO is a combined FIFO that includes both transmit data and command words. That means the TCR register should be written to when the Tx FIFO is not full.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • frameSize – The frame size in number of bits.

uint32_t LPSPI_MasterSetBaudRate(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz, uint32_t *tcrPrescaleValue)

Sets the LPSPI baud rate in bits per second.

This function takes in the desired bitsPerSec (baud rate) and calculates the nearest possible baud rate without exceeding the desired baud rate and returns the calculated baud rate in bits-per-second. It requires the caller to provide the frequency of the module source clock (in Hertz). Note that the baud rate does not go into effect until the Transmit Control Register (TCR) is programmed with the prescale value. Hence, this function returns the prescale tcrPrescaleValue parameter for later programming in the TCR. The higher level peripheral driver should alert the user of an out of range baud rate input.

Note that the LPSPI module must first be disabled before configuring this. Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • baudRate_Bps – The desired baud rate in bits per second.

  • srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz.

  • tcrPrescaleValue – The TCR prescale value needed to program the TCR.

Returns:

The actual calculated baud rate. This function may also return a “0” if the LPSPI is not configured for master mode or if the LPSPI module is not disabled.

void LPSPI_MasterSetDelayScaler(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t scaler, lpspi_delay_type_t whichDelay)

Manually configures a specific LPSPI delay parameter (module must be disabled to change the delay values).

This function configures the following: SCK to PCS delay, or PCS to SCK delay, or The configurations must occur between the transfer delay.

The delay names are available in type lpspi_delay_type_t.

The user passes the desired delay along with the delay value. This allows the user to directly set the delay values if they have pre-calculated them or if they simply wish to manually increment the value.

Note that the LPSPI module must first be disabled before configuring this. Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • scaler – The 8-bit delay value 0x00 to 0xFF (255).

  • whichDelay – The desired delay to configure, must be of type lpspi_delay_type_t.

uint32_t LPSPI_MasterSetDelayTimes(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t delayTimeInNanoSec, lpspi_delay_type_t whichDelay, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Calculates the delay based on the desired delay input in nanoseconds (module must be disabled to change the delay values).

This function calculates the values for the following: SCK to PCS delay, or PCS to SCK delay, or The configurations must occur between the transfer delay.

The delay names are available in type lpspi_delay_type_t.

The user passes the desired delay and the desired delay value in nano-seconds. The function calculates the value needed for the desired delay parameter and returns the actual calculated delay because an exact delay match may not be possible. In this case, the closest match is calculated without going below the desired delay value input. It is possible to input a very large delay value that exceeds the capability of the part, in which case the maximum supported delay is returned. It is up to the higher level peripheral driver to alert the user of an out of range delay input.

Note that the LPSPI module must be configured for master mode before configuring this. And note that the delayTime = LPSPI_clockSource / (PRESCALE * Delay_scaler).

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • delayTimeInNanoSec – The desired delay value in nano-seconds.

  • whichDelay – The desired delay to configuration, which must be of type lpspi_delay_type_t.

  • srcClock_Hz – Module source input clock in Hertz.

Returns:

actual Calculated delay value in nano-seconds.

static inline void LPSPI_WriteData(LPSPI_Type *base, uint32_t data)

Writes data into the transmit data buffer.

This function writes data passed in by the user to the Transmit Data Register (TDR). The user can pass up to 32-bits of data to load into the TDR. If the frame size exceeds 32-bits, the user has to manage sending the data one 32-bit word at a time. Any writes to the TDR result in an immediate push to the transmit FIFO. This function can be used for either master or slave modes.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • data – The data word to be sent.

static inline uint32_t LPSPI_ReadData(LPSPI_Type *base)

Reads data from the data buffer.

This function reads the data from the Receive Data Register (RDR). This function can be used for either master or slave mode.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

The data read from the data buffer.

void LPSPI_SetDummyData(LPSPI_Type *base, uint8_t dummyData)

Set up the dummy data.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • dummyData – Data to be transferred when tx buffer is NULL. Note: This API has no effect when LPSPI in slave interrupt mode, because driver will set the TXMSK bit to 1 if txData is NULL, no data is loaded from transmit FIFO and output pin is tristated.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferCreateHandle(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPSPI master handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI handle, which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t.

  • callback – DSPI callback.

  • userData – callback function parameter.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using a polling method.

This function transfers data using a polling method. This is a blocking function, which does not return until all transfers have been completed.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not integer multiples of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferNonBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI master transfer data using an interrupt method.

This function transfers data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not integer multiples of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

  • transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_MasterTransferGetCount(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the master transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the master transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

  • count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferAbort(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI master abort transfer which uses an interrupt method.

This function aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_MasterTransferHandleIRQ(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI Master IRQ handler function.

This function processes the LPSPI transmit and receive IRQ.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • handle – pointer to lpspi_master_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferCreateHandle(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPSPI slave handle.

This function initializes the LPSPI handle, which can be used for other LPSPI transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPSPI instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • handle – LPSPI handle pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t.

  • callback – DSPI callback.

  • userData – callback function parameter.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferNonBlocking(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, lpspi_transfer_t *transfer)

LPSPI slave transfer data using an interrupt method.

This function transfer data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When all data is transferred, the callback function is called.

Note: The transfer data size should be integer multiples of bytesPerFrame if bytesPerFrame is less than or equal to 4. For bytesPerFrame greater than 4: The transfer data size should be equal to bytesPerFrame if the bytesPerFrame is not an integer multiple of 4. Otherwise, the transfer data size can be an integer multiple of bytesPerFrame.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

  • transfer – pointer to lpspi_transfer_t structure.

Returns:

status of status_t.

status_t LPSPI_SlaveTransferGetCount(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, size_t *count)

Gets the slave transfer remaining bytes.

This function gets the slave transfer remaining bytes.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

  • count – Number of bytes transferred so far by the non-blocking transaction.

Returns:

status of status_t.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferAbort(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI slave aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

This function aborts a transfer which uses an interrupt method.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

void LPSPI_SlaveTransferHandleIRQ(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle)

LPSPI Slave IRQ handler function.

This function processes the LPSPI transmit and receives an IRQ.

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

  • handle – pointer to lpspi_slave_handle_t structure which stores the transfer state.

bool LPSPI_WaitTxFifoEmpty(LPSPI_Type *base)

Wait for tx FIFO to be empty.

This function wait the tx fifo empty

Parameters:
  • base – LPSPI peripheral address.

Returns:

true for the tx FIFO is ready, false is not.

FSL_LPSPI_DRIVER_VERSION

LPSPI driver version.

Status for the LPSPI driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Busy

LPSPI transfer is busy.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Error

LPSPI driver error.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Idle

LPSPI is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_OutOfRange

LPSPI transfer out Of range.

enumerator kStatus_LPSPI_Timeout

LPSPI timeout polling status flags.

enum _lpspi_flags

LPSPI status flags in SPIx_SR register.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxDataRequestFlag

Transmit data flag

enumerator kLPSPI_RxDataReadyFlag

Receive data flag

enumerator kLPSPI_WordCompleteFlag

Word Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_FrameCompleteFlag

Frame Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_TransferCompleteFlag

Transfer Complete flag

enumerator kLPSPI_TransmitErrorFlag

Transmit Error flag (FIFO underrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_ReceiveErrorFlag

Receive Error flag (FIFO overrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_DataMatchFlag

Data Match flag

enumerator kLPSPI_ModuleBusyFlag

Module Busy flag

enumerator kLPSPI_AllStatusFlag

Used for clearing all w1c status flags

enum _lpspi_interrupt_enable

LPSPI interrupt source.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxInterruptEnable

Transmit data interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_RxInterruptEnable

Receive data interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_WordCompleteInterruptEnable

Word complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_FrameCompleteInterruptEnable

Frame complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_TransferCompleteInterruptEnable

Transfer complete interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_TransmitErrorInterruptEnable

Transmit error interrupt enable(FIFO underrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_ReceiveErrorInterruptEnable

Receive Error interrupt enable (FIFO overrun)

enumerator kLPSPI_DataMatchInterruptEnable

Data Match interrupt enable

enumerator kLPSPI_AllInterruptEnable

All above interrupts enable.

enum _lpspi_dma_enable

LPSPI DMA source.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_TxDmaEnable

Transmit data DMA enable

enumerator kLPSPI_RxDmaEnable

Receive data DMA enable

enum _lpspi_master_slave_mode

LPSPI master or slave mode configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Master

LPSPI peripheral operates in master mode.

enumerator kLPSPI_Slave

LPSPI peripheral operates in slave mode.

enum _lpspi_which_pcs_config

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration (which PCS to configure).

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs0

PCS[0]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs1

PCS[1]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs2

PCS[2]

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs3

PCS[3]

enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity_config

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsActiveHigh

PCS Active High (idles low)

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsActiveLow

PCS Active Low (idles high)

enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs0ActiveLow

Pcs0 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs1ActiveLow

Pcs1 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs2ActiveLow

Pcs2 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_Pcs3ActiveLow

Pcs3 Active Low (idles high).

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsAllActiveLow

Pcs0 to Pcs5 Active Low (idles high).

enum _lpspi_clock_polarity

LPSPI clock polarity configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPolarityActiveHigh

CPOL=0. Active-high LPSPI clock (idles low)

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPolarityActiveLow

CPOL=1. Active-low LPSPI clock (idles high)

enum _lpspi_clock_phase

LPSPI clock phase configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPhaseFirstEdge

CPHA=0. Data is captured on the leading edge of the SCK and changed on the following edge.

enumerator kLPSPI_ClockPhaseSecondEdge

CPHA=1. Data is changed on the leading edge of the SCK and captured on the following edge.

enum _lpspi_shift_direction

LPSPI data shifter direction options.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_MsbFirst

Data transfers start with most significant bit.

enumerator kLPSPI_LsbFirst

Data transfers start with least significant bit.

enum _lpspi_host_request_select

LPSPI Host Request select configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_HostReqExtPin

Host Request is an ext pin.

enumerator kLPSPI_HostReqInternalTrigger

Host Request is an internal trigger.

enum _lpspi_match_config

LPSPI Match configuration options.

Values:

enumerator kLPSI_MatchDisabled

LPSPI Match Disabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordEqualsM0orM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordEqualsM0orM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordEqualsM0and2ndWordEqualsM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordEqualsM0andNxtWordEqualsM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_1stWordAndM1EqualsM0andM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enumerator kLPSI_AnyWordAndM1EqualsM0andM1

LPSPI Match Enabled.

enum _lpspi_pin_config

LPSPI pin (SDO and SDI) configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SdiInSdoOut

LPSPI SDI input, SDO output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdiInSdiOut

LPSPI SDI input, SDI output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdoInSdoOut

LPSPI SDO input, SDO output.

enumerator kLPSPI_SdoInSdiOut

LPSPI SDO input, SDI output.

enum _lpspi_data_out_config

LPSPI data output configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLpspiDataOutRetained

Data out retains last value when chip select is de-asserted

enumerator kLpspiDataOutTristate

Data out is tristated when chip select is de-asserted

enum _lpspi_pcs_function_config

LPSPI cs function configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsAsCs

PCS pin select as cs function

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsAsData

PCS pin select as date function

enum _lpspi_transfer_width

LPSPI transfer width configuration.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SingleBitXfer

1-bit shift at a time, data out on SDO, in on SDI (normal mode)

enumerator kLPSPI_TwoBitXfer

2-bits shift out on SDO/SDI and in on SDO/SDI

enumerator kLPSPI_FourBitXfer

4-bits shift out on SDO/SDI/PCS[3:2] and in on SDO/SDI/PCS[3:2]

enum _lpspi_delay_type

LPSPI delay type selection.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_PcsToSck

PCS-to-SCK delay.

enumerator kLPSPI_LastSckToPcs

Last SCK edge to PCS delay.

enumerator kLPSPI_BetweenTransfer

Delay between transfers.

enum _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_master

Use this enumeration for LPSPI master transfer configFlags.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs0

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS0 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs1

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS1 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs2

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS2 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcs3

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI master transfer use PCS3 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterWidth1

LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used LPSPI master transfer 1bit

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterWidth2

LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used LPSPI master transfer 2bit

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterWidth4

LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used LPSPI master transfer 4bit

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterPcsContinuous

Is PCS signal continuous

enumerator kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap

Is master swap the byte. For example, when want to send data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (suppose you set lpspi_shift_direction_t to MSB).

  1. If you set bitPerFrame = 8 , no matter the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwapyou flag is used or not, the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8.

  2. If you set bitPerFrame = 16 : (1) the waveform is 2 1 4 3 6 5 8 7 if you do not use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag.

  3. If you set bitPerFrame = 32 : (1) the waveform is 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 if you do not use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_MasterByteSwap flag.

enum _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_slave

Use this enumeration for LPSPI slave transfer configFlags.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs0

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS0 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs1

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS1 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs2

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS2 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlavePcs3

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used. LPSPI slave transfer use PCS3 signal

enumerator kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap

Is slave swap the byte. For example, when want to send data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (suppose you set lpspi_shift_direction_t to MSB).

  1. If you set bitPerFrame = 8 , no matter the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag is used or not, the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8.

  2. If you set bitPerFrame = 16 : (1) the waveform is 2 1 4 3 6 5 8 7 if you do not use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag.

  3. If you set bitPerFrame = 32 : (1) the waveform is 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 if you do not use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag. (2) the waveform is 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 if you use the kLPSPI_SlaveByteSwap flag.

enum _lpspi_transfer_state

LPSPI transfer state, which is used for LPSPI transactional API state machine.

Values:

enumerator kLPSPI_Idle

Nothing in the transmitter/receiver.

enumerator kLPSPI_Busy

Transfer queue is not finished.

enumerator kLPSPI_Error

Transfer error.

typedef enum _lpspi_master_slave_mode lpspi_master_slave_mode_t

LPSPI master or slave mode configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_which_pcs_config lpspi_which_pcs_t

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) configuration (which PCS to configure).

typedef enum _lpspi_pcs_polarity_config lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t

LPSPI Peripheral Chip Select (PCS) Polarity configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_clock_polarity lpspi_clock_polarity_t

LPSPI clock polarity configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_clock_phase lpspi_clock_phase_t

LPSPI clock phase configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_shift_direction lpspi_shift_direction_t

LPSPI data shifter direction options.

typedef enum _lpspi_host_request_select lpspi_host_request_select_t

LPSPI Host Request select configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_match_config lpspi_match_config_t

LPSPI Match configuration options.

typedef enum _lpspi_pin_config lpspi_pin_config_t

LPSPI pin (SDO and SDI) configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_data_out_config lpspi_data_out_config_t

LPSPI data output configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_pcs_function_config lpspi_pcs_function_config_t

LPSPI cs function configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_transfer_width lpspi_transfer_width_t

LPSPI transfer width configuration.

typedef enum _lpspi_delay_type lpspi_delay_type_t

LPSPI delay type selection.

typedef struct _lpspi_master_config lpspi_master_config_t

LPSPI master configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpspi_slave_config lpspi_slave_config_t

LPSPI slave configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpspi_master_handle lpspi_master_handle_t

Forward declaration of the _lpspi_master_handle typedefs.

typedef struct _lpspi_slave_handle lpspi_slave_handle_t

Forward declaration of the _lpspi_slave_handle typedefs.

typedef void (*lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_master_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Master completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:

LPSPI peripheral address.

Param handle:

Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI master.

Param status:

Success or error code describing whether the transfer is completed.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

typedef void (*lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t)(LPSPI_Type *base, lpspi_slave_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

Slave completion callback function pointer type.

Param base:

LPSPI peripheral address.

Param handle:

Pointer to the handle for the LPSPI slave.

Param status:

Success or error code describing whether the transfer is completed.

Param userData:

Arbitrary pointer-dataSized value passed from the application.

typedef struct _lpspi_transfer lpspi_transfer_t

LPSPI master/slave transfer structure.

volatile uint8_t g_lpspiDummyData[]

Global variable for dummy data value setting.

LPSPI_DUMMY_DATA

LPSPI dummy data if no Tx data.

Dummy data used for tx if there is not txData.

SPI_RETRY_TIMES

Retry times for waiting flag.

LPSPI_MASTER_PCS_SHIFT

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_MASTER_PCS_MASK

LPSPI master PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_MASTER_WIDTH_SHIFT

LPSPI master width shift macro, internal used

LPSPI_MASTER_WIDTH_MASK

LPSPI master width shift mask, internal used

LPSPI_SLAVE_PCS_SHIFT

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used.

LPSPI_SLAVE_PCS_MASK

LPSPI slave PCS shift macro , internal used.

struct _lpspi_master_config
#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t baudRate

Baud Rate for LPSPI.

uint32_t bitsPerFrame

Bits per frame, minimum 8, maximum 4096.

lpspi_clock_polarity_t cpol

Clock polarity.

lpspi_clock_phase_t cpha

Clock phase.

lpspi_shift_direction_t direction

MSB or LSB data shift direction.

uint32_t pcsToSckDelayInNanoSec

PCS to SCK delay time in nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

uint32_t lastSckToPcsDelayInNanoSec

Last SCK to PCS delay time in nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

uint32_t betweenTransferDelayInNanoSec

After the SCK delay time with nanoseconds, setting to 0 sets the minimum delay. It sets the boundary value if out of range.

lpspi_which_pcs_t whichPcs

Desired Peripheral Chip Select (PCS).

lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t pcsActiveHighOrLow

Desired PCS active high or low

lpspi_pin_config_t pinCfg

Configures which pins are used for input and output data during single bit transfers.

lpspi_pcs_function_config_t pcsFunc

Configures cs pins function.

lpspi_data_out_config_t dataOutConfig

Configures if the output data is tristated between accesses (LPSPI_PCS is negated).

bool enableInputDelay

Enable master to sample the input data on a delayed SCK. This can help improve slave setup time. Refer to device data sheet for specific time length.

struct _lpspi_slave_config
#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI slave configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t bitsPerFrame

Bits per frame, minimum 8, maximum 4096.

lpspi_clock_polarity_t cpol

Clock polarity.

lpspi_clock_phase_t cpha

Clock phase.

lpspi_shift_direction_t direction

MSB or LSB data shift direction.

lpspi_which_pcs_t whichPcs

Desired Peripheral Chip Select (pcs)

lpspi_pcs_polarity_config_t pcsActiveHighOrLow

Desired PCS active high or low

lpspi_pin_config_t pinCfg

Configures which pins are used for input and output data during single bit transfers.

lpspi_data_out_config_t dataOutConfig

Configures if the output data is tristated between accesses (LPSPI_PCS is negated).

struct _lpspi_transfer
#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master/slave transfer structure.

Public Members

const uint8_t *txData

Send buffer.

uint8_t *rxData

Receive buffer.

volatile size_t dataSize

Transfer bytes.

uint32_t configFlags

Transfer transfer configuration flags. Set from _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_master if the transfer is used for master or _lpspi_transfer_config_flag_for_slave enumeration if the transfer is used for slave.

struct _lpspi_master_handle
#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI master transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isPcsContinuous

Is PCS continuous in transfer.

volatile bool writeTcrInIsr

A flag that whether should write TCR in ISR.

volatile bool isByteSwap

A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile bool isTxMask

A flag that whether TCR[TXMSK] is set.

volatile uint16_t bytesPerFrame

Number of bytes in each frame

volatile uint8_t fifoSize

FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark

Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite

Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead

Bytes for each read RDR.

const uint8_t *volatile txData

Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData

Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes

Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes

Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount

Number of transfer bytes

uint32_t txBuffIfNull

Used if the txData is NULL.

volatile uint8_t state

LPSPI transfer state , _lpspi_transfer_state.

lpspi_master_transfer_callback_t callback

Completion callback.

void *userData

Callback user data.

struct _lpspi_slave_handle
#include <fsl_lpspi.h>

LPSPI slave transfer handle structure used for transactional API.

Public Members

volatile bool isByteSwap

A flag that whether should byte swap.

volatile uint8_t fifoSize

FIFO dataSize.

volatile uint8_t rxWatermark

Rx watermark.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachWrite

Bytes for each write TDR.

volatile uint8_t bytesEachRead

Bytes for each read RDR.

const uint8_t *volatile txData

Send buffer.

uint8_t *volatile rxData

Receive buffer.

volatile size_t txRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to send.

volatile size_t rxRemainingByteCount

Number of bytes remaining to receive.

volatile uint32_t writeRegRemainingTimes

Write TDR register remaining times.

volatile uint32_t readRegRemainingTimes

Read RDR register remaining times.

uint32_t totalByteCount

Number of transfer bytes

volatile uint8_t state

LPSPI transfer state , _lpspi_transfer_state.

volatile uint32_t errorCount

Error count for slave transfer.

lpspi_slave_transfer_callback_t callback

Completion callback.

void *userData

Callback user data.

LPTMR: Low-Power Timer

void LPTMR_Init(LPTMR_Type *base, const lptmr_config_t *config)

Ungates the LPTMR clock and configures the peripheral for a basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the LPTMR driver.

Parameters:
  • base – LPTMR peripheral base address

  • config – A pointer to the LPTMR configuration structure.

void LPTMR_Deinit(LPTMR_Type *base)

Gates the LPTMR clock.

Parameters:
  • base – LPTMR peripheral base address

void LPTMR_GetDefaultConfig(lptmr_config_t *config)

Fills in the LPTMR configuration structure with default settings.

The default values are as follows.

config->timerMode = kLPTMR_TimerModeTimeCounter;
config->pinSelect = kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_0;
config->pinPolarity = kLPTMR_PinPolarityActiveHigh;
config->enableFreeRunning = false;
config->bypassPrescaler = true;
config->prescalerClockSource = kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_1;
config->value = kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_0;

Parameters:
  • config – A pointer to the LPTMR configuration structure.

static inline void LPTMR_EnableInterrupts(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected LPTMR interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – LPTMR peripheral base address

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void LPTMR_DisableInterrupts(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected LPTMR interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – LPTMR peripheral base address

  • mask – The interrupts to disable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_interrupt_enable_t.

static inline uint32_t LPTMR_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPTMR_Type *base)

Gets the enabled LPTMR interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – LPTMR peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t LPTMR_GetStatusFlags(LPTMR_Type *base)

Gets the LPTMR status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – LPTMR peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_status_flags_t

static inline void LPTMR_ClearStatusFlags(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the LPTMR status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – LPTMR peripheral base address

  • mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration lptmr_status_flags_t.

static inline void LPTMR_SetTimerPeriod(LPTMR_Type *base, uint32_t ticks)

Sets the timer period in units of count.

Timers counts from 0 until it equals the count value set here. The count value is written to the CMR register.

Note

  1. The TCF flag is set with the CNR equals the count provided here and then increments.

  2. Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert to ticks.

Parameters:
  • base – LPTMR peripheral base address

  • ticks – A timer period in units of ticks, which should be equal or greater than 1.

static inline uint32_t LPTMR_GetCurrentTimerCount(LPTMR_Type *base)

Reads the current timer counting value.

This function returns the real-time timer counting value in a range from 0 to a timer period.

Note

Call the utility macros provided in the fsl_common.h to convert ticks to usec or msec.

Parameters:
  • base – LPTMR peripheral base address

Returns:

The current counter value in ticks

static inline void LPTMR_StartTimer(LPTMR_Type *base)

Starts the timer.

After calling this function, the timer counts up to the CMR register value. Each time the timer reaches the CMR value and then increments, it generates a trigger pulse and sets the timeout interrupt flag. An interrupt is also triggered if the timer interrupt is enabled.

Parameters:
  • base – LPTMR peripheral base address

static inline void LPTMR_StopTimer(LPTMR_Type *base)

Stops the timer.

This function stops the timer and resets the timer’s counter register.

Parameters:
  • base – LPTMR peripheral base address

FSL_LPTMR_DRIVER_VERSION

Driver Version

enum _lptmr_pin_select

LPTMR pin selection used in pulse counter mode.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_0

Pulse counter input 0 is selected

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_1

Pulse counter input 1 is selected

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_2

Pulse counter input 2 is selected

enumerator kLPTMR_PinSelectInput_3

Pulse counter input 3 is selected

enum _lptmr_pin_polarity

LPTMR pin polarity used in pulse counter mode.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_PinPolarityActiveHigh

Pulse Counter input source is active-high

enumerator kLPTMR_PinPolarityActiveLow

Pulse Counter input source is active-low

enum _lptmr_timer_mode

LPTMR timer mode selection.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerModeTimeCounter

Time Counter mode

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerModePulseCounter

Pulse Counter mode

enum _lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value

LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter values.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_0

Prescaler divide 2, glitch filter does not support this setting

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_1

Prescaler divide 4, glitch filter 2

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_2

Prescaler divide 8, glitch filter 4

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_3

Prescaler divide 16, glitch filter 8

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_4

Prescaler divide 32, glitch filter 16

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_5

Prescaler divide 64, glitch filter 32

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_6

Prescaler divide 128, glitch filter 64

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_7

Prescaler divide 256, glitch filter 128

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_8

Prescaler divide 512, glitch filter 256

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_9

Prescaler divide 1024, glitch filter 512

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_10

Prescaler divide 2048 glitch filter 1024

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_11

Prescaler divide 4096, glitch filter 2048

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_12

Prescaler divide 8192, glitch filter 4096

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_13

Prescaler divide 16384, glitch filter 8192

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_14

Prescaler divide 32768, glitch filter 16384

enumerator kLPTMR_Prescale_Glitch_15

Prescaler divide 65536, glitch filter 32768

enum _lptmr_prescaler_clock_select

LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter clock select.

Note

Clock connections are SoC-specific

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_0

Prescaler/glitch filter clock 0 selected.

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_1

Prescaler/glitch filter clock 1 selected.

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_2

Prescaler/glitch filter clock 2 selected.

enumerator kLPTMR_PrescalerClock_3

Prescaler/glitch filter clock 3 selected.

enum _lptmr_interrupt_enable

List of the LPTMR interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerInterruptEnable

Timer interrupt enable

enum _lptmr_status_flags

List of the LPTMR status flags.

Values:

enumerator kLPTMR_TimerCompareFlag

Timer compare flag

typedef enum _lptmr_pin_select lptmr_pin_select_t

LPTMR pin selection used in pulse counter mode.

typedef enum _lptmr_pin_polarity lptmr_pin_polarity_t

LPTMR pin polarity used in pulse counter mode.

typedef enum _lptmr_timer_mode lptmr_timer_mode_t

LPTMR timer mode selection.

typedef enum _lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value_t

LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter values.

typedef enum _lptmr_prescaler_clock_select lptmr_prescaler_clock_select_t

LPTMR prescaler/glitch filter clock select.

Note

Clock connections are SoC-specific

typedef enum _lptmr_interrupt_enable lptmr_interrupt_enable_t

List of the LPTMR interrupts.

typedef enum _lptmr_status_flags lptmr_status_flags_t

List of the LPTMR status flags.

typedef struct _lptmr_config lptmr_config_t

LPTMR config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPTMR peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPTMR_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration struct can be made constant so it resides in flash.

static inline void LPTMR_EnableTimerDMA(LPTMR_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable or disable timer DMA request.

Parameters:
  • base – base LPTMR peripheral base address

  • enable – Switcher of timer DMA feature. “true” means to enable, “false” means to disable.

struct _lptmr_config
#include <fsl_lptmr.h>

LPTMR config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the LPTMR peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the LPTMR_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your configuration structure instance.

The configuration struct can be made constant so it resides in flash.

Public Members

lptmr_timer_mode_t timerMode

Time counter mode or pulse counter mode

lptmr_pin_select_t pinSelect

LPTMR pulse input pin select; used only in pulse counter mode

lptmr_pin_polarity_t pinPolarity

LPTMR pulse input pin polarity; used only in pulse counter mode

bool enableFreeRunning

True: enable free running, counter is reset on overflow False: counter is reset when the compare flag is set

bool bypassPrescaler

True: bypass prescaler; false: use clock from prescaler

lptmr_prescaler_clock_select_t prescalerClockSource

LPTMR clock source

lptmr_prescaler_glitch_value_t value

Prescaler or glitch filter value

LPUART: Low Power Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter Driver

LPUART Driver

static inline void LPUART_SoftwareReset(LPUART_Type *base)

Resets the LPUART using software.

This function resets all internal logic and registers except the Global Register. Remains set until cleared by software.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

status_t LPUART_Init(LPUART_Type *base, const lpuart_config_t *config, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Initializes an LPUART instance with the user configuration structure and the peripheral clock.

This function configures the LPUART module with user-defined settings. Call the LPUART_GetDefaultConfig() function to configure the configuration structure and get the default configuration. The example below shows how to use this API to configure the LPUART.

lpuart_config_t lpuartConfig;
lpuartConfig.baudRate_Bps = 115200U;
lpuartConfig.parityMode = kLPUART_ParityDisabled;
lpuartConfig.dataBitsCount = kLPUART_EightDataBits;
lpuartConfig.isMsb = false;
lpuartConfig.stopBitCount = kLPUART_OneStopBit;
lpuartConfig.txFifoWatermark = 0;
lpuartConfig.rxFifoWatermark = 1;
LPUART_Init(LPUART1, &lpuartConfig, 20000000U);

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to a user-defined configuration structure.

  • srcClock_Hz – LPUART clock source frequency in HZ.

Return values:
  • kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not support in current clock source.

  • kStatus_Success – LPUART initialize succeed

void LPUART_Deinit(LPUART_Type *base)

Deinitializes a LPUART instance.

This function waits for transmit to complete, disables TX and RX, and disables the LPUART clock.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

void LPUART_GetDefaultConfig(lpuart_config_t *config)

Gets the default configuration structure.

This function initializes the LPUART configuration structure to a default value. The default values are: lpuartConfig->baudRate_Bps = 115200U; lpuartConfig->parityMode = kLPUART_ParityDisabled; lpuartConfig->dataBitsCount = kLPUART_EightDataBits; lpuartConfig->isMsb = false; lpuartConfig->stopBitCount = kLPUART_OneStopBit; lpuartConfig->txFifoWatermark = 0; lpuartConfig->rxFifoWatermark = 1; lpuartConfig->rxIdleType = kLPUART_IdleTypeStartBit; lpuartConfig->rxIdleConfig = kLPUART_IdleCharacter1; lpuartConfig->enableTx = false; lpuartConfig->enableRx = false;

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to a configuration structure.

status_t LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t baudRate_Bps, uint32_t srcClock_Hz)

Sets the LPUART instance baudrate.

This function configures the LPUART module baudrate. This function is used to update the LPUART module baudrate after the LPUART module is initialized by the LPUART_Init.

LPUART_SetBaudRate(LPUART1, 115200U, 20000000U);

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • baudRate_Bps – LPUART baudrate to be set.

  • srcClock_Hz – LPUART clock source frequency in HZ.

Return values:
  • kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport – Baudrate is not supported in the current clock source.

  • kStatus_Success – Set baudrate succeeded.

void LPUART_Enable9bitMode(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable 9-bit data mode for LPUART.

This function set the 9-bit mode for LPUART module. The 9th bit is not used for parity thus can be modified by user.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • enable – true to enable, flase to disable.

static inline void LPUART_SetMatchAddress(LPUART_Type *base, uint16_t address1, uint16_t address2)

Set the LPUART address.

This function configures the address for LPUART module that works as slave in 9-bit data mode. One or two address fields can be configured. When the address field’s match enable bit is set, the frame it receices with MSB being 1 is considered as an address frame, otherwise it is considered as data frame. Once the address frame matches one of slave’s own addresses, this slave is addressed. This address frame and its following data frames are stored in the receive buffer, otherwise the frames will be discarded. To un-address a slave, just send an address frame with unmatched address.

Note

Any LPUART instance joined in the multi-slave system can work as slave. The position of the address mark is the same as the parity bit when parity is enabled for 8 bit and 9 bit data formats.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • address1 – LPUART slave address1.

  • address2 – LPUART slave address2.

static inline void LPUART_EnableMatchAddress(LPUART_Type *base, bool match1, bool match2)

Enable the LPUART match address feature.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • match1 – true to enable match address1, false to disable.

  • match2 – true to enable match address2, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_SetRxFifoWatermark(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t water)

Sets the rx FIFO watermark.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • water – Rx FIFO watermark.

static inline void LPUART_SetTxFifoWatermark(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t water)

Sets the tx FIFO watermark.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • water – Tx FIFO watermark.

static inline void LPUART_TransferEnable16Bit(lpuart_handle_t *handle, bool enable)

Sets the LPUART using 16bit transmit, only for 9bit or 10bit mode.

This function Enable 16bit Data transmit in lpuart_handle_t.

Parameters:
  • handle – LPUART handle pointer.

  • enable – true to enable, false to disable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetStatusFlags(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets LPUART status flags.

This function gets all LPUART status flags. The flags are returned as the logical OR value of the enumerators _lpuart_flags. To check for a specific status, compare the return value with enumerators in the _lpuart_flags. For example, to check whether the TX is empty:

if (kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag & LPUART_GetStatusFlags(LPUART1))
{
    ...
}

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART status flags which are ORed by the enumerators in the _lpuart_flags.

status_t LPUART_ClearStatusFlags(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears status flags with a provided mask.

This function clears LPUART status flags with a provided mask. Automatically cleared flags can’t be cleared by this function. Flags that can only cleared or set by hardware are: kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag, kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag, kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag, kLPUART_RxActiveFlag, kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag, kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag, kLPUART_TxFifoEmptyFlag,kLPUART_RxFifoEmptyFlag Note: This API should be called when the Tx/Rx is idle, otherwise it takes no effects.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • mask – the status flags to be cleared. The user can use the enumerators in the _lpuart_status_flag_t to do the OR operation and get the mask.

Return values:
  • kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually – The flag can’t be cleared by this function but it is cleared automatically by hardware.

  • kStatus_Success – Status in the mask are cleared.

Returns:

0 succeed, others failed.

void LPUART_EnableInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask.

This function enables the LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See the _lpuart_interrupt_enable. This examples shows how to enable TX empty interrupt and RX full interrupt:

LPUART_EnableInterrupts(LPUART1,kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable | kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable);

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. Logical OR of _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

void LPUART_DisableInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask.

This function disables the LPUART interrupts according to a provided mask. The mask is a logical OR of enumeration members. See _lpuart_interrupt_enable. This example shows how to disable the TX empty interrupt and RX full interrupt:

LPUART_DisableInterrupts(LPUART1,kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable | kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable);

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • mask – The interrupts to disable. Logical OR of _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets enabled LPUART interrupts.

This function gets the enabled LPUART interrupts. The enabled interrupts are returned as the logical OR value of the enumerators _lpuart_interrupt_enable. To check a specific interrupt enable status, compare the return value with enumerators in _lpuart_interrupt_enable. For example, to check whether the TX empty interrupt is enabled:

uint32_t enabledInterrupts = LPUART_GetEnabledInterrupts(LPUART1);

if (kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable & enabledInterrupts)
{
    ...
}

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART interrupt flags which are logical OR of the enumerators in _lpuart_interrupt_enable.

static inline uintptr_t LPUART_GetDataRegisterAddress(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets the LPUART data register address.

This function returns the LPUART data register address, which is mainly used by the DMA/eDMA.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART data register addresses which are used both by the transmitter and receiver.

static inline void LPUART_EnableTxDMA(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART transmitter DMA request.

This function enables or disables the transmit data register empty flag, STAT[TDRE], to generate DMA requests.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_EnableRxDMA(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART receiver DMA.

This function enables or disables the receiver data register full flag, STAT[RDRF], to generate DMA requests.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • enable – True to enable, false to disable.

uint32_t LPUART_GetInstance(LPUART_Type *base)

Get the LPUART instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

LPUART instance.

static inline void LPUART_EnableTx(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART transmitter.

This function enables or disables the LPUART transmitter.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_EnableRx(LPUART_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the LPUART receiver.

This function enables or disables the LPUART receiver.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • enable – True to enable, false to disable.

static inline void LPUART_WriteByte(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t data)

Writes to the transmitter register.

This function writes data to the transmitter register directly. The upper layer must ensure that the TX register is empty or that the TX FIFO has room before calling this function.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • data – Data write to the TX register.

static inline uint8_t LPUART_ReadByte(LPUART_Type *base)

Reads the receiver register.

This function reads data from the receiver register directly. The upper layer must ensure that the receiver register is full or that the RX FIFO has data before calling this function.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

Data read from data register.

static inline uint8_t LPUART_GetRxFifoCount(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets the rx FIFO data count.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

rx FIFO data count.

static inline uint8_t LPUART_GetTxFifoCount(LPUART_Type *base)

Gets the tx FIFO data count.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

Returns:

tx FIFO data count.

void LPUART_SendAddress(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t address)

Transmit an address frame in 9-bit data mode.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • address – LPUART slave address.

status_t LPUART_WriteBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, const uint8_t *data, size_t length)

Writes to the transmitter register using a blocking method.

This function polls the transmitter register, first waits for the register to be empty or TX FIFO to have room, and writes data to the transmitter buffer, then waits for the dat to be sent out to the bus.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • data – Start address of the data to write.

  • length – Size of the data to write.

Return values:
  • kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.

  • kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t LPUART_WriteBlocking16bit(LPUART_Type *base, const uint16_t *data, size_t length)

Writes to the transmitter register using a blocking method in 9bit or 10bit mode.

Note

This function only support 9bit or 10bit transfer. Please make sure only 10bit of data is valid and other bits are 0.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • data – Start address of the data to write.

  • length – Size of the data to write.

Return values:
  • kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.

  • kStatus_Success – Successfully wrote all data.

status_t LPUART_ReadBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, uint8_t *data, size_t length)

Reads the receiver data register using a blocking method.

This function polls the receiver register, waits for the receiver register full or receiver FIFO has data, and reads data from the TX register.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • data – Start address of the buffer to store the received data.

  • length – Size of the buffer.

Return values:
  • kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun – Receiver overrun happened while receiving data.

  • kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError – Noise error happened while receiving data.

  • kStatus_LPUART_FramingError – Framing error happened while receiving data.

  • kStatus_LPUART_ParityError – Parity error happened while receiving data.

  • kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.

  • kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

status_t LPUART_ReadBlocking16bit(LPUART_Type *base, uint16_t *data, size_t length)

Reads the receiver data register in 9bit or 10bit mode.

Note

This function only support 9bit or 10bit transfer.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • data – Start address of the buffer to store the received data by 16bit, only 10bit is valid.

  • length – Size of the buffer.

Return values:
  • kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun – Receiver overrun happened while receiving data.

  • kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError – Noise error happened while receiving data.

  • kStatus_LPUART_FramingError – Framing error happened while receiving data.

  • kStatus_LPUART_ParityError – Parity error happened while receiving data.

  • kStatus_LPUART_Timeout – Transmission timed out and was aborted.

  • kStatus_Success – Successfully received all data.

void LPUART_TransferCreateHandle(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the LPUART handle.

This function initializes the LPUART handle, which can be used for other LPUART transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified LPUART instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

The LPUART driver supports the “background” receiving, which means that user can set up an RX ring buffer optionally. Data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the LPUART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, the user can get the received data from the ring buffer directly. The ring buffer is disabled if passing NULL as ringBuffer.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • handle – LPUART handle pointer.

  • callback – Callback function.

  • userData – User data.

status_t LPUART_TransferSendNonBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer)

Transmits a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function send data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function, which returns directly without waiting for all data written to the transmitter register. When all data is written to the TX register in the ISR, the LPUART driver calls the callback function and passes the kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle as status parameter.

Note

The kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle is passed to the upper layer when all data are written to the TX register. However, there is no check to ensure that all the data sent out. Before disabling the TX, check the kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag to ensure that the transmit is finished.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • handle – LPUART handle pointer.

  • xfer – LPUART transfer structure, see lpuart_transfer_t.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Successfully start the data transmission.

  • kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy – Previous transmission still not finished, data not all written to the TX register.

  • kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

void LPUART_TransferStartRingBuffer(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint8_t *ringBuffer, size_t ringBufferSize)

Sets up the RX ring buffer.

This function sets up the RX ring buffer to a specific UART handle.

When the RX ring buffer is used, data received is stored into the ring buffer even when the user doesn’t call the UART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking() API. If there is already data received in the ring buffer, the user can get the received data from the ring buffer directly.

Note

When using RX ring buffer, one byte is reserved for internal use. In other words, if ringBufferSize is 32, then only 31 bytes are used for saving data.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • handle – LPUART handle pointer.

  • ringBuffer – Start address of ring buffer for background receiving. Pass NULL to disable the ring buffer.

  • ringBufferSize – size of the ring buffer.

void LPUART_TransferStopRingBuffer(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

This function aborts the background transfer and uninstalls the ring buffer.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • handle – LPUART handle pointer.

size_t LPUART_TransferGetRxRingBufferLength(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Get the length of received data in RX ring buffer.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • handle – LPUART handle pointer.

Returns:

Length of received data in RX ring buffer.

void LPUART_TransferAbortSend(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data transmit.

This function aborts the interrupt driven data sending. The user can get the remainBtyes to find out how many bytes are not sent out.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • handle – LPUART handle pointer.

status_t LPUART_TransferGetSendCount(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes that have been sent out to bus.

This function gets the number of bytes that have been sent out to bus by an interrupt method.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • handle – LPUART handle pointer.

  • count – Send bytes count.

Return values:
  • kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No send in progress.

  • kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.

  • kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

status_t LPUART_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, lpuart_transfer_t *xfer, size_t *receivedBytes)

Receives a buffer of data using the interrupt method.

This function receives data using an interrupt method. This is a non-blocking function which returns without waiting to ensure that all data are received. If the RX ring buffer is used and not empty, the data in the ring buffer is copied and the parameter receivedBytes shows how many bytes are copied from the ring buffer. After copying, if the data in the ring buffer is not enough for read, the receive request is saved by the LPUART driver. When the new data arrives, the receive request is serviced first. When all data is received, the LPUART driver notifies the upper layer through a callback function and passes a status parameter kStatus_UART_RxIdle. For example, the upper layer needs 10 bytes but there are only 5 bytes in ring buffer. The 5 bytes are copied to xfer->data, which returns with the parameter receivedBytes set to 5. For the remaining 5 bytes, the newly arrived data is saved from xfer->data[5]. When 5 bytes are received, the LPUART driver notifies the upper layer. If the RX ring buffer is not enabled, this function enables the RX and RX interrupt to receive data to xfer->data. When all data is received, the upper layer is notified.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • handle – LPUART handle pointer.

  • xfer – LPUART transfer structure, see uart_transfer_t.

  • receivedBytes – Bytes received from the ring buffer directly.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Successfully queue the transfer into the transmit queue.

  • kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy – Previous receive request is not finished.

  • kStatus_InvalidArgument – Invalid argument.

void LPUART_TransferAbortReceive(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle)

Aborts the interrupt-driven data receiving.

This function aborts the interrupt-driven data receiving. The user can get the remainBytes to find out how many bytes not received yet.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • handle – LPUART handle pointer.

status_t LPUART_TransferGetReceiveCount(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, uint32_t *count)

Gets the number of bytes that have been received.

This function gets the number of bytes that have been received.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • handle – LPUART handle pointer.

  • count – Receive bytes count.

Return values:
  • kStatus_NoTransferInProgress – No receive in progress.

  • kStatus_InvalidArgument – Parameter is invalid.

  • kStatus_Success – Get successfully through the parameter count;

void LPUART_TransferHandleIRQ(LPUART_Type *base, void *irqHandle)

LPUART IRQ handle function.

This function handles the LPUART transmit and receive IRQ request.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • irqHandle – LPUART handle pointer.

void LPUART_TransferHandleErrorIRQ(LPUART_Type *base, void *irqHandle)

LPUART Error IRQ handle function.

This function handles the LPUART error IRQ request.

Parameters:
  • base – LPUART peripheral base address.

  • irqHandle – LPUART handle pointer.

FSL_LPUART_DRIVER_VERSION

LPUART driver version.

Error codes for the LPUART driver.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxBusy

TX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxBusy

RX busy

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxIdle

LPUART transmitter is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxIdle

LPUART receiver is idle.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_TxWatermarkTooLarge

TX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxWatermarkTooLarge

RX FIFO watermark too large

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FlagCannotClearManually

Some flag can’t manually clear

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Error

Error happens on LPUART.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxRingBufferOverrun

LPUART RX software ring buffer overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_RxHardwareOverrun

LPUART RX receiver overrun.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_NoiseError

LPUART noise error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_FramingError

LPUART framing error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_ParityError

LPUART parity error.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_BaudrateNotSupport

Baudrate is not support in current clock source

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_IdleLineDetected

IDLE flag.

enumerator kStatus_LPUART_Timeout

LPUART times out.

enum _lpuart_parity_mode

LPUART parity mode.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_ParityDisabled

Parity disabled

enumerator kLPUART_ParityEven

Parity enabled, type even, bit setting: PE|PT = 10

enumerator kLPUART_ParityOdd

Parity enabled, type odd, bit setting: PE|PT = 11

enum _lpuart_data_bits

LPUART data bits count.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_EightDataBits

Eight data bit

enumerator kLPUART_SevenDataBits

Seven data bit

enum _lpuart_stop_bit_count

LPUART stop bit count.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_OneStopBit

One stop bit

enumerator kLPUART_TwoStopBit

Two stop bits

enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_source

LPUART transmit CTS source.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSourcePin

CTS resource is the LPUART_CTS pin.

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSourceMatchResult

CTS resource is the match result.

enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_config

LPUART transmit CTS configure.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSampleAtStart

CTS input is sampled at the start of each character.

enumerator kLPUART_CtsSampleAtIdle

CTS input is sampled when the transmitter is idle

enum _lpuart_idle_type_select

LPUART idle flag type defines when the receiver starts counting.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_IdleTypeStartBit

Start counting after a valid start bit.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleTypeStopBit

Start counting after a stop bit.

enum _lpuart_idle_config

LPUART idle detected configuration. This structure defines the number of idle characters that must be received before the IDLE flag is set.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter1

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter2

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter4

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter8

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter16

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter32

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter64

the number of idle characters.

enumerator kLPUART_IdleCharacter128

the number of idle characters.

enum _lpuart_interrupt_enable

LPUART interrupt configuration structure, default settings all disabled.

This structure contains the settings for all LPUART interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakInterruptEnable

LIN break detect. bit 7

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeInterruptEnable

Receive Active Edge. bit 6

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyInterruptEnable

Transmit data register empty. bit 23

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteInterruptEnable

Transmission complete. bit 22

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullInterruptEnable

Receiver data register full. bit 21

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineInterruptEnable

Idle line. bit 20

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunInterruptEnable

Receiver Overrun. bit 27

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorInterruptEnable

Noise error flag. bit 26

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorInterruptEnable

Framing error flag. bit 25

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorInterruptEnable

Parity error flag. bit 24

enumerator kLPUART_Match1InterruptEnable

Parity error flag. bit 15

enumerator kLPUART_Match2InterruptEnable

Parity error flag. bit 14

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowInterruptEnable

Transmit FIFO Overflow. bit 9

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowInterruptEnable

Receive FIFO Underflow. bit 8

enumerator kLPUART_AllInterruptEnable
enum _lpuart_flags

LPUART status flags.

This provides constants for the LPUART status flags for use in the LPUART functions.

Values:

enumerator kLPUART_TxDataRegEmptyFlag

Transmit data register empty flag, sets when transmit buffer is empty. bit 23

enumerator kLPUART_TransmissionCompleteFlag

Transmission complete flag, sets when transmission activity complete. bit 22

enumerator kLPUART_RxDataRegFullFlag

Receive data register full flag, sets when the receive data buffer is full. bit 21

enumerator kLPUART_IdleLineFlag

Idle line detect flag, sets when idle line detected. bit 20

enumerator kLPUART_RxOverrunFlag

Receive Overrun, sets when new data is received before data is read from receive register. bit 19

enumerator kLPUART_NoiseErrorFlag

Receive takes 3 samples of each received bit. If any of these samples differ, noise flag sets. bit 18

enumerator kLPUART_FramingErrorFlag

Frame error flag, sets if logic 0 was detected where stop bit expected. bit 17

enumerator kLPUART_ParityErrorFlag

If parity enabled, sets upon parity error detection. bit 16

enumerator kLPUART_LinBreakFlag

LIN break detect interrupt flag, sets when LIN break char detected and LIN circuit enabled. bit 31

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveEdgeFlag

Receive pin active edge interrupt flag, sets when active edge detected. bit 30

enumerator kLPUART_RxActiveFlag

Receiver Active Flag (RAF), sets at beginning of valid start. bit 24

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch1Flag

The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA1. bit 15

enumerator kLPUART_DataMatch2Flag

The next character to be read from LPUART_DATA matches MA2. bit 14

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoEmptyFlag

TXEMPT bit, sets if transmit buffer is empty. bit 7

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoEmptyFlag

RXEMPT bit, sets if receive buffer is empty. bit 6

enumerator kLPUART_TxFifoOverflowFlag

TXOF bit, sets if transmit buffer overflow occurred. bit 1

enumerator kLPUART_RxFifoUnderflowFlag

RXUF bit, sets if receive buffer underflow occurred. bit 0

enumerator kLPUART_AllClearFlags
enumerator kLPUART_AllFlags
typedef enum _lpuart_parity_mode lpuart_parity_mode_t

LPUART parity mode.

typedef enum _lpuart_data_bits lpuart_data_bits_t

LPUART data bits count.

typedef enum _lpuart_stop_bit_count lpuart_stop_bit_count_t

LPUART stop bit count.

typedef enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_source lpuart_transmit_cts_source_t

LPUART transmit CTS source.

typedef enum _lpuart_transmit_cts_config lpuart_transmit_cts_config_t

LPUART transmit CTS configure.

typedef enum _lpuart_idle_type_select lpuart_idle_type_select_t

LPUART idle flag type defines when the receiver starts counting.

typedef enum _lpuart_idle_config lpuart_idle_config_t

LPUART idle detected configuration. This structure defines the number of idle characters that must be received before the IDLE flag is set.

typedef struct _lpuart_config lpuart_config_t

LPUART configuration structure.

typedef struct _lpuart_transfer lpuart_transfer_t

LPUART transfer structure.

typedef struct _lpuart_handle lpuart_handle_t
typedef void (*lpuart_transfer_callback_t)(LPUART_Type *base, lpuart_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

LPUART transfer callback function.

typedef void (*lpuart_isr_t)(LPUART_Type *base, void *handle)
void *s_lpuartHandle[]
const IRQn_Type s_lpuartTxIRQ[]
lpuart_isr_t s_lpuartIsr[]
UART_RETRY_TIMES

Retry times for waiting flag.

struct _lpuart_config
#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t baudRate_Bps

LPUART baud rate

lpuart_parity_mode_t parityMode

Parity mode, disabled (default), even, odd

lpuart_data_bits_t dataBitsCount

Data bits count, eight (default), seven

bool isMsb

Data bits order, LSB (default), MSB

lpuart_stop_bit_count_t stopBitCount

Number of stop bits, 1 stop bit (default) or 2 stop bits

uint8_t txFifoWatermark

TX FIFO watermark

uint8_t rxFifoWatermark

RX FIFO watermark

bool enableRxRTS

RX RTS enable

bool enableTxCTS

TX CTS enable

lpuart_transmit_cts_source_t txCtsSource

TX CTS source

lpuart_transmit_cts_config_t txCtsConfig

TX CTS configure

lpuart_idle_type_select_t rxIdleType

RX IDLE type.

lpuart_idle_config_t rxIdleConfig

RX IDLE configuration.

bool enableTx

Enable TX

bool enableRx

Enable RX

struct _lpuart_transfer
#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART transfer structure.

Public Members

size_t dataSize

The byte count to be transfer.

struct _lpuart_handle
#include <fsl_lpuart.h>

LPUART handle structure.

Public Members

volatile size_t txDataSize

Size of the remaining data to send.

size_t txDataSizeAll

Size of the data to send out.

volatile size_t rxDataSize

Size of the remaining data to receive.

size_t rxDataSizeAll

Size of the data to receive.

size_t rxRingBufferSize

Size of the ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferHead

Index for the driver to store received data into ring buffer.

volatile uint16_t rxRingBufferTail

Index for the user to get data from the ring buffer.

lpuart_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function.

void *userData

LPUART callback function parameter.

volatile uint8_t txState

TX transfer state.

volatile uint8_t rxState

RX transfer state.

bool isSevenDataBits

Seven data bits flag.

bool is16bitData

16bit data bits flag, only used for 9bit or 10bit data

union __unnamed21__

Public Members

uint8_t *data

The buffer of data to be transfer.

uint8_t *rxData

The buffer to receive data.

uint16_t *rxData16

The buffer to receive data.

const uint8_t *txData

The buffer of data to be sent.

const uint16_t *txData16

The buffer of data to be sent.

union __unnamed23__

Public Members

const uint8_t *volatile txData

Address of remaining data to send.

const uint16_t *volatile txData16

Address of remaining data to send.

union __unnamed25__

Public Members

uint8_t *volatile rxData

Address of remaining data to receive.

uint16_t *volatile rxData16

Address of remaining data to receive.

union __unnamed27__

Public Members

uint8_t *rxRingBuffer

Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

uint16_t *rxRingBuffer16

Start address of the receiver ring buffer.

MCM: Miscellaneous Control Module

FSL_MCM_DRIVER_VERSION

MCM driver version.

Enum _mcm_interrupt_flag. Interrupt status flag mask. .

Values:

enumerator kMCM_CacheWriteBuffer

Cache Write Buffer Error Enable.

enumerator kMCM_ParityError

Cache Parity Error Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUInvalidOperation

FPU Invalid Operation Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUDivideByZero

FPU Divide-by-zero Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUOverflow

FPU Overflow Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUUnderflow

FPU Underflow Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUInexact

FPU Inexact Interrupt Enable.

enumerator kMCM_FPUInputDenormalInterrupt

FPU Input Denormal Interrupt Enable.

typedef union _mcm_buffer_fault_attribute mcm_buffer_fault_attribute_t

The union of buffer fault attribute.

typedef union _mcm_lmem_fault_attribute mcm_lmem_fault_attribute_t

The union of LMEM fault attribute.

static inline void MCM_EnableCrossbarRoundRobin(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables crossbar round robin.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

  • enable – Used to enable/disable crossbar round robin.

    • true Enable crossbar round robin.

    • false disable crossbar round robin.

static inline void MCM_EnableInterruptStatus(MCM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupt.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

  • mask – Interrupt status flags mask(_mcm_interrupt_flag).

static inline void MCM_DisableInterruptStatus(MCM_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupt.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

  • mask – Interrupt status flags mask(_mcm_interrupt_flag).

static inline uint16_t MCM_GetInterruptStatus(MCM_Type *base)

Gets the Interrupt status .

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_ClearCacheWriteBufferErroStatus(MCM_Type *base)

Clears the Interrupt status .

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline uint32_t MCM_GetBufferFaultAddress(MCM_Type *base)

Gets buffer fault address.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_GetBufferFaultAttribute(MCM_Type *base, mcm_buffer_fault_attribute_t *bufferfault)

Gets buffer fault attributes.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline uint32_t MCM_GetBufferFaultData(MCM_Type *base)

Gets buffer fault data.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_LimitCodeCachePeripheralWriteBuffering(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Limit code cache peripheral write buffering.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

  • enable – Used to enable/disable limit code cache peripheral write buffering.

    • true Enable limit code cache peripheral write buffering.

    • false disable limit code cache peripheral write buffering.

static inline void MCM_BypassFixedCodeCacheMap(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Bypass fixed code cache map.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

  • enable – Used to enable/disable bypass fixed code cache map.

    • true Enable bypass fixed code cache map.

    • false disable bypass fixed code cache map.

static inline void MCM_EnableCodeBusCache(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables code bus cache.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

  • enable – Used to disable/enable code bus cache.

    • true Enable code bus cache.

    • false disable code bus cache.

static inline void MCM_ForceCodeCacheToNoAllocation(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Force code cache to no allocation.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

  • enable – Used to force code cache to allocation or no allocation.

    • true Force code cache to no allocation.

    • false Force code cache to allocation.

static inline void MCM_EnableCodeCacheWriteBuffer(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables code cache write buffer.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

  • enable – Used to enable/disable code cache write buffer.

    • true Enable code cache write buffer.

    • false Disable code cache write buffer.

static inline void MCM_ClearCodeBusCache(MCM_Type *base)

Clear code bus cache.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_EnablePcParityFaultReport(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables PC Parity Fault Report.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

  • enable – Used to enable/disable PC Parity Fault Report.

    • true Enable PC Parity Fault Report.

    • false disable PC Parity Fault Report.

static inline void MCM_EnablePcParity(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables PC Parity.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

  • enable – Used to enable/disable PC Parity.

    • true Enable PC Parity.

    • false disable PC Parity.

static inline void MCM_LockConfigState(MCM_Type *base)

Lock the configuration state.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_EnableCacheParityReporting(MCM_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables/Disables cache parity reporting.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

  • enable – Used to enable/disable cache parity reporting.

    • true Enable cache parity reporting.

    • false disable cache parity reporting.

static inline uint32_t MCM_GetLmemFaultAddress(MCM_Type *base)

Gets LMEM fault address.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline void MCM_GetLmemFaultAttribute(MCM_Type *base, mcm_lmem_fault_attribute_t *lmemFault)

Get LMEM fault attributes.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

static inline uint64_t MCM_GetLmemFaultData(MCM_Type *base)

Gets LMEM fault data.

Parameters:
  • base – MCM peripheral base address.

MCM_LMFATR_TYPE_MASK
MCM_LMFATR_MODE_MASK
MCM_LMFATR_BUFF_MASK
MCM_LMFATR_CACH_MASK
MCM_ISCR_STAT_MASK
MCM_ISCR_CPEE_MASK
FSL_COMPONENT_ID
union _mcm_buffer_fault_attribute
#include <fsl_mcm.h>

The union of buffer fault attribute.

Public Members

uint32_t attribute

Indicates the faulting attributes, when a properly-enabled cache write buffer error interrupt event is detected.

struct _mcm_buffer_fault_attribute._mcm_buffer_fault_attribut attribute_memory
struct _mcm_buffer_fault_attribut
#include <fsl_mcm.h>

Public Members

uint32_t busErrorDataAccessType

Indicates the type of cache write buffer access.

uint32_t busErrorPrivilegeLevel

Indicates the privilege level of the cache write buffer access.

uint32_t busErrorSize

Indicates the size of the cache write buffer access.

uint32_t busErrorAccess

Indicates the type of system bus access.

uint32_t busErrorMasterID

Indicates the crossbar switch bus master number of the captured cache write buffer bus error.

uint32_t busErrorOverrun

Indicates if another cache write buffer bus error is detected.

union _mcm_lmem_fault_attribute
#include <fsl_mcm.h>

The union of LMEM fault attribute.

Public Members

uint32_t attribute

Indicates the attributes of the LMEM fault detected.

struct _mcm_lmem_fault_attribute._mcm_lmem_fault_attribut attribute_memory
struct _mcm_lmem_fault_attribut
#include <fsl_mcm.h>

Public Members

uint32_t parityFaultProtectionSignal

Indicates the features of parity fault protection signal.

uint32_t parityFaultMasterSize

Indicates the parity fault master size.

uint32_t parityFaultWrite

Indicates the parity fault is caused by read or write.

uint32_t backdoorAccess

Indicates the LMEM access fault is initiated by core access or backdoor access.

uint32_t parityFaultSyndrome

Indicates the parity fault syndrome.

uint32_t overrun

Indicates the number of faultss.

MMDVSQ: Memory-Mapped Divide and Square Root

int32_t MMDVSQ_GetDivideRemainder(MMDVSQ_Type *base, int32_t dividend, int32_t divisor, bool isUnsigned)

Performs the MMDVSQ division operation and returns the remainder.

Parameters:
  • base – MMDVSQ peripheral address

  • dividend – Dividend value

  • divisor – Divisor value

  • isUnsigned – Mode of unsigned divide

    • true unsigned divide

    • false signed divide

int32_t MMDVSQ_GetDivideQuotient(MMDVSQ_Type *base, int32_t dividend, int32_t divisor, bool isUnsigned)

Performs the MMDVSQ division operation and returns the quotient.

Parameters:
  • base – MMDVSQ peripheral address

  • dividend – Dividend value

  • divisor – Divisor value

  • isUnsigned – Mode of unsigned divide

    • true unsigned divide

    • false signed divide

uint16_t MMDVSQ_Sqrt(MMDVSQ_Type *base, uint32_t radicand)

Performs the MMDVSQ square root operation.

This function performs the MMDVSQ square root operation and returns the square root result of a given radicand value.

Parameters:
  • base – MMDVSQ peripheral address

  • radicand – Radicand value

static inline mmdvsq_execution_status_t MMDVSQ_GetExecutionStatus(MMDVSQ_Type *base)

Gets the MMDVSQ execution status.

This function checks the current MMDVSQ execution status of the combined CSR[BUSY, DIV, SQRT] indicators.

Parameters:
  • base – MMDVSQ peripheral address

Returns:

Current MMDVSQ execution status

static inline void MMDVSQ_SetFastStartConfig(MMDVSQ_Type *base, mmdvsq_fast_start_select_t mode)

Configures MMDVSQ fast start mode.

This function sets the MMDVSQ division fast start. The MMDVSQ supports two mechanisms for initiating a division operation. The default mechanism is a “fast start” where a write to the DSOR register begins the division. Alternatively, the start mechanism can begin after a write to the CSR register with CSR[SRT] set.

Parameters:
  • base – MMDVSQ peripheral address

  • mode – Mode of Divide-Fast-Start

    • kMmdvsqDivideFastStart = 0

    • kMmdvsqDivideNormalStart = 1

static inline void MMDVSQ_SetDivideByZeroConfig(MMDVSQ_Type *base, bool isDivByZero)

Configures the MMDVSQ divide-by-zero mode.

This function configures the MMDVSQ response to divide-by-zero calculations. If both CSR[DZ] and CSR[DZE] are set, then a subsequent read of the RES register is error-terminated to signal the processor of the attempted divide-by-zero. Otherwise, the register contents are returned.

Parameters:
  • base – MMDVSQ peripheral address

  • isDivByZero – Mode of Divide-By-Zero

    • kMmdvsqDivideByZeroDis = 0

    • kMmdvsqDivideByZeroEn = 1

FSL_MMSVSQ_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.0.3.

enum _mmdvsq_execution_status

MMDVSQ execution status.

Values:

enumerator kMMDVSQ_IdleSquareRoot

MMDVSQ is idle; the last calculation was a square root

enumerator kMMDVSQ_IdleDivide

MMDVSQ is idle; the last calculation was division

enumerator kMMDVSQ_BusySquareRoot

MMDVSQ is busy processing a square root calculation

enumerator kMMDVSQ_BusyDivide

MMDVSQ is busy processing a division calculation

enum _mmdvsq_fast_start_select

MMDVSQ divide fast start select.

Values:

enumerator kMMDVSQ_EnableFastStart

Division operation is initiated by a write to the DSOR register

enumerator kMMDVSQ_DisableFastStart

Division operation is initiated by a write to CSR[SRT] = 1; normal start instead fast start

typedef enum _mmdvsq_execution_status mmdvsq_execution_status_t

MMDVSQ execution status.

typedef enum _mmdvsq_fast_start_select mmdvsq_fast_start_select_t

MMDVSQ divide fast start select.

MSCAN: Scalable Controller Area Network

MSCAN Driver

void MSCAN_Init(MSCAN_Type *base, const mscan_config_t *config, uint32_t sourceClock_Hz)

Initializes a MsCAN instance.

This function initializes the MsCAN module with user-defined settings. This example shows how to set up the mscan_config_t parameters and how to call the MSCAN_Init function by passing in these parameters.

mscan_config_t mscanConfig;
mscanConfig.clkSrc            = kMSCAN_ClkSrcOsc;
mscanConfig.baudRate          = 1250000U;
mscanConfig.enableTimer       = false;
mscanConfig.enableLoopBack    = false;
mscanConfig.enableWakeup      = false;
mscanConfig.enableListen      = false;
mscanConfig.busoffrecMode     = kMSCAN_BusoffrecAuto;
mscanConfig.filterConfig.filterMode = kMSCAN_Filter32Bit;
MSCAN_Init(MSCAN, &mscanConfig, 8000000UL);

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to the user-defined configuration structure.

  • sourceClock_Hz – MsCAN Protocol Engine clock source frequency in Hz.

void MSCAN_Deinit(MSCAN_Type *base)

De-initializes a MsCAN instance.

This function disables the MsCAN module clock and sets all register values to the reset value.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

void MSCAN_GetDefaultConfig(mscan_config_t *config)

Gets the default configuration structure.

This function initializes the MsCAN configuration structure to default values.

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the MsCAN configuration structure.

static inline uint8_t MSCAN_GetTxBufferEmptyFlag(MSCAN_Type *base)

Get the transmit buffer empty status.

This flag indicates that the associated transmit message buffer is empty.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

static inline void MSCAN_TxBufferSelect(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t txBuf)

The selection of the actual transmit message buffer.

To get the next available transmit buffer, read the CANTFLG register and write its value back into the CANTBSEL register.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • txBuf – The value read from CANTFLG.

static inline uint8_t MSCAN_GetTxBufferSelect(MSCAN_Type *base)

Get the actual transmit message buffer.

After write TFLG value back into the CANTBSEL register, read again CANBSEL to get the actual trasnsmit message buffer.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

static inline void MSCAN_TxBufferLaunch(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t txBuf)

Clear TFLG to schedule for transmission.

The CPU must clear the flag after a message is set up in the transmit buffer and is due for transmission.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • txBuf – Message buffer(s) to be cleared.

static inline uint8_t MSCAN_GetTxBufferStatusFlags(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t mask)

Get Tx buffer status flag.

The bit is set after successful transmission.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • mask – Message buffer(s) mask.

static inline uint8_t MSCAN_GetRxBufferFullFlag(MSCAN_Type *base)

Check Receive Buffer Full Flag.

RXF is set by the MSCAN when a new message is shifted in the receiver FIFO. This flag indicates whether the shifted buffer is loaded with a correctly received message.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

static inline void MSCAN_ClearRxBufferFullFlag(MSCAN_Type *base)

Clear Receive buffer Full flag.

After the CPU has read that message from the RxFG buffer in the receiver FIFO The RXF flag must be cleared to release the buffer.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

static inline uint8_t MSCAN_ReadRIDR0(MSCAN_Type *base)
static inline uint8_t MSCAN_ReadRIDR1(MSCAN_Type *base)
static inline uint8_t MSCAN_ReadRIDR2(MSCAN_Type *base)
static inline uint8_t MSCAN_ReadRIDR3(MSCAN_Type *base)
static inline void MSCAN_WriteTIDR0(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t id)
static inline void MSCAN_WriteTIDR1(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t id)
static inline void MSCAN_WriteTIDR2(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t id)
static inline void MSCAN_WriteTIDR3(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t id)
static inline void MSCAN_SetIDFilterMode(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_id_filter_mode_t mode)
static inline void MSCAN_WriteIDAR0(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t *pID)
static inline void MSCAN_WriteIDAR1(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t *pID)
static inline void MSCAN_WriteIDMR0(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t *pID)
static inline void MSCAN_WriteIDMR1(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t *pID)
void MSCAN_SetTimingConfig(MSCAN_Type *base, const mscan_timing_config_t *config)

Sets the MsCAN protocol timing characteristic.

This function gives user settings to CAN bus timing characteristic. The function is for an experienced user. For less experienced users, call the MSCAN_Init() and fill the baud rate field with a desired value. This provides the default timing characteristics to the module.

Note that calling MSCAN_SetTimingConfig() overrides the baud rate set in MSCAN_Init().

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to the timing configuration structure.

static inline uint8_t MSCAN_GetTxBufEmptyFlags(MSCAN_Type *base)

Gets the MsCAN Tx buffer empty flags.

This function gets MsCAN Tx buffer empty flags. It’s returned as the value of the enumerators _mscan_tx_buffer_empty_flag.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

Returns:

Tx buffer empty flags in the _mscan_tx_buffer_empty_flag.

static inline void MSCAN_EnableTxInterrupts(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t mask)

Enables MsCAN Transmitter interrupts according to the provided mask.

This function enables the MsCAN Tx empty interrupts according to the mask.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • mask – The Tx interrupts mask to enable.

static inline void MSCAN_DisableTxInterrupts(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t mask)

Disables MsCAN Transmitter interrupts according to the provided mask.

This function disables the MsCAN Tx emtpy interrupts according to the mask.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • mask – The Tx interrupts mask to disable.

static inline void MSCAN_EnableRxInterrupts(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t mask)

Enables MsCAN Receiver interrupts according to the provided mask.

This function enables the MsCAN Rx interrupts according to the provided mask which is a logical OR of enumeration members, see _mscan_interrupt_enable.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. Logical OR of _mscan_interrupt_enable.

static inline void MSCAN_DisableRxInterrupts(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t mask)

Disables MsCAN Receiver interrupts according to the provided mask.

This function disables the MsCAN Rx interrupts according to the provided mask which is a logical OR of enumeration members, see _mscan_interrupt_enable.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • mask – The interrupts to disable. Logical OR of _mscan_interrupt_enable.

static inline void MSCAN_AbortTxRequest(MSCAN_Type *base, uint8_t mask)

Abort MsCAN Tx request.

This function allows abort request of queued messages.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • mask – The Tx mask to abort.

static inline void MSCAN_Enable(MSCAN_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the MsCAN module operation.

This function enables or disables the MsCAN module.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN base pointer.

  • enable – true to enable, false to disable.

status_t MSCAN_WriteTxMb(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_frame_t *pTxFrame)

Writes a MsCAN Message to the Transmit Message Buffer.

This function writes a CAN Message to the specified Transmit Message Buffer and changes the Message Buffer state to start CAN Message transmit. After that the function returns immediately.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • pTxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame to be sent.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – - Write Tx Message Buffer Successfully.

  • kStatus_Fail – - Tx Message Buffer is currently in use.

  • kStatus_MSCAN_DataLengthError – - Tx Message Buffer data length is wrong.

status_t MSCAN_ReadRxMb(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Reads a MsCAN Message from Receive Message Buffer.

This function reads a CAN message from a specified Receive Message Buffer. The function fills a receive CAN message frame structure with just received data and activates the Message Buffer again. The function returns immediately.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame structure for reception.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – - Rx Message Buffer is full and has been read successfully.

  • kStatus_Fail – - Rx Message Buffer is empty.

  • kStatus_MSCAN_DataLengthError – - Rx Message data length is wrong.

void MSCAN_TransferCreateHandle(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_handle_t *handle, mscan_transfer_callback_t callback, void *userData)

Initializes the MsCAN handle.

This function initializes the MsCAN handle, which can be used for other MsCAN transactional APIs. Usually, for a specified MsCAN instance, call this API once to get the initialized handle.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • handle – MsCAN handle pointer.

  • callback – The callback function.

  • userData – The parameter of the callback function.

status_t MSCAN_TransferSendBlocking(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_frame_t *pTxFrame)

Performs a polling send transaction on the CAN bus.

Note that a transfer handle does not need to be created before calling this API.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base pointer.

  • pTxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame to be sent.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – - Write Tx Message Buffer Successfully.

  • kStatus_Fail – - Tx Message Buffer is currently in use.

  • kStatus_MSCAN_DataLengthError – - Tx Message Buffer data length is wrong.

status_t MSCAN_TransferReceiveBlocking(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_frame_t *pRxFrame)

Performs a polling receive transaction on the CAN bus.

Note that a transfer handle does not need to be created before calling this API.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base pointer.

  • pRxFrame – Pointer to CAN message frame to be received.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – - Read Rx Message Buffer Successfully.

  • kStatus_Fail – - Tx Message Buffer is currently in use.

  • kStatus_MSCAN_DataLengthError – - Rx Message data length is wrong.

status_t MSCAN_TransferSendNonBlocking(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_handle_t *handle, mscan_mb_transfer_t *xfer)

Sends a message using IRQ.

This function sends a message using IRQ. This is a non-blocking function, which returns right away. When messages have been sent out, the send callback function is called.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • handle – MsCAN handle pointer.

  • xfer – MsCAN Message Buffer transfer structure. See the mscan_mb_transfer_t.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Start Tx Message Buffer sending process successfully.

  • kStatus_Fail – Write Tx Message Buffer failed.

  • kStatus_MSCAN_DataLengthError – - Tx Message Buffer data length is wrong.

status_t MSCAN_TransferReceiveNonBlocking(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_handle_t *handle, mscan_mb_transfer_t *xfer)

Receives a message using IRQ.

This function receives a message using IRQ. This is non-blocking function, which returns right away. When the message has been received, the receive callback function is called.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • handle – MsCAN handle pointer.

  • xfer – MsCAN Message Buffer transfer structure. See the mscan_mb_transfer_t.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – - Start Rx Message Buffer receiving process successfully.

  • kStatus_MSCAN_RxBusy – - Rx Message Buffer is in use.

void MSCAN_TransferAbortSend(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_handle_t *handle, uint8_t mask)

Aborts the interrupt driven message send process.

This function aborts the interrupt driven message send process.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • handle – MsCAN handle pointer.

  • mask – The MsCAN Tx Message Buffer mask.

void MSCAN_TransferAbortReceive(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_handle_t *handle, uint8_t mask)

Aborts the interrupt driven message receive process.

This function aborts the interrupt driven message receive process.

Parameters:
  • base – MsCAN peripheral base address.

  • handle – MsCAN handle pointer.

  • mask – The MsCAN Rx Message Buffer mask.

void MSCAN_TransferHandleIRQ(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_handle_t *handle)

MSCAN IRQ handle function.

This function handles the MSCAN Error, the Message Buffer, and the Rx FIFO IRQ request.

Parameters:
  • base – MSCAN peripheral base address.

  • handle – MSCAN handle pointer.

FSL_MSCAN_DRIVER_VERSION

MsCAN driver version.

FlexCAN transfer status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_TxBusy

Tx Message Buffer is Busy.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_TxIdle

Tx Message Buffer is Idle.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_TxSwitchToRx

Remote Message is send out and Message buffer changed to Receive one.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_RxBusy

Rx Message Buffer is Busy.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_RxIdle

Rx Message Buffer is Idle.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_RxOverflow

Rx Message Buffer is Overflowed.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_RxFifoBusy

Rx Message FIFO is Busy.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_RxFifoIdle

Rx Message FIFO is Idle.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_RxFifoOverflow

Rx Message FIFO is overflowed.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_RxFifoWarning

Rx Message FIFO is almost overflowed.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_ErrorStatus

FlexCAN Module Error and Status.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_UnHandled

UnHadled Interrupt asserted.

enumerator kStatus_MSCAN_DataLengthError

Frame data length is wrong.

enum _mscan_frame_format

MsCAN frame format.

Values:

enumerator kMSCAN_FrameFormatStandard

Standard frame format attribute.

enumerator kMSCAN_FrameFormatExtend

Extend frame format attribute.

enum _mscan_frame_type

MsCAN frame type.

Values:

enumerator kMSCAN_FrameTypeData

Data frame type attribute.

enumerator kMSCAN_FrameTypeRemote

Remote frame type attribute.

enum _mscan_clock_source

MsCAN clock source.

Values:

enumerator kMSCAN_ClkSrcOsc

MsCAN Protocol Engine clock from Oscillator.

enumerator kMSCAN_ClkSrcBus

MsCAN Protocol Engine clock from Bus Clock.

enum _mscan_busoffrec_mode

MsCAN bus-off recovery mode.

Values:

enumerator kMSCAN_BusoffrecAuto

MsCAN automatic bus-off recovery.

enumerator kMSCAN_BusoffrecUsr

MsCAN bus-off recovery upon user request.

enum _mscan_tx_buffer_empty_flag

MsCAN Tx buffer empty flag.

Values:

enumerator kMSCAN_TxBuf0Empty

MsCAN Tx Buffer 0 empty.

enumerator kMSCAN_TxBuf1Empty

MsCAN Tx Buffer 1 empty.

enumerator kMSCAN_TxBuf2Empty

MsCAN Tx Buffer 2 empty.

enumerator kMSCAN_TxBufFull

MsCAN Tx Buffer all not empty.

enum _mscan_id_filter_mode

MsCAN id filter mode.

Values:

enumerator kMSCAN_Filter32Bit

Two 32-bit acceptance filters.

enumerator kMSCAN_Filter16Bit

Four 16-bit acceptance filters.

enumerator kMSCAN_Filter8Bit

Eight 8-bit acceptance filters.

enumerator kMSCAN_FilterClose

Filter closed.

enum _mscan_interrupt_enable

MsCAN interrupt configuration structure, default settings all disabled.

This structure contains the settings for all of the MsCAN Module interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kMSCAN_WakeUpInterruptEnable

Wake Up interrupt.

enumerator kMSCAN_StatusChangeInterruptEnable

Status change interrupt.

enumerator kMSCAN_RxStatusChangeInterruptEnable

Rx status change interrupt.

enumerator kMSCAN_TxStatusChangeInterruptEnable

Tx status change interrupt.

enumerator kMSCAN_OverrunInterruptEnable

Overrun interrupt.

enumerator kMSCAN_RxFullInterruptEnable

Rx buffer full interrupt.

enumerator kMSCAN_TxEmptyInterruptEnable

Tx buffer empty interrupt.

typedef enum _mscan_frame_format mscan_frame_format_t

MsCAN frame format.

typedef enum _mscan_frame_type mscan_frame_type_t

MsCAN frame type.

typedef enum _mscan_clock_source mscan_clock_source_t

MsCAN clock source.

typedef enum _mscan_busoffrec_mode mscan_busoffrec_mode_t

MsCAN bus-off recovery mode.

typedef enum _mscan_id_filter_mode mscan_id_filter_mode_t

MsCAN id filter mode.

typedef struct _mscan_mb mscan_mb_t

MsCAN message buffer structure.

typedef struct _mscan_frame mscan_frame_t

MsCAN frame structure.

typedef struct _mscan_idfilter_config mscan_idfilter_config_t

MsCAN module acceptance filter configuration structure.

typedef struct _mscan_config mscan_config_t

MsCAN module configuration structure.

typedef struct _mscan_timing_config mscan_timing_config_t

MsCAN protocol timing characteristic configuration structure.

typedef struct _mscan_mb_transfer mscan_mb_transfer_t

MSCAN Message Buffer transfer.

typedef struct _mscan_handle mscan_handle_t

MsCAN handle structure definition.

typedef void (*mscan_transfer_callback_t)(MSCAN_Type *base, mscan_handle_t *handle, status_t status, void *userData)

MsCAN transfer callback function.

The MsCAN transfer callback returns a value from the underlying layer. If the status equals to kStatus_MSCAN_ErrorStatus, the result parameter is the Content of MsCAN status register which can be used to get the working status(or error status) of MsCAN module. If the status equals to other MsCAN Message Buffer transfer status, the result is the index of Message Buffer that generate transfer event. If the status equals to other MsCAN Message Buffer transfer status, the result is meaningless and should be Ignored. If the status equals kStatus_MSCAN_DataLengthError, it means the received frame data length code (DLC) is wrong.

MSCAN_RX_MB_STD_MASK(id)

MsCAN Rx Message Buffer Mask helper macro.

Standard Rx Message Buffer Mask helper macro.

MSCAN_RX_MB_EXT_MASK(id)

Extend Rx Message Buffer Mask helper macro.

struct MSCAN_IDR1Type
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MSCAN IDR1 struct.

Public Members

uint8_t EID17_15

Extended Format Identifier 17-15

uint8_t R_TEIDE

ID Extended

uint8_t R_TSRR

Substitute Remote Request

uint8_t EID20_18_OR_SID2_0

Extended Format Identifier 18-20 or standard format bit 0-2

struct MSCAN_IDR3Type
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MSCAN IDR3 struct.

Public Members

uint8_t ERTR

Remote Transmission Request

uint8_t EID6_0

Extended Format Identifier 6-0

union IDR1_3_UNION
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MSCAN idr1 and idr3 union.

Public Members

MSCAN_IDR1Type IDR1

structure for identifier 1

MSCAN_IDR3Type IDR3

structure for identifier 3

uint8_t Bytes

bytes

struct MSCAN_ExtendIDType
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MSCAN extend ID struct.

Public Members

uint32_t EID6_0

ID[0:6]

uint32_t EID14_7

ID[14:7]

uint32_t EID17_15

ID[17:15]

uint32_t EID20_18

ID[20:18]

uint32_t EID28_21

ID[28:21]

struct MSCAN_StandardIDType
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MSCAN standard ID struct.

Public Members

uint32_t EID2_0

ID[0:2]

uint32_t EID10_3

ID[10:3]

struct _mscan_mb
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MsCAN message buffer structure.

Public Members

uint8_t EIDR0

Extended Identifier Register 0

uint8_t EIDR1

Extended Identifier Register 1

uint8_t EIDR2

Extended Identifier Register 2

uint8_t EIDR3

Extended Identifier Register 3

uint8_t EDSR[8]

Extended Data Segment Register

uint8_t DLR

data length field

uint8_t BPR

Buffer Priority Register

uint8_t TSRH

Time Stamp Register High

uint8_t TSRL

Time Stamp Register Low

struct _mscan_frame
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MsCAN frame structure.

Public Members

union _mscan_frame ID_Type

identifier union

uint8_t DLR

data length

uint8_t BPR

transmit buffer priority

mscan_frame_type_t type

remote frame or data frame

mscan_frame_format_t format

extend frame or standard frame

uint8_t TSRH

time stamp high byte

uint8_t TSRL

time stamp low byte

struct _mscan_idfilter_config
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MsCAN module acceptance filter configuration structure.

Public Members

mscan_id_filter_mode_t filterMode

MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Filter Mode

uint32_t u32IDAR0

MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Register n of First Bank

uint32_t u32IDAR1

MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Register n of Second Bank

uint32_t u32IDMR0

MSCAN Identifier Mask Register n of First Bank

uint32_t u32IDMR1

MSCAN Identifier Mask Register n of Second Bank

struct _mscan_config
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MsCAN module configuration structure.

Public Members

uint32_t baudRate

MsCAN baud rate in bps.

bool enableTimer

Enable or Disable free running timer.

bool enableWakeup

Enable or Disable Wakeup Mode.

mscan_clock_source_t clkSrc

Clock source for MsCAN Protocol Engine.

bool enableLoopBack

Enable or Disable Loop Back Self Test Mode.

bool enableListen

Enable or Disable Listen Only Mode.

mscan_busoffrec_mode_t busoffrecMode

Bus-Off Recovery Mode.

struct _mscan_timing_config
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MsCAN protocol timing characteristic configuration structure.

Public Members

uint8_t priDiv

Baud rate prescaler.

uint8_t sJumpwidth

Sync Jump Width.

uint8_t timeSeg1

Time Segment 1.

uint8_t timeSeg2

Time Segment 2.

uint8_t samp

Number of samples per bit time.

struct _mscan_mb_transfer
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MSCAN Message Buffer transfer.

Public Members

mscan_frame_t *frame

The buffer of CAN Message to be transfer.

uint8_t mask

The mask of Tx buffer.

struct _mscan_handle
#include <fsl_mscan.h>

MsCAN handle structure.

Public Members

mscan_transfer_callback_t callback

Callback function.

void *userData

MsCAN callback function parameter.

mscan_frame_t *volatile mbFrameBuf

The buffer for received data from Message Buffers.

volatile uint8_t mbStateTx

Message Buffer transfer state.

volatile uint8_t mbStateRx

Message Buffer transfer state.

union ID_Type

Public Members

MSCAN_StandardIDType StdID

standard format

MSCAN_ExtendIDType ExtID

extend format

uint32_t ID

Identifire with 32 bit format

union __unnamed32__

Public Members

uint8_t DSR[8]

data segment

struct _mscan_frame
struct _mscan_frame
struct __unnamed34__

Public Members

uint32_t dataWord0

MSCAN Frame payload word0.

uint32_t dataWord1

MSCAN Frame payload word1.

struct __unnamed36__

Public Members

uint8_t dataByte0

MSCAN Frame payload byte0.

uint8_t dataByte1

MSCAN Frame payload byte1.

uint8_t dataByte2

MSCAN Frame payload byte2.

uint8_t dataByte3

MSCAN Frame payload byte3.

uint8_t dataByte4

MSCAN Frame payload byte4.

uint8_t dataByte5

MSCAN Frame payload byte5.

uint8_t dataByte6

MSCAN Frame payload byte6.

uint8_t dataByte7

MSCAN Frame payload byte7.

PDB: Programmable Delay Block

void PDB_Init(PDB_Type *base, const pdb_config_t *config)

Initializes the PDB module.

This function initializes the PDB module. The operations included are as follows.

  • Enable the clock for PDB instance.

  • Configure the PDB module.

  • Enable the PDB module.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to the configuration structure. See “pdb_config_t”.

void PDB_Deinit(PDB_Type *base)

De-initializes the PDB module.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

void PDB_GetDefaultConfig(pdb_config_t *config)

Initializes the PDB user configuration structure.

This function initializes the user configuration structure to a default value. The default values are as follows.

config->loadValueMode = kPDB_LoadValueImmediately;
config->prescalerDivider = kPDB_PrescalerDivider1;
config->dividerMultiplicationFactor = kPDB_DividerMultiplicationFactor1;
config->triggerInputSource = kPDB_TriggerSoftware;
config->enableContinuousMode = false;

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to configuration structure. See “pdb_config_t”.

static inline void PDB_Enable(PDB_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the PDB module.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • enable – Enable the module or not.

static inline void PDB_DoSoftwareTrigger(PDB_Type *base)

Triggers the PDB counter by software.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

static inline void PDB_DoLoadValues(PDB_Type *base)

Loads the counter values.

This function loads the counter values from the internal buffer. See “pdb_load_value_mode_t” about PDB’s load mode.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

static inline void PDB_EnableDMA(PDB_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the DMA for the PDB module.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • enable – Enable the feature or not.

static inline void PDB_EnableInterrupts(PDB_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the interrupts for the PDB module.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • mask – Mask value for interrupts. See “_pdb_interrupt_enable”.

static inline void PDB_DisableInterrupts(PDB_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the interrupts for the PDB module.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • mask – Mask value for interrupts. See “_pdb_interrupt_enable”.

static inline uint32_t PDB_GetStatusFlags(PDB_Type *base)

Gets the status flags of the PDB module.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

Returns:

Mask value for asserted flags. See “_pdb_status_flags”.

static inline void PDB_ClearStatusFlags(PDB_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the status flags of the PDB module.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • mask – Mask value of flags. See “_pdb_status_flags”.

static inline void PDB_SetModulusValue(PDB_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Specifies the counter period.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • value – Setting value for the modulus. 16-bit is available.

static inline uint32_t PDB_GetCounterValue(PDB_Type *base)

Gets the PDB counter’s current value.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

Returns:

PDB counter’s current value.

static inline void PDB_SetCounterDelayValue(PDB_Type *base, uint32_t value)

Sets the value for the PDB counter delay event.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • value – Setting value for PDB counter delay event. 16-bit is available.

static inline void PDB_SetADCPreTriggerConfig(PDB_Type *base, pdb_adc_trigger_channel_t channel, pdb_adc_pretrigger_config_t *config)

Configures the ADC pre-trigger in the PDB module.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • channel – Channel index for ADC instance.

  • config – Pointer to the configuration structure. See “pdb_adc_pretrigger_config_t”.

static inline void PDB_SetADCPreTriggerDelayValue(PDB_Type *base, pdb_adc_trigger_channel_t channel, pdb_adc_pretrigger_t pretriggerNumber, uint32_t value)

Sets the value for the ADC pre-trigger delay event.

This function sets the value for ADC pre-trigger delay event. It specifies the delay value for the channel’s corresponding pre-trigger. The pre-trigger asserts when the PDB counter is equal to the set value.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • channel – Channel index for ADC instance.

  • pretriggerNumber – Channel group index for ADC instance.

  • value – Setting value for ADC pre-trigger delay event. 16-bit is available.

static inline uint32_t PDB_GetADCPreTriggerStatusFlags(PDB_Type *base, pdb_adc_trigger_channel_t channel)

Gets the ADC pre-trigger’s status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • channel – Channel index for ADC instance.

Returns:

Mask value for asserted flags. See “_pdb_adc_pretrigger_flags”.

static inline void PDB_ClearADCPreTriggerStatusFlags(PDB_Type *base, pdb_adc_trigger_channel_t channel, uint32_t mask)

Clears the ADC pre-trigger status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • channel – Channel index for ADC instance.

  • mask – Mask value for flags. See “_pdb_adc_pretrigger_flags”.

void PDB_SetDACTriggerConfig(PDB_Type *base, pdb_dac_trigger_channel_t channel, pdb_dac_trigger_config_t *config)

Configures the DAC trigger in the PDB module.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • channel – Channel index for DAC instance.

  • config – Pointer to the configuration structure. See “pdb_dac_trigger_config_t”.

static inline void PDB_SetDACTriggerIntervalValue(PDB_Type *base, pdb_dac_trigger_channel_t channel, uint32_t value)

Sets the value for the DAC interval event.

This function sets the value for DAC interval event. DAC interval trigger triggers the DAC module to update the buffer when the DAC interval counter is equal to the set value.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • channel – Channel index for DAC instance.

  • value – Setting value for the DAC interval event.

static inline void PDB_EnablePulseOutTrigger(PDB_Type *base, pdb_pulse_out_channel_mask_t channelMask, bool enable)

Enables the pulse out trigger channels.

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • channelMask – Channel mask value for multiple pulse out trigger channel.

  • enable – Whether the feature is enabled or not.

static inline void PDB_SetPulseOutTriggerDelayValue(PDB_Type *base, pdb_pulse_out_trigger_channel_t channel, uint32_t value1, uint32_t value2)

Sets event values for the pulse out trigger.

This function is used to set event values for the pulse output trigger. These pulse output trigger delay values specify the delay for the PDB Pulse-out. Pulse-out goes high when the PDB counter is equal to the pulse output high value (value1). Pulse-out goes low when the PDB counter is equal to the pulse output low value (value2).

Parameters:
  • base – PDB peripheral base address.

  • channel – Channel index for pulse out trigger channel.

  • value1 – Setting value for pulse out high.

  • value2 – Setting value for pulse out low.

FSL_PDB_DRIVER_VERSION

PDB driver version 2.0.4.

enum _pdb_status_flags

PDB flags.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_LoadOKFlag

This flag is automatically cleared when the values in buffers are loaded into the internal registers after the LDOK bit is set or the PDBEN is cleared.

enumerator kPDB_DelayEventFlag

PDB timer delay event flag.

enum _pdb_adc_pretrigger_flags

PDB ADC PreTrigger channel flags.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTriggerChannel0Flag

Pre-trigger 0 flag.

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTriggerChannel1Flag

Pre-trigger 1 flag.

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTriggerChannel0ErrorFlag

Pre-trigger 0 Error.

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTriggerChannel1ErrorFlag

Pre-trigger 1 Error.

enum _pdb_interrupt_enable

PDB buffer interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_SequenceErrorInterruptEnable

PDB sequence error interrupt enable.

enumerator kPDB_DelayInterruptEnable

PDB delay interrupt enable.

enum _pdb_load_value_mode

PDB load value mode.

Selects the mode to load the internal values after doing the load operation (write 1 to PDBx_SC[LDOK]). These values are for the following operations.

  • PDB counter (PDBx_MOD, PDBx_IDLY)

  • ADC trigger (PDBx_CHnDLYm)

  • DAC trigger (PDBx_DACINTx)

  • CMP trigger (PDBx_POyDLY)

Values:

enumerator kPDB_LoadValueImmediately

Load immediately after 1 is written to LDOK.

enumerator kPDB_LoadValueOnCounterOverflow

Load when the PDB counter overflows (reaches the MOD register value).

enumerator kPDB_LoadValueOnTriggerInput

Load a trigger input event is detected.

enumerator kPDB_LoadValueOnCounterOverflowOrTriggerInput

Load either when the PDB counter overflows or a trigger input is detected.

enum _pdb_prescaler_divider

Prescaler divider.

Counting uses the peripheral clock divided by multiplication factor selected by times of MULT.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider1

Divider x1.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider2

Divider x2.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider4

Divider x4.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider8

Divider x8.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider16

Divider x16.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider32

Divider x32.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider64

Divider x64.

enumerator kPDB_PrescalerDivider128

Divider x128.

enum _pdb_divider_multiplication_factor

Multiplication factor select for prescaler.

Selects the multiplication factor of the prescaler divider for the counter clock.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_DividerMultiplicationFactor1

Multiplication factor is 1.

enumerator kPDB_DividerMultiplicationFactor10

Multiplication factor is 10.

enumerator kPDB_DividerMultiplicationFactor20

Multiplication factor is 20.

enumerator kPDB_DividerMultiplicationFactor40

Multiplication factor is 40.

enum _pdb_trigger_input_source

Trigger input source.

Selects the trigger input source for the PDB. The trigger input source can be internal or external (EXTRG pin), or the software trigger. See chip configuration details for the actual PDB input trigger connections.

Values:

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput0

Trigger-In 0.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput1

Trigger-In 1.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput2

Trigger-In 2.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput3

Trigger-In 3.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput4

Trigger-In 4.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput5

Trigger-In 5.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput6

Trigger-In 6.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput7

Trigger-In 7.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput8

Trigger-In 8.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput9

Trigger-In 9.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput10

Trigger-In 10.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput11

Trigger-In 11.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput12

Trigger-In 12.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput13

Trigger-In 13.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerInput14

Trigger-In 14.

enumerator kPDB_TriggerSoftware

Trigger-In 15, software trigger.

enum _pdb_adc_trigger_channel

List of PDB ADC trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kPDB_ADCTriggerChannel0

PDB ADC trigger channel number 0

enumerator kPDB_ADCTriggerChannel1

PDB ADC trigger channel number 1

enumerator kPDB_ADCTriggerChannel2

PDB ADC trigger channel number 2

enumerator kPDB_ADCTriggerChannel3

PDB ADC trigger channel number 3

enum _pdb_adc_pretrigger

List of PDB ADC pretrigger.

Note

Actual number of available pretrigger channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger0

PDB ADC pretrigger number 0

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger1

PDB ADC pretrigger number 1

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger2

PDB ADC pretrigger number 2

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger3

PDB ADC pretrigger number 3

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger4

PDB ADC pretrigger number 4

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger5

PDB ADC pretrigger number 5

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger6

PDB ADC pretrigger number 6

enumerator kPDB_ADCPreTrigger7

PDB ADC pretrigger number 7

enum _pdb_dac_trigger_channel

List of PDB DAC trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kPDB_DACTriggerChannel0

PDB DAC trigger channel number 0

enumerator kPDB_DACTriggerChannel1

PDB DAC trigger channel number 1

enum _pdb_pulse_out_trigger_channel

List of PDB pulse out trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutTriggerChannel0

PDB pulse out trigger channel number 0

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutTriggerChannel1

PDB pulse out trigger channel number 1

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutTriggerChannel2

PDB pulse out trigger channel number 2

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutTriggerChannel3

PDB pulse out trigger channel number 3

enum _pdb_pulse_out_channel_mask

List of PDB pulse out trigger channels mask.

Note

Actual number of available channels mask is SoC dependent

Values:

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutChannel0Mask

PDB pulse out trigger channel number 0 mask

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutChannel1Mask

PDB pulse out trigger channel number 1 mask

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutChannel2Mask

PDB pulse out trigger channel number 2 mask

enumerator kPDB_PulseOutChannel3Mask

PDB pulse out trigger channel number 3 mask

typedef enum _pdb_load_value_mode pdb_load_value_mode_t

PDB load value mode.

Selects the mode to load the internal values after doing the load operation (write 1 to PDBx_SC[LDOK]). These values are for the following operations.

  • PDB counter (PDBx_MOD, PDBx_IDLY)

  • ADC trigger (PDBx_CHnDLYm)

  • DAC trigger (PDBx_DACINTx)

  • CMP trigger (PDBx_POyDLY)

typedef enum _pdb_prescaler_divider pdb_prescaler_divider_t

Prescaler divider.

Counting uses the peripheral clock divided by multiplication factor selected by times of MULT.

typedef enum _pdb_divider_multiplication_factor pdb_divider_multiplication_factor_t

Multiplication factor select for prescaler.

Selects the multiplication factor of the prescaler divider for the counter clock.

typedef enum _pdb_trigger_input_source pdb_trigger_input_source_t

Trigger input source.

Selects the trigger input source for the PDB. The trigger input source can be internal or external (EXTRG pin), or the software trigger. See chip configuration details for the actual PDB input trigger connections.

typedef enum _pdb_adc_trigger_channel pdb_adc_trigger_channel_t

List of PDB ADC trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _pdb_adc_pretrigger pdb_adc_pretrigger_t

List of PDB ADC pretrigger.

Note

Actual number of available pretrigger channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _pdb_dac_trigger_channel pdb_dac_trigger_channel_t

List of PDB DAC trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _pdb_pulse_out_trigger_channel pdb_pulse_out_trigger_channel_t

List of PDB pulse out trigger channels.

Note

Actual number of available channels is SoC dependent

typedef enum _pdb_pulse_out_channel_mask pdb_pulse_out_channel_mask_t

List of PDB pulse out trigger channels mask.

Note

Actual number of available channels mask is SoC dependent

typedef struct _pdb_config pdb_config_t

PDB module configuration.

typedef struct _pdb_adc_pretrigger_config pdb_adc_pretrigger_config_t

PDB ADC Pre-trigger configuration.

typedef struct _pdb_dac_trigger_config pdb_dac_trigger_config_t

PDB DAC trigger configuration.

struct _pdb_config
#include <fsl_pdb.h>

PDB module configuration.

Public Members

pdb_load_value_mode_t loadValueMode

Select the load value mode.

pdb_prescaler_divider_t prescalerDivider

Select the prescaler divider.

pdb_divider_multiplication_factor_t dividerMultiplicationFactor

Multiplication factor select for prescaler.

pdb_trigger_input_source_t triggerInputSource

Select the trigger input source.

bool enableContinuousMode

Enable the PDB operation in Continuous mode.

struct _pdb_adc_pretrigger_config
#include <fsl_pdb.h>

PDB ADC Pre-trigger configuration.

Public Members

uint32_t enablePreTriggerMask

PDB Channel Pre-trigger Enable.

uint32_t enableOutputMask

PDB Channel Pre-trigger Output Select. PDB channel’s corresponding pre-trigger asserts when the counter reaches the channel delay register.

uint32_t enableBackToBackOperationMask

PDB Channel pre-trigger Back-to-Back Operation Enable. Back-to-back operation enables the ADC conversions complete to trigger the next PDB channel pre-trigger and trigger output, so that the ADC conversions can be triggered on next set of configuration and results registers.

struct _pdb_dac_trigger_config
#include <fsl_pdb.h>

PDB DAC trigger configuration.

Public Members

bool enableExternalTriggerInput

Enables the external trigger for DAC interval counter.

bool enableIntervalTrigger

Enables the DAC interval trigger.

PMC: Power Management Controller

static inline void PMC_GetVersionId(PMC_Type *base, pmc_version_id_t *versionId)

Gets the PMC version ID.

This function gets the PMC version ID, including major version number, minor version number, and a feature specification number.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

  • versionId – Pointer to version ID structure.

void PMC_GetParam(PMC_Type *base, pmc_param_t *param)

Gets the PMC parameter.

This function gets the PMC parameter including the VLPO enable and the HVD enable.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

  • param – Pointer to PMC param structure.

void PMC_ConfigureLowVoltDetect(PMC_Type *base, const pmc_low_volt_detect_config_t *config)

Configures the low-voltage detect setting.

This function configures the low-voltage detect setting, including the trip point voltage setting, enables or disables the interrupt, enables or disables the system reset.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

  • config – Low-voltage detect configuration structure.

static inline bool PMC_GetLowVoltDetectFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Gets the Low-voltage Detect Flag status.

This function reads the current LVDF status. If it returns 1, a low-voltage event is detected.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current low-voltage detect flag

  • true: Low-voltage detected

  • false: Low-voltage not detected

static inline void PMC_ClearLowVoltDetectFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Acknowledges clearing the Low-voltage Detect flag.

This function acknowledges the low-voltage detection errors (write 1 to clear LVDF).

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

void PMC_ConfigureLowVoltWarning(PMC_Type *base, const pmc_low_volt_warning_config_t *config)

Configures the low-voltage warning setting.

This function configures the low-voltage warning setting, including the trip point voltage setting and enabling or disabling the interrupt.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

  • config – Low-voltage warning configuration structure.

static inline bool PMC_GetLowVoltWarningFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Gets the Low-voltage Warning Flag status.

This function polls the current LVWF status. When 1 is returned, it indicates a low-voltage warning event. LVWF is set when V Supply transitions below the trip point or after reset and V Supply is already below the V LVW.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current LVWF status

  • true: Low-voltage Warning Flag is set.

  • false: the Low-voltage Warning does not happen.

static inline void PMC_ClearLowVoltWarningFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Acknowledges the Low-voltage Warning flag.

This function acknowledges the low voltage warning errors (write 1 to clear LVWF).

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

void PMC_ConfigureHighVoltDetect(PMC_Type *base, const pmc_high_volt_detect_config_t *config)

Configures the high-voltage detect setting.

This function configures the high-voltage detect setting, including the trip point voltage setting, enabling or disabling the interrupt, enabling or disabling the system reset.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

  • config – High-voltage detect configuration structure.

static inline bool PMC_GetHighVoltDetectFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Gets the High-voltage Detect Flag status.

This function reads the current HVDF status. If it returns 1, a low voltage event is detected.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current high-voltage detect flag

  • true: High-voltage detected

  • false: High-voltage not detected

static inline void PMC_ClearHighVoltDetectFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Acknowledges clearing the High-voltage Detect flag.

This function acknowledges the high-voltage detection errors (write 1 to clear HVDF).

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

void PMC_ConfigureBandgapBuffer(PMC_Type *base, const pmc_bandgap_buffer_config_t *config)

Configures the PMC bandgap.

This function configures the PMC bandgap, including the drive select and behavior in low-power mode.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to the configuration structure

static inline bool PMC_GetPeriphIOIsolationFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Gets the acknowledge Peripherals and I/O pads isolation flag.

This function reads the Acknowledge Isolation setting that indicates whether certain peripherals and the I/O pads are in a latched state as a result of having been in the VLLS mode.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

  • base – Base address for current PMC instance.

Returns:

ACK isolation 0 - Peripherals and I/O pads are in a normal run state. 1 - Certain peripherals and I/O pads are in an isolated and latched state.

static inline void PMC_ClearPeriphIOIsolationFlag(PMC_Type *base)

Acknowledges the isolation flag to Peripherals and I/O pads.

This function clears the ACK Isolation flag. Writing one to this setting when it is set releases the I/O pads and certain peripherals to their normal run mode state.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

static inline bool PMC_IsRegulatorInRunRegulation(PMC_Type *base)

Gets the regulator regulation status.

This function returns the regulator to run a regulation status. It provides the current status of the internal voltage regulator.

Parameters:
  • base – PMC peripheral base address.

  • base – Base address for current PMC instance.

Returns:

Regulation status 0 - Regulator is in a stop regulation or in transition to/from the regulation. 1 - Regulator is in a run regulation.

FSL_PMC_DRIVER_VERSION

PMC driver version.

Version 2.0.3.

enum _pmc_low_volt_detect_volt_select

Low-voltage Detect Voltage Select.

Values:

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltDetectLowTrip

Low-trip point selected (VLVD = VLVDL )

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltDetectHighTrip

High-trip point selected (VLVD = VLVDH )

enum _pmc_low_volt_warning_volt_select

Low-voltage Warning Voltage Select.

Values:

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltWarningLowTrip

Low-trip point selected (VLVW = VLVW1)

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltWarningMid1Trip

Mid 1 trip point selected (VLVW = VLVW2)

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltWarningMid2Trip

Mid 2 trip point selected (VLVW = VLVW3)

enumerator kPMC_LowVoltWarningHighTrip

High-trip point selected (VLVW = VLVW4)

enum _pmc_high_volt_detect_volt_select

High-voltage Detect Voltage Select.

Values:

enumerator kPMC_HighVoltDetectLowTrip

Low-trip point selected (VHVD = VHVDL )

enumerator kPMC_HighVoltDetectHighTrip

High-trip point selected (VHVD = VHVDH )

enum _pmc_bandgap_buffer_drive_select

Bandgap Buffer Drive Select.

Values:

enumerator kPMC_BandgapBufferDriveLow

Low-drive.

enumerator kPMC_BandgapBufferDriveHigh

High-drive.

enum _pmc_vlp_freq_option

VLPx Option.

Values:

enumerator kPMC_FreqRestrict

Frequency is restricted in VLPx mode.

enumerator kPMC_FreqUnrestrict

Frequency is unrestricted in VLPx mode.

typedef enum _pmc_low_volt_detect_volt_select pmc_low_volt_detect_volt_select_t

Low-voltage Detect Voltage Select.

typedef enum _pmc_low_volt_warning_volt_select pmc_low_volt_warning_volt_select_t

Low-voltage Warning Voltage Select.

typedef enum _pmc_high_volt_detect_volt_select pmc_high_volt_detect_volt_select_t

High-voltage Detect Voltage Select.

typedef enum _pmc_bandgap_buffer_drive_select pmc_bandgap_buffer_drive_select_t

Bandgap Buffer Drive Select.

typedef enum _pmc_vlp_freq_option pmc_vlp_freq_mode_t

VLPx Option.

typedef struct _pmc_version_id pmc_version_id_t

IP version ID definition.

typedef struct _pmc_param pmc_param_t

IP parameter definition.

typedef struct _pmc_low_volt_detect_config pmc_low_volt_detect_config_t

Low-voltage Detect Configuration Structure.

typedef struct _pmc_low_volt_warning_config pmc_low_volt_warning_config_t

Low-voltage Warning Configuration Structure.

typedef struct _pmc_high_volt_detect_config pmc_high_volt_detect_config_t

High-voltage Detect Configuration Structure.

typedef struct _pmc_bandgap_buffer_config pmc_bandgap_buffer_config_t

Bandgap Buffer configuration.

struct _pmc_version_id
#include <fsl_pmc.h>

IP version ID definition.

Public Members

uint16_t feature

Feature Specification Number.

uint8_t minor

Minor version number.

uint8_t major

Major version number.

struct _pmc_param
#include <fsl_pmc.h>

IP parameter definition.

Public Members

bool vlpoEnable

VLPO enable.

bool hvdEnable

HVD enable.

struct _pmc_low_volt_detect_config
#include <fsl_pmc.h>

Low-voltage Detect Configuration Structure.

Public Members

bool enableInt

Enable interrupt when Low-voltage detect

bool enableReset

Enable system reset when Low-voltage detect

pmc_low_volt_detect_volt_select_t voltSelect

Low-voltage detect trip point voltage selection

struct _pmc_low_volt_warning_config
#include <fsl_pmc.h>

Low-voltage Warning Configuration Structure.

Public Members

bool enableInt

Enable interrupt when low-voltage warning

pmc_low_volt_warning_volt_select_t voltSelect

Low-voltage warning trip point voltage selection

struct _pmc_high_volt_detect_config
#include <fsl_pmc.h>

High-voltage Detect Configuration Structure.

Public Members

bool enableInt

Enable interrupt when high-voltage detect

bool enableReset

Enable system reset when high-voltage detect

pmc_high_volt_detect_volt_select_t voltSelect

High-voltage detect trip point voltage selection

struct _pmc_bandgap_buffer_config
#include <fsl_pmc.h>

Bandgap Buffer configuration.

Public Members

bool enable

Enable bandgap buffer.

bool enableInLowPowerMode

Enable bandgap buffer in low-power mode.

pmc_bandgap_buffer_drive_select_t drive

Bandgap buffer drive select.

PORT: Port Control and Interrupts

static inline void PORT_SetPinConfig(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t pin, const port_pin_config_t *config)

Sets the port PCR register.

This is an example to define an input pin or output pin PCR configuration.

// Define a digital input pin PCR configuration
port_pin_config_t config = {
     kPORT_PullUp,
     kPORT_FastSlewRate,
     kPORT_PassiveFilterDisable,
     kPORT_OpenDrainDisable,
     kPORT_LowDriveStrength,
     kPORT_MuxAsGpio,
     kPORT_UnLockRegister,
};

Parameters:
  • base – PORT peripheral base pointer.

  • pin – PORT pin number.

  • config – PORT PCR register configuration structure.

static inline void PORT_SetMultiplePinsConfig(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t mask, const port_pin_config_t *config)

Sets the port PCR register for multiple pins.

This is an example to define input pins or output pins PCR configuration.

Define a digital input pin PCR configuration
port_pin_config_t config = {
     kPORT_PullUp ,
     kPORT_PullEnable,
     kPORT_FastSlewRate,
     kPORT_PassiveFilterDisable,
     kPORT_OpenDrainDisable,
     kPORT_LowDriveStrength,
     kPORT_MuxAsGpio,
     kPORT_UnlockRegister,
};

Parameters:
  • base – PORT peripheral base pointer.

  • mask – PORT pin number macro.

  • config – PORT PCR register configuration structure.

static inline void PORT_SetMultipleInterruptPinsConfig(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t mask, port_interrupt_t config)

Sets the port interrupt configuration in PCR register for multiple pins.

Parameters:
  • base – PORT peripheral base pointer.

  • mask – PORT pin number macro.

  • config – PORT pin interrupt configuration.

    • kPORT_InterruptOrDMADisabled: Interrupt/DMA request disabled.

    • kPORT_DMARisingEdge : DMA request on rising edge(if the DMA requests exit).

    • kPORT_DMAFallingEdge: DMA request on falling edge(if the DMA requests exit).

    • kPORT_DMAEitherEdge : DMA request on either edge(if the DMA requests exit).

    • kPORT_FlagRisingEdge : Flag sets on rising edge(if the Flag states exit).

    • kPORT_FlagFallingEdge : Flag sets on falling edge(if the Flag states exit).

    • kPORT_FlagEitherEdge : Flag sets on either edge(if the Flag states exit).

    • kPORT_InterruptLogicZero : Interrupt when logic zero.

    • kPORT_InterruptRisingEdge : Interrupt on rising edge.

    • kPORT_InterruptFallingEdge: Interrupt on falling edge.

    • kPORT_InterruptEitherEdge : Interrupt on either edge.

    • kPORT_InterruptLogicOne : Interrupt when logic one.

    • kPORT_ActiveHighTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active high-trigger output (if the trigger states exit).

    • kPORT_ActiveLowTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active low-trigger output (if the trigger states exit)..

static inline void PORT_SetPinMux(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t pin, port_mux_t mux)

Configures the pin muxing.

Note

: This function is NOT recommended to use together with the PORT_SetPinsConfig, because the PORT_SetPinsConfig need to configure the pin mux anyway (Otherwise the pin mux is reset to zero : kPORT_PinDisabledOrAnalog). This function is recommended to use to reset the pin mux

Parameters:
  • base – PORT peripheral base pointer.

  • pin – PORT pin number.

  • mux – pin muxing slot selection.

    • kPORT_PinDisabledOrAnalog: Pin disabled or work in analog function.

    • kPORT_MuxAsGpio : Set as GPIO.

    • kPORT_MuxAlt2 : chip-specific.

    • kPORT_MuxAlt3 : chip-specific.

    • kPORT_MuxAlt4 : chip-specific.

    • kPORT_MuxAlt5 : chip-specific.

    • kPORT_MuxAlt6 : chip-specific.

    • kPORT_MuxAlt7 : chip-specific.

static inline void PORT_EnablePinsDigitalFilter(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t mask, bool enable)

Enables the digital filter in one port, each bit of the 32-bit register represents one pin.

Parameters:
  • base – PORT peripheral base pointer.

  • mask – PORT pin number macro.

  • enable – PORT digital filter configuration.

static inline void PORT_SetDigitalFilterConfig(PORT_Type *base, const port_digital_filter_config_t *config)

Sets the digital filter in one port, each bit of the 32-bit register represents one pin.

Parameters:
  • base – PORT peripheral base pointer.

  • config – PORT digital filter configuration structure.

static inline void PORT_SetPinInterruptConfig(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t pin, port_interrupt_t config)

Configures the port pin interrupt/DMA request.

Parameters:
  • base – PORT peripheral base pointer.

  • pin – PORT pin number.

  • config – PORT pin interrupt configuration.

    • kPORT_InterruptOrDMADisabled: Interrupt/DMA request disabled.

    • kPORT_DMARisingEdge : DMA request on rising edge(if the DMA requests exit).

    • kPORT_DMAFallingEdge: DMA request on falling edge(if the DMA requests exit).

    • kPORT_DMAEitherEdge : DMA request on either edge(if the DMA requests exit).

    • kPORT_FlagRisingEdge : Flag sets on rising edge(if the Flag states exit).

    • kPORT_FlagFallingEdge : Flag sets on falling edge(if the Flag states exit).

    • kPORT_FlagEitherEdge : Flag sets on either edge(if the Flag states exit).

    • kPORT_InterruptLogicZero : Interrupt when logic zero.

    • kPORT_InterruptRisingEdge : Interrupt on rising edge.

    • kPORT_InterruptFallingEdge: Interrupt on falling edge.

    • kPORT_InterruptEitherEdge : Interrupt on either edge.

    • kPORT_InterruptLogicOne : Interrupt when logic one.

    • kPORT_ActiveHighTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active high-trigger output (if the trigger states exit).

    • kPORT_ActiveLowTriggerOutputEnable : Enable active low-trigger output (if the trigger states exit).

static inline void PORT_SetPinDriveStrength(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t pin, uint8_t strength)

Configures the port pin drive strength.

Parameters:
  • base – PORT peripheral base pointer.

  • pin – PORT pin number.

  • strength – PORT pin drive strength

    • kPORT_LowDriveStrength = 0U - Low-drive strength is configured.

    • kPORT_HighDriveStrength = 1U - High-drive strength is configured.

static inline uint32_t PORT_GetPinsInterruptFlags(PORT_Type *base)

Reads the whole port status flag.

If a pin is configured to generate the DMA request, the corresponding flag is cleared automatically at the completion of the requested DMA transfer. Otherwise, the flag remains set until a logic one is written to that flag. If configured for a level sensitive interrupt that remains asserted, the flag is set again immediately.

Parameters:
  • base – PORT peripheral base pointer.

Returns:

Current port interrupt status flags, for example, 0x00010001 means the pin 0 and 16 have the interrupt.

static inline void PORT_ClearPinsInterruptFlags(PORT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the multiple pin interrupt status flag.

Parameters:
  • base – PORT peripheral base pointer.

  • mask – PORT pin number macro.

FSL_PORT_DRIVER_VERSION

PORT driver version.

enum _port_pull

Internal resistor pull feature selection.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_PullDisable

Internal pull-up/down resistor is disabled.

enumerator kPORT_PullDown

Internal pull-down resistor is enabled.

enumerator kPORT_PullUp

Internal pull-up resistor is enabled.

enum _port_slew_rate

Slew rate selection.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_FastSlewRate

Fast slew rate is configured.

enumerator kPORT_SlowSlewRate

Slow slew rate is configured.

enum _port_open_drain_enable

Open Drain feature enable/disable.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_OpenDrainDisable

Open drain output is disabled.

enumerator kPORT_OpenDrainEnable

Open drain output is enabled.

enum _port_passive_filter_enable

Passive filter feature enable/disable.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_PassiveFilterDisable

Passive input filter is disabled.

enumerator kPORT_PassiveFilterEnable

Passive input filter is enabled.

enum _port_drive_strength

Configures the drive strength.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_LowDriveStrength

Low-drive strength is configured.

enumerator kPORT_HighDriveStrength

High-drive strength is configured.

enum _port_lock_register

Unlock/lock the pin control register field[15:0].

Values:

enumerator kPORT_UnlockRegister

Pin Control Register fields [15:0] are not locked.

enumerator kPORT_LockRegister

Pin Control Register fields [15:0] are locked.

enum _port_mux

Pin mux selection.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_PinDisabledOrAnalog

Corresponding pin is disabled, but is used as an analog pin.

enumerator kPORT_MuxAsGpio

Corresponding pin is configured as GPIO.

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt0

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt1

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt2

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt3

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt4

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt5

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt6

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt7

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt8

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt9

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt10

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt11

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt12

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt13

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt14

Chip-specific

enumerator kPORT_MuxAlt15

Chip-specific

enum _port_interrupt

Configures the interrupt generation condition.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_InterruptOrDMADisabled

Interrupt/DMA request is disabled.

enumerator kPORT_DMARisingEdge

DMA request on rising edge.

enumerator kPORT_DMAFallingEdge

DMA request on falling edge.

enumerator kPORT_DMAEitherEdge

DMA request on either edge.

enumerator kPORT_FlagRisingEdge

Flag sets on rising edge.

enumerator kPORT_FlagFallingEdge

Flag sets on falling edge.

enumerator kPORT_FlagEitherEdge

Flag sets on either edge.

enumerator kPORT_InterruptLogicZero

Interrupt when logic zero.

enumerator kPORT_InterruptRisingEdge

Interrupt on rising edge.

enumerator kPORT_InterruptFallingEdge

Interrupt on falling edge.

enumerator kPORT_InterruptEitherEdge

Interrupt on either edge.

enumerator kPORT_InterruptLogicOne

Interrupt when logic one.

enumerator kPORT_ActiveHighTriggerOutputEnable

Enable active high-trigger output.

enumerator kPORT_ActiveLowTriggerOutputEnable

Enable active low-trigger output.

enum _port_digital_filter_clock_source

Digital filter clock source selection.

Values:

enumerator kPORT_BusClock

Digital filters are clocked by the bus clock.

enumerator kPORT_LpoClock

Digital filters are clocked by the 1 kHz LPO clock.

typedef enum _port_mux port_mux_t

Pin mux selection.

typedef enum _port_interrupt port_interrupt_t

Configures the interrupt generation condition.

typedef enum _port_digital_filter_clock_source port_digital_filter_clock_source_t

Digital filter clock source selection.

typedef struct _port_digital_filter_config port_digital_filter_config_t

PORT digital filter feature configuration definition.

typedef struct _port_pin_config port_pin_config_t

PORT pin configuration structure.

FSL_COMPONENT_ID
struct _port_digital_filter_config
#include <fsl_port.h>

PORT digital filter feature configuration definition.

Public Members

uint32_t digitalFilterWidth

Set digital filter width

port_digital_filter_clock_source_t clockSource

Set digital filter clockSource

struct _port_pin_config
#include <fsl_port.h>

PORT pin configuration structure.

Public Members

uint16_t pullSelect

No-pull/pull-down/pull-up select

uint16_t slewRate

Fast/slow slew rate Configure

uint16_t passiveFilterEnable

Passive filter enable/disable

uint16_t openDrainEnable

Open drain enable/disable

uint16_t driveStrength

Fast/slow drive strength configure

uint16_t lockRegister

Lock/unlock the PCR field[15:0]

PWT: Pulse Width Timer

void PWT_Init(PWT_Type *base, const pwt_config_t *config)

Ungates the PWT clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the PWT driver.

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address

  • config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

void PWT_Deinit(PWT_Type *base)

Gates the PWT clock.

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address

void PWT_GetDefaultConfig(pwt_config_t *config)

Fills in the PWT configuration structure with the default settings.

The default values are:

config->clockSource = kPWT_BusClock;
config->prescale = kPWT_Prescale_Divide_1;
config->inputSelect = kPWT_InputPort_0;
config->enableFirstCounterLoad = false;

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the user configuration structure.

static inline void PWT_EnableInterrupts(PWT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected PWT interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwt_interrupt_enable_t

static inline void PWT_DisableInterrupts(PWT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected PWT interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwt_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t PWT_GetEnabledInterrupts(PWT_Type *base)

Gets the enabled PWT interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration pwt_interrupt_enable_t

static inline uint32_t PWT_GetStatusFlags(PWT_Type *base)

Gets the PWT status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration pwt_status_flags_t

static inline void PWT_ClearStatusFlags(PWT_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the PWT status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address

  • mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration pwt_status_flags_t

static inline void PWT_StartTimer(PWT_Type *base)

Starts the PWT counter.

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address

static inline void PWT_StopTimer(PWT_Type *base)

Stops the PWT counter.

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address

enum _pwt_clock_source

PWT clock source selection.

Values:

enumerator kPWT_BusClock

The Bus clock is used as the clock source of PWT counter

enumerator kPWT_AlternativeClock

Alternative clock is used as the clock source of PWT counter

enum _pwt_clock_prescale

PWT prescaler factor selection for clock source.

Values:

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_1

PWT clock divided by 1

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_2

PWT clock divided by 2

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_4

PWT clock divided by 4

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_8

PWT clock divided by 8

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_16

PWT clock divided by 16

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_32

PWT clock divided by 32

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_64

PWT clock divided by 64

enumerator kPWT_Prescale_Divide_128

PWT clock divided by 128

enum _pwt_input_select

PWT input port selection.

Values:

enumerator kPWT_InputPort_0

PWT input comes from PWTIN[0]

enumerator kPWT_InputPort_1

PWT input comes from PWTIN[1]

enumerator kPWT_InputPort_2

PWT input comes from PWTIN[2]

enumerator kPWT_InputPort_3

PWT input comes from PWTIN[3]

enum _pwt_interrupt_enable

List of PWT interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kPWT_PulseWidthReadyInterruptEnable

Pulse width data ready interrupt

enumerator kPWT_CounterOverflowInterruptEnable

Counter overflow interrupt

enum _pwt_status_flags

List of PWT flags.

Values:

enumerator kPWT_CounterOverflowFlag

Counter overflow flag

enumerator kPWT_PulseWidthValidFlag

Pulse width valid flag

typedef enum _pwt_clock_source pwt_clock_source_t

PWT clock source selection.

typedef enum _pwt_clock_prescale pwt_clock_prescale_t

PWT prescaler factor selection for clock source.

typedef enum _pwt_input_select pwt_input_select_t

PWT input port selection.

typedef struct _pwt_config pwt_config_t

PWT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the PWT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the PWT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

static inline uint16_t PWT_GetCurrentTimerCount(PWT_Type *base)

Reads the current counter value.

This function returns the timer counting value

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address

Returns:

Current 16-bit timer counter value

static inline uint16_t PWT_ReadPositivePulseWidth(PWT_Type *base)

Reads the positive pulse width.

This function reads the low and high registers and returns the 16-bit positive pulse width

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address.

Returns:

The 16-bit positive pulse width.

static inline uint16_t PWT_ReadNegativePulseWidth(PWT_Type *base)

Reads the negative pulse width.

This function reads the low and high registers and returns the 16-bit negative pulse width

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address.

Returns:

The 16-bit negative pulse width.

static inline void PWT_Reset(PWT_Type *base)

Performs a software reset on the PWT module.

Parameters:
  • base – PWT peripheral base address

FSL_PWT_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.0.1

struct _pwt_config
#include <fsl_pwt.h>

PWT configuration structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the PWT peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the PWT_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to the configuration structure instance.

The configuration structure can be made constant so as to reside in flash.

Public Members

pwt_clock_source_t clockSource

Clock source for the counter

pwt_clock_prescale_t prescale

Pre-scaler to divide down the clock

pwt_input_select_t inputSelect

PWT Pulse input port selection

bool enableFirstCounterLoad

true: Load the first counter value to registers; false: Do not load first counter value

RCM: Reset Control Module Driver

static inline void RCM_GetVersionId(RCM_Type *base, rcm_version_id_t *versionId)

Gets the RCM version ID.

This function gets the RCM version ID including the major version number, the minor version number, and the feature specification number.

Parameters:
  • base – RCM peripheral base address.

  • versionId – Pointer to the version ID structure.

static inline uint32_t RCM_GetResetSourceImplementedStatus(RCM_Type *base)

Gets the reset source implemented status.

This function gets the RCM parameter that indicates whether the corresponding reset source is implemented. Use source masks defined in the rcm_reset_source_t to get the desired source status.

This is an example.

uint32_t status;

To test whether the MCU is reset using Watchdog.
status = RCM_GetResetSourceImplementedStatus(RCM) & (kRCM_SourceWdog | kRCM_SourcePin);

Parameters:
  • base – RCM peripheral base address.

Returns:

All reset source implemented status bit map.

static inline uint32_t RCM_GetPreviousResetSources(RCM_Type *base)

Gets the reset source status which caused a previous reset.

This function gets the current reset source status. Use source masks defined in the rcm_reset_source_t to get the desired source status.

This is an example.

uint32_t resetStatus;

To get all reset source statuses.
resetStatus = RCM_GetPreviousResetSources(RCM) & kRCM_SourceAll;

To test whether the MCU is reset using Watchdog.
resetStatus = RCM_GetPreviousResetSources(RCM) & kRCM_SourceWdog;

To test multiple reset sources.
resetStatus = RCM_GetPreviousResetSources(RCM) & (kRCM_SourceWdog | kRCM_SourcePin);

Parameters:
  • base – RCM peripheral base address.

Returns:

All reset source status bit map.

static inline uint32_t RCM_GetStickyResetSources(RCM_Type *base)

Gets the sticky reset source status.

This function gets the current reset source status that has not been cleared by software for a specific source.

This is an example.

uint32_t resetStatus;

To get all reset source statuses.
resetStatus = RCM_GetStickyResetSources(RCM) & kRCM_SourceAll;

To test whether the MCU is reset using Watchdog.
resetStatus = RCM_GetStickyResetSources(RCM) & kRCM_SourceWdog;

To test multiple reset sources.
resetStatus = RCM_GetStickyResetSources(RCM) & (kRCM_SourceWdog | kRCM_SourcePin);

Parameters:
  • base – RCM peripheral base address.

Returns:

All reset source status bit map.

static inline void RCM_ClearStickyResetSources(RCM_Type *base, uint32_t sourceMasks)

Clears the sticky reset source status.

This function clears the sticky system reset flags indicated by source masks.

This is an example.

Clears multiple reset sources.
RCM_ClearStickyResetSources(kRCM_SourceWdog | kRCM_SourcePin);

Parameters:
  • base – RCM peripheral base address.

  • sourceMasks – reset source status bit map

void RCM_ConfigureResetPinFilter(RCM_Type *base, const rcm_reset_pin_filter_config_t *config)

Configures the reset pin filter.

This function sets the reset pin filter including the filter source, filter width, and so on.

Parameters:
  • base – RCM peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to the configuration structure.

static inline bool RCM_GetEasyPortModePinStatus(RCM_Type *base)

Gets the EZP_MS_B pin assert status.

This function gets the easy port mode status (EZP_MS_B) pin assert status.

Parameters:
  • base – RCM peripheral base address.

Returns:

status true - asserted, false - reasserted

static inline rcm_boot_rom_config_t RCM_GetBootRomSource(RCM_Type *base)

Gets the ROM boot source.

This function gets the ROM boot source during the last chip reset.

Parameters:
  • base – RCM peripheral base address.

Returns:

The ROM boot source.

static inline void RCM_ClearBootRomSource(RCM_Type *base)

Clears the ROM boot source flag.

This function clears the ROM boot source flag.

Parameters:
  • base – Register base address of RCM

void RCM_SetForceBootRomSource(RCM_Type *base, rcm_boot_rom_config_t config)

Forces the boot from ROM.

This function forces booting from ROM during all subsequent system resets.

Parameters:
  • base – RCM peripheral base address.

  • config – Boot configuration.

static inline void RCM_SetSystemResetInterruptConfig(RCM_Type *base, uint32_t intMask, rcm_reset_delay_t delay)

Sets the system reset interrupt configuration.

For a graceful shut down, the RCM supports delaying the assertion of the system reset for a period of time when the reset interrupt is generated. This function can be used to enable the interrupt and the delay period. The interrupts are passed in as bit mask. See rcm_int_t for details. For example, to delay a reset for 512 LPO cycles after the WDOG timeout or loss-of-clock occurs, configure as follows: RCM_SetSystemResetInterruptConfig(kRCM_IntWatchDog | kRCM_IntLossOfClk, kRCM_ResetDelay512Lpo);

Parameters:
  • base – RCM peripheral base address.

  • intMask – Bit mask of the system reset interrupts to enable. See rcm_interrupt_enable_t for details.

  • delay – Bit mask of the system reset interrupts to enable.

FSL_RCM_DRIVER_VERSION

RCM driver version 2.0.4.

enum _rcm_reset_source

System Reset Source Name definitions.

Values:

enumerator kRCM_SourceWakeup

Low-leakage wakeup reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceLvd

Low-voltage detect reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceLoc

Loss of clock reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceLol

Loss of lock reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceWdog

Watchdog reset

enumerator kRCM_SourcePin

External pin reset

enumerator kRCM_SourcePor

Power on reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceJtag

JTAG generated reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceLockup

Core lock up reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceSw

Software reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceMdmap

MDM-AP system reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceEzpt

EzPort reset

enumerator kRCM_SourceSackerr

Parameter could get all reset flags

enumerator kRCM_SourceAll
enum _rcm_run_wait_filter_mode

Reset pin filter select in Run and Wait modes.

Values:

enumerator kRCM_FilterDisable

All filtering disabled

enumerator kRCM_FilterBusClock

Bus clock filter enabled

enumerator kRCM_FilterLpoClock

LPO clock filter enabled

enum _rcm_boot_rom_config

Boot from ROM configuration.

Values:

enumerator kRCM_BootFlash

Boot from flash

enumerator kRCM_BootRomCfg0

Boot from boot ROM due to BOOTCFG0

enumerator kRCM_BootRomFopt

Boot from boot ROM due to FOPT[7]

enumerator kRCM_BootRomBoth

Boot from boot ROM due to both BOOTCFG0 and FOPT[7]

enum _rcm_reset_delay

Maximum delay time from interrupt asserts to system reset.

Values:

enumerator kRCM_ResetDelay8Lpo

Delay 8 LPO cycles.

enumerator kRCM_ResetDelay32Lpo

Delay 32 LPO cycles.

enumerator kRCM_ResetDelay128Lpo

Delay 128 LPO cycles.

enumerator kRCM_ResetDelay512Lpo

Delay 512 LPO cycles.

enum _rcm_interrupt_enable

System reset interrupt enable bit definitions.

Values:

enumerator kRCM_IntNone

No interrupt enabled.

enumerator kRCM_IntLossOfClk

Loss of clock interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntLossOfLock

Loss of lock interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntWatchDog

Watch dog interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntExternalPin

External pin interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntGlobal

Global interrupts.

enumerator kRCM_IntCoreLockup

Core lock up interrupt

enumerator kRCM_IntSoftware

software interrupt

enumerator kRCM_IntStopModeAckErr

Stop mode ACK error interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntCore1

Core 1 interrupt.

enumerator kRCM_IntAll

Enable all interrupts.

typedef enum _rcm_reset_source rcm_reset_source_t

System Reset Source Name definitions.

typedef enum _rcm_run_wait_filter_mode rcm_run_wait_filter_mode_t

Reset pin filter select in Run and Wait modes.

typedef enum _rcm_boot_rom_config rcm_boot_rom_config_t

Boot from ROM configuration.

typedef enum _rcm_reset_delay rcm_reset_delay_t

Maximum delay time from interrupt asserts to system reset.

typedef enum _rcm_interrupt_enable rcm_interrupt_enable_t

System reset interrupt enable bit definitions.

typedef struct _rcm_version_id rcm_version_id_t

IP version ID definition.

typedef struct _rcm_reset_pin_filter_config rcm_reset_pin_filter_config_t

Reset pin filter configuration.

struct _rcm_version_id
#include <fsl_rcm.h>

IP version ID definition.

Public Members

uint16_t feature

Feature Specification Number.

uint8_t minor

Minor version number.

uint8_t major

Major version number.

struct _rcm_reset_pin_filter_config
#include <fsl_rcm.h>

Reset pin filter configuration.

Public Members

bool enableFilterInStop

Reset pin filter select in stop mode.

rcm_run_wait_filter_mode_t filterInRunWait

Reset pin filter in run/wait mode.

uint8_t busClockFilterCount

Reset pin bus clock filter width.

RTC: Real Time Clock

void RTC_Init(RTC_Type *base, const rtc_config_t *config)

Ungates the RTC clock and configures the peripheral for basic operation.

This function issues a software reset if the timer invalid flag is set.

Note

This API should be called at the beginning of the application using the RTC driver.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • config – Pointer to the user’s RTC configuration structure.

static inline void RTC_Deinit(RTC_Type *base)

Stops the timer and gate the RTC clock.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

void RTC_GetDefaultConfig(rtc_config_t *config)

Fills in the RTC config struct with the default settings.

The default values are as follows.

config->wakeupSelect = false;
config->updateMode = false;
config->supervisorAccess = false;
config->compensationInterval = 0;
config->compensationTime = 0;

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the user’s RTC configuration structure.

status_t RTC_SetDatetime(RTC_Type *base, const rtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Sets the RTC date and time according to the given time structure.

The RTC counter must be stopped prior to calling this function because writes to the RTC seconds register fail if the RTC counter is running.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • datetime – Pointer to the structure where the date and time details are stored.

Returns:

kStatus_Success: Success in setting the time and starting the RTC kStatus_InvalidArgument: Error because the datetime format is incorrect

void RTC_GetDatetime(RTC_Type *base, rtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Gets the RTC time and stores it in the given time structure.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • datetime – Pointer to the structure where the date and time details are stored.

status_t RTC_SetAlarm(RTC_Type *base, const rtc_datetime_t *alarmTime)

Sets the RTC alarm time.

The function checks whether the specified alarm time is greater than the present time. If not, the function does not set the alarm and returns an error.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • alarmTime – Pointer to the structure where the alarm time is stored.

Returns:

kStatus_Success: success in setting the RTC alarm kStatus_InvalidArgument: Error because the alarm datetime format is incorrect kStatus_Fail: Error because the alarm time has already passed

void RTC_GetAlarm(RTC_Type *base, rtc_datetime_t *datetime)

Returns the RTC alarm time.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • datetime – Pointer to the structure where the alarm date and time details are stored.

void RTC_EnableInterrupts(RTC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables the selected RTC interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_interrupt_enable_t

void RTC_DisableInterrupts(RTC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables the selected RTC interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_interrupt_enable_t

uint32_t RTC_GetEnabledInterrupts(RTC_Type *base)

Gets the enabled RTC interrupts.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

Returns:

The enabled interrupts. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_interrupt_enable_t

uint32_t RTC_GetStatusFlags(RTC_Type *base)

Gets the RTC status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

Returns:

The status flags. This is the logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_status_flags_t

void RTC_ClearStatusFlags(RTC_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clears the RTC status flags.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • mask – The status flags to clear. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_status_flags_t

static inline void RTC_EnableOscillatorClock(RTC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable RTC 32kHz Oscillator clock.

Note

After setting this bit, wait the oscillator startup time before enabling the time counter to allow the 32.768 kHz clock time to stabilize.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • enable – Enable/Disable RTC 32.768 kHz clock

static inline void RTC_SetClockSource(RTC_Type *base)

Set RTC clock source.

Deprecated:

Do not use this function. It has been superceded by RTC_EnableOscillatorClock

Note

After setting this bit, wait the oscillator startup time before enabling the time counter to allow the 32.768 kHz clock time to stabilize.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

static inline void RTC_EnableLPOClock(RTC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable/Disable RTC 1kHz LPO clock.

Note

After setting this bit, RTC prescaler increments using the LPO 1kHz clock and not the RTC 32kHz crystal clock.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • enable – Enable/Disable RTC 1kHz LPO clock

static inline void RTC_StartTimer(RTC_Type *base)

Starts the RTC time counter.

After calling this function, the timer counter increments once a second provided SR[TOF] or SR[TIF] are not set.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

static inline void RTC_StopTimer(RTC_Type *base)

Stops the RTC time counter.

RTC’s seconds register can be written to only when the timer is stopped.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

void RTC_GetMonotonicCounter(RTC_Type *base, uint64_t *counter)

Reads the values of the Monotonic Counter High and Monotonic Counter Low and returns them as a single value.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • counter – Pointer to variable where the value is stored.

void RTC_SetMonotonicCounter(RTC_Type *base, uint64_t counter)

Writes values Monotonic Counter High and Monotonic Counter Low by decomposing the given single value. The Monotonic Overflow Flag in RTC_SR is cleared due to the API.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • counter – Counter value

status_t RTC_IncrementMonotonicCounter(RTC_Type *base)

Increments the Monotonic Counter by one.

Increments the Monotonic Counter (registers RTC_MCLR and RTC_MCHR accordingly) by setting the monotonic counter enable (MER[MCE]) and then writing to the RTC_MCLR register. A write to the monotonic counter low that causes it to overflow also increments the monotonic counter high.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

Returns:

kStatus_Success: success kStatus_Fail: error occurred, either time invalid or monotonic overflow flag was found

FSL_RTC_DRIVER_VERSION

Version 2.3.0

enum _rtc_interrupt_enable

List of RTC interrupts.

Values:

enumerator kRTC_TimeInvalidInterruptEnable

Time invalid interrupt.

enumerator kRTC_TimeOverflowInterruptEnable

Time overflow interrupt.

enumerator kRTC_AlarmInterruptEnable

Alarm interrupt.

enumerator kRTC_MonotonicOverflowInterruptEnable

Monotonic Overflow Interrupt Enable

enumerator kRTC_SecondsInterruptEnable

Seconds interrupt.

enumerator kRTC_TestModeInterruptEnable
enumerator kRTC_FlashSecurityInterruptEnable
enumerator kRTC_TamperPinInterruptEnable
enumerator kRTC_SecurityModuleInterruptEnable
enumerator kRTC_LossOfClockInterruptEnable
enum _rtc_status_flags

List of RTC flags.

Values:

enumerator kRTC_TimeInvalidFlag

Time invalid flag

enumerator kRTC_TimeOverflowFlag

Time overflow flag

enumerator kRTC_AlarmFlag

Alarm flag

enumerator kRTC_MonotonicOverflowFlag

Monotonic Overflow Flag

enumerator kRTC_TamperInterruptDetectFlag

Tamper interrupt detect flag

enumerator kRTC_TestModeFlag
enumerator kRTC_FlashSecurityFlag
enumerator kRTC_TamperPinFlag
enumerator kRTC_SecurityTamperFlag
enumerator kRTC_LossOfClockTamperFlag
enum _rtc_osc_cap_load

List of RTC Oscillator capacitor load settings.

Values:

enumerator kRTC_Capacitor_2p

2 pF capacitor load

enumerator kRTC_Capacitor_4p

4 pF capacitor load

enumerator kRTC_Capacitor_8p

8 pF capacitor load

enumerator kRTC_Capacitor_16p

16 pF capacitor load

typedef enum _rtc_interrupt_enable rtc_interrupt_enable_t

List of RTC interrupts.

typedef enum _rtc_status_flags rtc_status_flags_t

List of RTC flags.

typedef enum _rtc_osc_cap_load rtc_osc_cap_load_t

List of RTC Oscillator capacitor load settings.

typedef struct _rtc_datetime rtc_datetime_t

Structure is used to hold the date and time.

typedef struct _rtc_pin_config rtc_pin_config_t

RTC pin config structure.

typedef struct _rtc_config rtc_config_t

RTC config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the RTC peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the RTC_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

static inline uint32_t RTC_GetTamperTimeSeconds(RTC_Type *base)

Get the RTC tamper time seconds.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

static inline void RTC_SetOscCapLoad(RTC_Type *base, uint32_t capLoad)

This function sets the specified capacitor configuration for the RTC oscillator.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

  • capLoad – Oscillator loads to enable. This is a logical OR of members of the enumeration rtc_osc_cap_load_t

static inline void RTC_Reset(RTC_Type *base)

Performs a software reset on the RTC module.

This resets all RTC registers except for the SWR bit and the RTC_WAR and RTC_RAR registers. The SWR bit is cleared by software explicitly clearing it.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC peripheral base address

static inline void RTC_EnableWakeUpPin(RTC_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables or disables the RTC Wakeup Pin Operation.

This function enable or disable RTC Wakeup Pin. The wakeup pin is optional and not available on all devices.

Parameters:
  • base – RTC_Type base pointer.

  • enable – true to enable, false to disable.

struct _rtc_datetime
#include <fsl_rtc.h>

Structure is used to hold the date and time.

Public Members

uint16_t year

Range from 1970 to 2099.

uint8_t month

Range from 1 to 12.

uint8_t day

Range from 1 to 31 (depending on month).

uint8_t hour

Range from 0 to 23.

uint8_t minute

Range from 0 to 59.

uint8_t second

Range from 0 to 59.

struct _rtc_pin_config
#include <fsl_rtc.h>

RTC pin config structure.

Public Members

bool inputLogic

true: Tamper pin input data is logic one. false: Tamper pin input data is logic zero.

bool pinActiveLow

true: Tamper pin is active low. false: Tamper pin is active high.

bool filterEnable

true: Input filter is enabled on the tamper pin. false: Input filter is disabled on the tamper pin.

bool pullSelectNegate

true: Tamper pin pull resistor direction will negate the tamper pin. false: Tamper pin pull resistor direction will assert the tamper pin.

bool pullEnable

true: Pull resistor is enabled on tamper pin. false: Pull resistor is disabled on tamper pin.

struct _rtc_config
#include <fsl_rtc.h>

RTC config structure.

This structure holds the configuration settings for the RTC peripheral. To initialize this structure to reasonable defaults, call the RTC_GetDefaultConfig() function and pass a pointer to your config structure instance.

The config struct can be made const so it resides in flash

Public Members

bool wakeupSelect

true: Wakeup pin outputs the 32 KHz clock; false:Wakeup pin used to wakeup the chip

bool updateMode

true: Registers can be written even when locked under certain conditions, false: No writes allowed when registers are locked

bool supervisorAccess

true: Non-supervisor accesses are allowed; false: Non-supervisor accesses are not supported

uint32_t compensationInterval

Compensation interval that is written to the CIR field in RTC TCR Register

uint32_t compensationTime

Compensation time that is written to the TCR field in RTC TCR Register

SIM: System Integration Module Driver

FSL_SIM_DRIVER_VERSION

Driver version.

enum _sim_flash_mode

Flash enable mode.

Values:

enumerator kSIM_FlashDisableInWait

Disable flash in wait mode.

enumerator kSIM_FlashDisable

Disable flash in normal mode.

typedef struct _sim_uid sim_uid_t

Unique ID.

void SIM_GetUniqueId(sim_uid_t *uid)

Gets the unique identification register value.

Parameters:
  • uid – Pointer to the structure to save the UID value.

static inline void SIM_SetFlashMode(uint8_t mode)

Sets the flash enable mode.

Parameters:
  • mode – The mode to set; see _sim_flash_mode for mode details.

struct _sim_uid
#include <fsl_sim.h>

Unique ID.

Public Members

uint32_t MH

UIDMH.

uint32_t ML

UIDML.

uint32_t L

UIDL.

SMC: System Mode Controller Driver

static inline void SMC_GetVersionId(SMC_Type *base, smc_version_id_t *versionId)

Gets the SMC version ID.

This function gets the SMC version ID, including major version number, minor version number, and feature specification number.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

  • versionId – Pointer to the version ID structure.

void SMC_GetParam(SMC_Type *base, smc_param_t *param)

Gets the SMC parameter.

This function gets the SMC parameter including the enabled power mdoes.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

  • param – Pointer to the SMC param structure.

static inline void SMC_SetPowerModeProtection(SMC_Type *base, uint8_t allowedModes)

Configures all power mode protection settings.

This function configures the power mode protection settings for supported power modes in the specified chip family. The available power modes are defined in the smc_power_mode_protection_t. This should be done at an early system level initialization stage. See the reference manual for details. This register can only write once after the power reset.

The allowed modes are passed as bit map. For example, to allow LLS and VLLS, use SMC_SetPowerModeProtection(kSMC_AllowPowerModeVlls | kSMC_AllowPowerModeVlps). To allow all modes, use SMC_SetPowerModeProtection(kSMC_AllowPowerModeAll).

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

  • allowedModes – Bitmap of the allowed power modes.

static inline smc_power_state_t SMC_GetPowerModeState(SMC_Type *base)

Gets the current power mode status.

This function returns the current power mode status. After the application switches the power mode, it should always check the status to check whether it runs into the specified mode or not. The application should check this mode before switching to a different mode. The system requires that only certain modes can switch to other specific modes. See the reference manual for details and the smc_power_state_t for information about the power status.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current power mode status.

void SMC_PreEnterStopModes(void)

Prepares to enter stop modes.

This function should be called before entering STOP/VLPS/LLS/VLLS modes.

void SMC_PostExitStopModes(void)

Recovers after wake up from stop modes.

This function should be called after wake up from STOP/VLPS/LLS/VLLS modes. It is used with SMC_PreEnterStopModes.

void SMC_PreEnterWaitModes(void)

Prepares to enter wait modes.

This function should be called before entering WAIT/VLPW modes.

void SMC_PostExitWaitModes(void)

Recovers after wake up from stop modes.

This function should be called after wake up from WAIT/VLPW modes. It is used with SMC_PreEnterWaitModes.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeRun(SMC_Type *base)

Configures the system to RUN power mode.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeHsrun(SMC_Type *base)

Configures the system to HSRUN power mode.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeWait(SMC_Type *base)

Configures the system to WAIT power mode.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeStop(SMC_Type *base, smc_partial_stop_option_t option)

Configures the system to Stop power mode.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

  • option – Partial Stop mode option.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeVlpr(SMC_Type *base, bool wakeupMode)

Configures the system to VLPR power mode.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

  • wakeupMode – Enter Normal Run mode if true, else stay in VLPR mode.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeVlpw(SMC_Type *base)

Configures the system to VLPW power mode.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeVlps(SMC_Type *base)

Configures the system to VLPS power mode.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeLls(SMC_Type *base, const smc_power_mode_lls_config_t *config)

Configures the system to LLS power mode.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

  • config – The LLS power mode configuration structure

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

status_t SMC_SetPowerModeVlls(SMC_Type *base, const smc_power_mode_vlls_config_t *config)

Configures the system to VLLS power mode.

Parameters:
  • base – SMC peripheral base address.

  • config – The VLLS power mode configuration structure.

Returns:

SMC configuration error code.

FSL_SMC_DRIVER_VERSION

SMC driver version.

enum _smc_power_mode_protection

Power Modes Protection.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_AllowPowerModeVlls

Allow Very-low-leakage Stop Mode.

enumerator kSMC_AllowPowerModeLls

Allow Low-leakage Stop Mode.

enumerator kSMC_AllowPowerModeVlp

Allow Very-Low-power Mode.

enumerator kSMC_AllowPowerModeHsrun

Allow High-speed Run mode.

enumerator kSMC_AllowPowerModeAll

Allow all power mode.

enum _smc_power_state

Power Modes in PMSTAT.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateRun

0000_0001 - Current power mode is RUN

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateStop

0000_0010 - Current power mode is STOP

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateVlpr

0000_0100 - Current power mode is VLPR

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateVlpw

0000_1000 - Current power mode is VLPW

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateVlps

0001_0000 - Current power mode is VLPS

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateLls

0010_0000 - Current power mode is LLS

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateVlls

0100_0000 - Current power mode is VLLS

enumerator kSMC_PowerStateHsrun

1000_0000 - Current power mode is HSRUN

enum _smc_run_mode

Run mode definition.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_RunNormal

Normal RUN mode.

enumerator kSMC_RunVlpr

Very-low-power RUN mode.

enumerator kSMC_Hsrun

High-speed Run mode (HSRUN).

enum _smc_stop_mode

Stop mode definition.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_StopNormal

Normal STOP mode.

enumerator kSMC_StopVlps

Very-low-power STOP mode.

enumerator kSMC_StopLls

Low-leakage Stop mode.

enumerator kSMC_StopVlls

Very-low-leakage Stop mode.

enum _smc_stop_submode

VLLS/LLS stop sub mode definition.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_StopSub0

Stop submode 0, for VLLS0/LLS0.

enumerator kSMC_StopSub1

Stop submode 1, for VLLS1/LLS1.

enumerator kSMC_StopSub2

Stop submode 2, for VLLS2/LLS2.

enumerator kSMC_StopSub3

Stop submode 3, for VLLS3/LLS3.

enum _smc_partial_stop_mode

Partial STOP option.

Values:

enumerator kSMC_PartialStop

STOP - Normal Stop mode

enumerator kSMC_PartialStop1

Partial Stop with both system and bus clocks disabled

enumerator kSMC_PartialStop2

Partial Stop with system clock disabled and bus clock enabled

_smc_status, SMC configuration status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_SMC_StopAbort

Entering Stop mode is abort

typedef enum _smc_power_mode_protection smc_power_mode_protection_t

Power Modes Protection.

typedef enum _smc_power_state smc_power_state_t

Power Modes in PMSTAT.

typedef enum _smc_run_mode smc_run_mode_t

Run mode definition.

typedef enum _smc_stop_mode smc_stop_mode_t

Stop mode definition.

typedef enum _smc_stop_submode smc_stop_submode_t

VLLS/LLS stop sub mode definition.

typedef enum _smc_partial_stop_mode smc_partial_stop_option_t

Partial STOP option.

typedef struct _smc_version_id smc_version_id_t

IP version ID definition.

typedef struct _smc_param smc_param_t

IP parameter definition.

typedef struct _smc_power_mode_lls_config smc_power_mode_lls_config_t

SMC Low-Leakage Stop power mode configuration.

typedef struct _smc_power_mode_vlls_config smc_power_mode_vlls_config_t

SMC Very Low-Leakage Stop power mode configuration.

struct _smc_version_id
#include <fsl_smc.h>

IP version ID definition.

Public Members

uint16_t feature

Feature Specification Number.

uint8_t minor

Minor version number.

uint8_t major

Major version number.

struct _smc_param
#include <fsl_smc.h>

IP parameter definition.

Public Members

bool hsrunEnable

HSRUN mode enable.

bool llsEnable

LLS mode enable.

bool lls2Enable

LLS2 mode enable.

bool vlls0Enable

VLLS0 mode enable.

struct _smc_power_mode_lls_config
#include <fsl_smc.h>

SMC Low-Leakage Stop power mode configuration.

Public Members

smc_stop_submode_t subMode

Low-leakage Stop sub-mode

bool enableLpoClock

Enable LPO clock in LLS mode

struct _smc_power_mode_vlls_config
#include <fsl_smc.h>

SMC Very Low-Leakage Stop power mode configuration.

Public Members

smc_stop_submode_t subMode

Very Low-leakage Stop sub-mode

bool enablePorDetectInVlls0

Enable Power on reset detect in VLLS mode

bool enableRam2InVlls2

Enable RAM2 power in VLLS2

bool enableLpoClock

Enable LPO clock in VLLS mode

TRGMUX: Trigger Mux Driver

static inline void TRGMUX_LockRegister(TRGMUX_Type *base, uint32_t index)

Sets the flag of the register which is used to mark writeable.

The function sets the flag of the register which is used to mark writeable. Example:

TRGMUX_LockRegister(TRGMUX0,kTRGMUX_Trgmux0Dmamux0);

Parameters:
  • base – TRGMUX peripheral base address.

  • index – The index of the TRGMUX register, see the enum trgmux_device_t defined in <SOC>.h.

status_t TRGMUX_SetTriggerSource(TRGMUX_Type *base, uint32_t index, trgmux_trigger_input_t input, uint32_t trigger_src)

Configures the trigger source of the appointed peripheral.

The function configures the trigger source of the appointed peripheral. Example:

TRGMUX_SetTriggerSource(TRGMUX0, kTRGMUX_Trgmux0Dmamux0, kTRGMUX_TriggerInput0, kTRGMUX_SourcePortPin);

Parameters:
  • base – TRGMUX peripheral base address.

  • index – The index of the TRGMUX register, see the enum trgmux_device_t defined in <SOC>.h.

  • input – The MUX select for peripheral trigger input

  • trigger_src – The trigger inputs for various peripherals. See the enum trgmux_source_t defined in <SOC>.h.

Return values:
  • kStatus_Success – Configured successfully.

  • kStatus_TRGMUX_Locked – Configuration failed because the register is locked.

FSL_TRGMUX_DRIVER_VERSION

TRGMUX driver version.

TRGMUX configure status.

Values:

enumerator kStatus_TRGMUX_Locked

Configure failed for register is locked

enum _trgmux_trigger_input

Defines the MUX select for peripheral trigger input.

Values:

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput0

The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 0

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput1

The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 1

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput2

The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 2

enumerator kTRGMUX_TriggerInput3

The MUX select for peripheral trigger input 3

typedef enum _trgmux_trigger_input trgmux_trigger_input_t

Defines the MUX select for peripheral trigger input.

Tsi_v5_driver

enum _tsi_main_clock_selection

TSI main clock selection.

These constants set the tsi main clock.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MainClockSlection_0

Set TSI main clock frequency to 20.72MHz

enumerator kTSI_MainClockSlection_1

Set TSI main clock frequency to 16.65MHz

enumerator kTSI_MainClockSlection_2

Set TSI main clock frequency to 13.87MHz

enumerator kTSI_MainClockSlection_3

Set TSI main clock frequency to 11.91MHz

enum _tsi_sensing_mode_selection

TSI sensing mode selection.

These constants set the tsi sensing mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SensingModeSlection_Self

Set TSI sensing mode to self-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_SensingModeSlection_Mutual

Set TSI sensing mode to mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_dvolt_option

TSI DVOLT settings.

These bits indicate the comparator vp, vm and dvolt voltage.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_DvoltOption_0

DVOLT value option 0, the value may differ on different platforms

enumerator kTSI_DvoltOption_1

DVOLT value option 1, the value may differ on different platforms

enumerator kTSI_DvoltOption_2

DVOLT value option 2, the value may differ on different platforms

enumerator kTSI_DvoltOption_3

DVOLT value option 3, the value may differ on different platforms

enum _tsi_sensitivity_xdn_option

TSI sensitivity ajustment (XDN option).

These constants define the tsi sensitivity ajustment in self-cap mode, when TSI_MODE[S_SEN] = 1.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityXdnOption_0

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 1/16

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityXdnOption_1

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 1/8

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityXdnOption_2

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 1/4

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityXdnOption_3

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 1/2

enum _tsi_shield

TSI Shield setting (S_W_SHIELD option).

These constants define the shield pin used for HW shielding functionality. One or more shield pin can be selected. The involved bitfield is not fix can change from device to device (KE16Z7 and KE17Z7 support 3 shield pins, other KE serials only support 1 shield pin).

Values:

enumerator kTSI_shieldAllOff

No pin used

enumerator kTSI_shield0On

Shield 0 pin used

enumerator kTSI_shield1On

Shield 1 pin used

enumerator kTSI_shield1and0On

Shield 0,1 pins used

enumerator kTSI_shield2On

Shield 2 pin used

enumerator kTSI_shield2and0On

Shield 2,0 pins used

enumerator kTSI_shield2and1On

Shield 2,1 pins used

enumerator kTSI_shieldAllOn

Shield 2,1,0 pins used

enum _tsi_sensitivity_ctrim_option

TSI sensitivity ajustment (CTRIM option).

These constants define the tsi sensitivity ajustment in self-cap mode, when TSI_MODE[S_SEN] = 1.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_0

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 2.5p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_1

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 5.0p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_2

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 7.5p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_3

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 10.0p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_4

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 12.5p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_5

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 15.0p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_6

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 17.5p

enumerator kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_7

Adjust sensitivity in self-cap mode, 20.0p

enum _tsi_current_multiple_input

TSI current ajustment (Input current multiple).

These constants set the tsi input current multiple in self-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleInputValue_0

Adjust input current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/8

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleInputValue_1

Adjust input current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/4

enum _tsi_current_multiple_charge

TSI current ajustment (Charge/Discharge current multiple).

These constants set the tsi charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_0

Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/16

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_1

Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/8

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_2

Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/4

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_3

Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/2

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_4

Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 1/1

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_5

Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 2/1

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_6

Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 4/1

enumerator kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_7

Adjust charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode, 8/1

enum _tsi_mutual_pre_current

TSI current used in vref generator.

These constants Choose the current used in vref generator.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_1uA

Vref generator current is 1uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_2uA

Vref generator current is 2uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_3uA

Vref generator current is 3uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_4uA

Vref generator current is 4uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_5uA

Vref generator current is 5uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_6uA

Vref generator current is 6uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_7uA

Vref generator current is 7uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_8uA

Vref generator current is 8uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_pre_resistor

TSI resistor used in pre-charge.

These constants Choose the resistor used in pre-charge.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_1k

Vref generator resistor is 1k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_2k

Vref generator resistor is 2k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_3k

Vref generator resistor is 3k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_4k

Vref generator resistor is 4k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_5k

Vref generator resistor is 5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_6k

Vref generator resistor is 6k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_7k

Vref generator resistor is 7k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPreResistor_8k

Vref generator resistor is 8k, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_sense_resistor

TSI resistor used in I-sense generator.

These constants Choose the resistor used in I-sense generator.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_2k5

I-sense resistor is 2.5k , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_5k

I-sense resistor is 5.0k , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_7k5

I-sense resistor is 7.5k , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_10k

I-sense resistor is 10.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_12k5

I-sense resistor is 12.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_15k

I-sense resistor is 15.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_17k5

I-sense resistor is 17.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_20k

I-sense resistor is 20.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_22k5

I-sense resistor is 22.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_25k

I-sense resistor is 25.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_27k5

I-sense resistor is 27.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_30k

I-sense resistor is 30.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_32k5

I-sense resistor is 32.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_35k

I-sense resistor is 35.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_37k5

I-sense resistor is 37.5k, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_40k

I-sense resistor is 40.0k, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_tx_channel

TSI TX channel selection in mutual-cap mode.

These constants Choose the TX channel used in mutual-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_0

Select channel 0 as tx0, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_1

Select channel 1 as tx1, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_2

Select channel 2 as tx2, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_3

Select channel 3 as tx3, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_4

Select channel 4 as tx4, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxChannel_5

Select channel 5 as tx5, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_rx_channel

TSI RX channel selection in mutual-cap mode.

These constants Choose the RX channel used in mutual-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_6

Select channel 6 as rx6, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_7

Select channel 7 as rx7, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_8

Select channel 8 as rx8, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_9

Select channel 9 as rx9, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_10

Select channel 10 as rx10, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualRxChannel_11

Select channel 11 as rx11, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_sense_boost_current

TSI sensitivity boost current settings.

These constants set the sensitivity boost current.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_0uA

Sensitivity boost current is 0uA , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_2uA

Sensitivity boost current is 2uA , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_4uA

Sensitivity boost current is 4uA , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_6uA

Sensitivity boost current is 6uA , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_8uA

Sensitivity boost current is 8uA , used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_10uA

Sensitivity boost current is 10uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_12uA

Sensitivity boost current is 12uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_14uA

Sensitivity boost current is 14uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_16uA

Sensitivity boost current is 16uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_18uA

Sensitivity boost current is 18uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_20uA

Sensitivity boost current is 20uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_22uA

Sensitivity boost current is 22uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_24uA

Sensitivity boost current is 24uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_26uA

Sensitivity boost current is 26uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_28uA

Sensitivity boost current is 28uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_30uA

Sensitivity boost current is 30uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_32uA

Sensitivity boost current is 32uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_34uA

Sensitivity boost current is 34uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_36uA

Sensitivity boost current is 36uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_38uA

Sensitivity boost current is 38uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_40uA

Sensitivity boost current is 40uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_42uA

Sensitivity boost current is 42uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_44uA

Sensitivity boost current is 44uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_46uA

Sensitivity boost current is 46uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_48uA

Sensitivity boost current is 48uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_50uA

Sensitivity boost current is 50uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_52uA

Sensitivity boost current is 52uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_54uA

Sensitivity boost current is 54uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_56uA

Sensitivity boost current is 56uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_58uA

Sensitivity boost current is 58uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_60uA

Sensitivity boost current is 60uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_62uA

Sensitivity boost current is 62uA, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_tx_drive_mode

TSI TX drive mode control.

These constants Choose the TX drive mode control setting.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxDriveModeOption_0

TX drive mode is -5v ~ +5v, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualTxDriveModeOption_1

TX drive mode is 0v ~ +5v, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_pmos_current_left

TSI Pmos current mirror selection on the left side.

These constants set the Pmos current mirror on the left side used in mutual-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_4

Set Pmos current mirror left value as 4, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_8

Set Pmos current mirror left value as 8, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_12

Set Pmos current mirror left value as 12, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_16

Set Pmos current mirror left value as 16, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_20

Set Pmos current mirror left value as 20, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_24

Set Pmos current mirror left value as 24, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_28

Set Pmos current mirror left value as 28, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_32

Set Pmos current mirror left value as 32, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_pmos_current_right

TSI Pmos current mirror selection on the right side.

These constants set the Pmos current mirror on the right side used in mutual-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorRight_1

Set Pmos current mirror right value as 1, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorRight_2

Set Pmos current mirror right value as 2, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorRight_3

Set Pmos current mirror right value as 3, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorRight_4

Set Pmos current mirror right value as 4, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_mutual_nmos_current

TSI Nmos current mirror selection.

These constants set the Nmos current mirror used in mutual-cap mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_MutualNmosCurrentMirror_1

Set Nmos current mirror value as 1, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualNmosCurrentMirror_2

Set Nmos current mirror value as 2, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualNmosCurrentMirror_3

Set Nmos current mirror value as 3, used in mutual-cap mode

enumerator kTSI_MutualNmosCurrentMirror_4

Set Nmos current mirror value as 4, used in mutual-cap mode

enum _tsi_sinc_cutoff_div

TSI SINC cutoff divider setting.

These bits set the SINC cutoff divider.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_1

Set SINC cutoff divider as 1

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_2

Set SINC cutoff divider as 2

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_4

Set SINC cutoff divider as 4

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_8

Set SINC cutoff divider as 8

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_16

Set SINC cutoff divider as 16

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_32

Set SINC cutoff divider as 32

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_64

Set SINC cutoff divider as 64

enumerator kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_128

Set SINC cutoff divider as 128

enum _tsi_sinc_filter_order

TSI SINC filter order setting.

These bits set the SINC filter order.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SincFilterOrder_1

Use 1 order SINC filter

enumerator kTSI_SincFilterOrder_2

Use 1 order SINC filter

enum _tsi_sinc_decimation_value

TSI SINC decimation value setting.

These bits set the SINC decimation value.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_1

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 1 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_2

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 2 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_3

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 3 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_4

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 4 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_5

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 5 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_6

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 6 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_7

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 7 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_8

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 8 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_9

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 9 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_10

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 10 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_11

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 11 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_12

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 12 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_13

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 13 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_14

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 14 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_15

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 15 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_16

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 16 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_17

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 17 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_18

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 18 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_19

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 19 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_20

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 20 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_21

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 21 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_22

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 22 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_23

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 23 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_24

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 24 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_25

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 25 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_26

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 26 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_27

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 27 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_28

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 28 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_29

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 29 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_30

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 30 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_31

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 31 triger period.

enumerator kTSI_SincDecimationValue_32

The TSI_DATA[TSICH] bits is the counter value of 32 triger period.

enum _tsi_ssc_charge_num

TSI SSC output bit0’s period setting(SSC0[CHARGE_NUM])

These bits set the SSC output bit0’s period setting.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_1

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 1 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_2

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 2 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_3

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 3 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_4

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 4 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_5

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 5 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_6

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 6 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_7

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 7 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_8

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 8 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_9

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 9 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_10

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 10 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_11

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 11 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_12

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 12 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_13

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 13 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_14

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 14 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_15

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 15 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_16

The SSC output bit 0’s period will be 16 clock cycle of system clock.

enum _tsi_ssc_nocharge_num

TSI SSC output bit1’s period setting(SSC0[BASE_NOCHARGE_NUM])

These bits set the SSC output bit1’s period setting.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_1

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 1 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_2

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 2 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_3

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 3 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_4

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 4 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_5

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 5 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_6

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 6 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_7

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 7 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_8

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 8 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_9

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 9 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_10

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 10 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_11

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 11 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_12

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 12 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_13

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 13 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_14

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 14 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_15

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 15 clock cycle of system clock.

enumerator kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_16

The SSC output bit 1’s basic period will be 16 clock cycle of system clock.

enum _tsi_ssc_prbs_outsel

TSI SSC outsel choosing the length of the PRBS (Pseudo-RandomBinarySequence) method setting(SSC0[TSI_SSC0_PRBS_OUTSEL])

These bits set the SSC PRBS length.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_2

The length of the PRBS is 2.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_3

The length of the PRBS is 3.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_4

The length of the PRBS is 4.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_5

The length of the PRBS is 5.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_6

The length of the PRBS is 6.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_7

The length of the PRBS is 7.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_8

The length of the PRBS is 8.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_9

The length of the PRBS is 9.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_10

The length of the PRBS is 10.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_11

The length of the PRBS is 11.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_12

The length of the PRBS is 12.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_13

The length of the PRBS is 13.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_14

The length of the PRBS is 14.

enumerator kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_15

The length of the PRBS is 15.

enum _tsi_status_flags

TSI status flags.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_EndOfScanFlag

End-Of-Scan flag

enumerator kTSI_OutOfRangeFlag

Out-Of-Range flag

enum _tsi_interrupt_enable

TSI feature interrupt source.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_GlobalInterruptEnable

TSI module global interrupt

enumerator kTSI_OutOfRangeInterruptEnable

Out-Of-Range interrupt

enumerator kTSI_EndOfScanInterruptEnable

End-Of-Scan interrupt

enum _tsi_ssc_mode

TSI SSC mode selection.

These constants set the SSC mode.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_ssc_prbs_method

Using PRBS method generating SSC output bit.

enumerator kTSI_ssc_up_down_counter

Using up-down counter generating SSC output bit.

enumerator kTSI_ssc_disable

SSC function is disabled.

enum _tsi_ssc_prescaler

TSI main clock selection.

These constants set select the divider ratio for the clock used for generating the SSC output bit.

Values:

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_1

Set SSC divider to 00000000 div1(2^0)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_2

Set SSC divider to 00000001 div2(2^1)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_4

Set SSC divider to 00000011 div4(2^2)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_8

Set SSC divider to 00000111 div8(2^3)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_16

Set SSC divider to 00001111 div16(2^4)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_32

Set SSC divider to 00011111 div32(2^5)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_64

Set SSC divider to 00111111 div64(2^6)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_128

Set SSC divider to 01111111 div128(2^7)

enumerator kTSI_ssc_div_by_256

Set SSC divider to 11111111 div256(2^8)

typedef enum _tsi_main_clock_selection tsi_main_clock_selection_t

TSI main clock selection.

These constants set the tsi main clock.

typedef enum _tsi_sensing_mode_selection tsi_sensing_mode_selection_t

TSI sensing mode selection.

These constants set the tsi sensing mode.

typedef enum _tsi_dvolt_option tsi_dvolt_option_t

TSI DVOLT settings.

These bits indicate the comparator vp, vm and dvolt voltage.

typedef enum _tsi_sensitivity_xdn_option tsi_sensitivity_xdn_option_t

TSI sensitivity ajustment (XDN option).

These constants define the tsi sensitivity ajustment in self-cap mode, when TSI_MODE[S_SEN] = 1.

typedef enum _tsi_shield tsi_shield_t

TSI Shield setting (S_W_SHIELD option).

These constants define the shield pin used for HW shielding functionality. One or more shield pin can be selected. The involved bitfield is not fix can change from device to device (KE16Z7 and KE17Z7 support 3 shield pins, other KE serials only support 1 shield pin).

typedef enum _tsi_sensitivity_ctrim_option tsi_sensitivity_ctrim_option_t

TSI sensitivity ajustment (CTRIM option).

These constants define the tsi sensitivity ajustment in self-cap mode, when TSI_MODE[S_SEN] = 1.

typedef enum _tsi_current_multiple_input tsi_current_multiple_input_t

TSI current ajustment (Input current multiple).

These constants set the tsi input current multiple in self-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_current_multiple_charge tsi_current_multiple_charge_t

TSI current ajustment (Charge/Discharge current multiple).

These constants set the tsi charge/discharge current multiple in self-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_pre_current tsi_mutual_pre_current_t

TSI current used in vref generator.

These constants Choose the current used in vref generator.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_pre_resistor tsi_mutual_pre_resistor_t

TSI resistor used in pre-charge.

These constants Choose the resistor used in pre-charge.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_sense_resistor tsi_mutual_sense_resistor_t

TSI resistor used in I-sense generator.

These constants Choose the resistor used in I-sense generator.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_tx_channel tsi_mutual_tx_channel_t

TSI TX channel selection in mutual-cap mode.

These constants Choose the TX channel used in mutual-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_rx_channel tsi_mutual_rx_channel_t

TSI RX channel selection in mutual-cap mode.

These constants Choose the RX channel used in mutual-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_sense_boost_current tsi_mutual_sense_boost_current_t

TSI sensitivity boost current settings.

These constants set the sensitivity boost current.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_tx_drive_mode tsi_mutual_tx_drive_mode_t

TSI TX drive mode control.

These constants Choose the TX drive mode control setting.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_pmos_current_left tsi_mutual_pmos_current_left_t

TSI Pmos current mirror selection on the left side.

These constants set the Pmos current mirror on the left side used in mutual-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_pmos_current_right tsi_mutual_pmos_current_right_t

TSI Pmos current mirror selection on the right side.

These constants set the Pmos current mirror on the right side used in mutual-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_mutual_nmos_current tsi_mutual_nmos_current_t

TSI Nmos current mirror selection.

These constants set the Nmos current mirror used in mutual-cap mode.

typedef enum _tsi_sinc_cutoff_div tsi_sinc_cutoff_div_t

TSI SINC cutoff divider setting.

These bits set the SINC cutoff divider.

typedef enum _tsi_sinc_filter_order tsi_sinc_filter_order_t

TSI SINC filter order setting.

These bits set the SINC filter order.

typedef enum _tsi_sinc_decimation_value tsi_sinc_decimation_value_t

TSI SINC decimation value setting.

These bits set the SINC decimation value.

typedef enum _tsi_ssc_charge_num tsi_ssc_charge_num_t

TSI SSC output bit0’s period setting(SSC0[CHARGE_NUM])

These bits set the SSC output bit0’s period setting.

typedef enum _tsi_ssc_nocharge_num tsi_ssc_nocharge_num_t

TSI SSC output bit1’s period setting(SSC0[BASE_NOCHARGE_NUM])

These bits set the SSC output bit1’s period setting.

typedef enum _tsi_ssc_prbs_outsel tsi_ssc_prbs_outsel_t

TSI SSC outsel choosing the length of the PRBS (Pseudo-RandomBinarySequence) method setting(SSC0[TSI_SSC0_PRBS_OUTSEL])

These bits set the SSC PRBS length.

typedef enum _tsi_status_flags tsi_status_flags_t

TSI status flags.

typedef enum _tsi_interrupt_enable tsi_interrupt_enable_t

TSI feature interrupt source.

typedef enum _tsi_ssc_mode tsi_ssc_mode_t

TSI SSC mode selection.

These constants set the SSC mode.

typedef enum _tsi_ssc_prescaler tsi_ssc_prescaler_t

TSI main clock selection.

These constants set select the divider ratio for the clock used for generating the SSC output bit.

typedef struct _tsi_calibration_data tsi_calibration_data_t

TSI calibration data storage.

typedef struct _tsi_common_config tsi_common_config_t

TSI common configuration structure.

This structure contains the common settings for TSI self-cap or mutual-cap mode, configurations including the TSI module main clock, sensing mode, DVOLT options, SINC and SSC configurations.

typedef struct _tsi_selfCap_config tsi_selfCap_config_t

TSI configuration structure for self-cap mode.

This structure contains the settings for the most common TSI self-cap configurations including the TSI module charge currents, sensitivity configuration and so on.

typedef struct _tsi_mutualCap_config tsi_mutualCap_config_t

TSI configuration structure for mutual-cap mode.

This structure contains the settings for the most common TSI mutual-cap configurations including the TSI module generator settings, sensitivity related current settings and so on.

const clock_ip_name_t s_tsiClock[]
const IRQn_Type s_TsiIRQ[]
TSI_Type *const s_tsiBases[]
uint32_t TSI_GetInstance(TSI_Type *base)

Get the TSI instance from peripheral base address.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

TSI instance.

void TSI_InitSelfCapMode(TSI_Type *base, const tsi_selfCap_config_t *config)

Initialize hardware to Self-cap mode.

Initialize the peripheral to the targeted state specified by parameter config, such as sets sensitivity adjustment, current settings.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to TSI self-cap configuration structure.

Returns:

none

void TSI_InitMutualCapMode(TSI_Type *base, const tsi_mutualCap_config_t *config)

Initialize hardware to Mutual-cap mode.

Initialize the peripheral to the targeted state specified by parameter config, such as sets Vref generator setting, sensitivity boost settings, Pmos/Nmos settings.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • config – Pointer to TSI mutual-cap configuration structure.

Returns:

none

void TSI_Deinit(TSI_Type *base)

De-initialize hardware.

De-initialize the peripheral to default state.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

none

void TSI_GetSelfCapModeDefaultConfig(tsi_selfCap_config_t *userConfig)

Get TSI self-cap mode user configure structure. This interface sets userConfig structure to a default value. The configuration structure only includes the settings for the whole TSI. The user configure is set to a value:

userConfig->commonConfig.mainClock     = kTSI_MainClockSlection_0;
userConfig->commonConfig.mode          = kTSI_SensingModeSlection_Self;
userConfig->commonConfig.dvolt         = kTSI_DvoltOption_2;
userConfig->commonConfig.cutoff        = kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_1;
userConfig->commonConfig.order         = kTSI_SincFilterOrder_1;
userConfig->commonConfig.decimation    = kTSI_SincDecimationValue_8;
userConfig->commonConfig.chargeNum     = kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_3;
userConfig->commonConfig.prbsOutsel    = kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_2;
userConfig->commonConfig.noChargeNum   = kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_2;
userConfig->commonConfig.ssc_mode      = kTSI_ssc_prbs_method;
userConfig->commonConfig.ssc_prescaler = kTSI_ssc_div_by_1;
userConfig->enableSensitivity          = true;
userConfig->enableShield               = false;
userConfig->xdn                        = kTSI_SensitivityXdnOption_1;
userConfig->ctrim                      = kTSI_SensitivityCtrimOption_7;
userConfig->inputCurrent               = kTSI_CurrentMultipleInputValue_0;
userConfig->chargeCurrent              = kTSI_CurrentMultipleChargeValue_1;
Parameters:
  • userConfig – Pointer to TSI user configure structure.

void TSI_GetMutualCapModeDefaultConfig(tsi_mutualCap_config_t *userConfig)

Get TSI mutual-cap mode default user configure structure. This interface sets userConfig structure to a default value. The configuration structure only includes the settings for the whole TSI. The user configure is set to a value:

userConfig->commonConfig.mainClock     = kTSI_MainClockSlection_1;
userConfig->commonConfig.mode          = kTSI_SensingModeSlection_Mutual;
userConfig->commonConfig.dvolt         = kTSI_DvoltOption_0;
userConfig->commonConfig.cutoff        = kTSI_SincCutoffDiv_1;
userConfig->commonConfig.order         = kTSI_SincFilterOrder_1;
userConfig->commonConfig.decimation    = kTSI_SincDecimationValue_8;
userConfig->commonConfig.chargeNum     = kTSI_SscChargeNumValue_4;
userConfig->commonConfig.prbsOutsel    = kTSI_SscPrbsOutsel_2;
userConfig->commonConfig.noChargeNum   = kTSI_SscNoChargeNumValue_5;
userConfig->commonConfig.ssc_mode      = kTSI_ssc_prbs_method;
userConfig->commonConfig.ssc_prescaler = kTSI_ssc_div_by_1;
userConfig->preCurrent                 = kTSI_MutualPreCurrent_4uA;
userConfig->preResistor                = kTSI_MutualPreResistor_4k;
userConfig->senseResistor              = kTSI_MutualSenseResistor_10k;
userConfig->boostCurrent               = kTSI_MutualSenseBoostCurrent_0uA;
userConfig->txDriveMode                = kTSI_MutualTxDriveModeOption_0;
userConfig->pmosLeftCurrent            = kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorLeft_32;
userConfig->pmosRightCurrent           = kTSI_MutualPmosCurrentMirrorRight_1;
userConfig->enableNmosMirror           = true;
userConfig->nmosCurrent                = kTSI_MutualNmosCurrentMirror_1;
Parameters:
  • userConfig – Pointer to TSI user configure structure.

void TSI_SelfCapCalibrate(TSI_Type *base, tsi_calibration_data_t *calBuff)

Hardware base counter value for calibration.

Calibrate the peripheral to fetch the initial counter value of the enabled channels. This API is mostly used at initial application setup, it shall be called after the TSI_Init API, then user can use the calibrated counter values to setup applications(such as to determine

under which counter value we can confirm a touch event occurs).

Note

This API is mainly used for self-cap mode;

Note

The calibration work in mutual-cap mode shall be done in applications due to different board layout.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • calBuff – Data buffer that store the calibrated counter value.

Returns:

none

void TSI_EnableInterrupts(TSI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Enables TSI interrupt requests.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • mask – interrupt source The parameter can be combination of the following source if defined:

    • kTSI_GlobalInterruptEnable

    • kTSI_EndOfScanInterruptEnable

    • kTSI_OutOfRangeInterruptEnable

void TSI_DisableInterrupts(TSI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Disables TSI interrupt requests.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • mask – interrupt source The parameter can be combination of the following source if defined:

    • kTSI_GlobalInterruptEnable

    • kTSI_EndOfScanInterruptEnable

    • kTSI_OutOfRangeInterruptEnable

static inline uint32_t TSI_GetStatusFlags(TSI_Type *base)

Get interrupt flag. This function get tsi interrupt flags.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

The mask of these status flags combination.

void TSI_ClearStatusFlags(TSI_Type *base, uint32_t mask)

Clear interrupt flag.

This function clear tsi interrupt flag, automatically cleared flags can not be cleared by this function.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • mask – The status flags to clear.

static inline uint32_t TSI_GetScanTriggerMode(TSI_Type *base)

Get TSI scan trigger mode.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

Scan trigger mode.

static inline bool TSI_IsScanInProgress(TSI_Type *base)

Get scan in progress flag.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

True - scan is in progress. False - scan is not in progress.

static inline void TSI_EnableModule(TSI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enables the TSI Module or not.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • enable – Choose whether to enable or disable module;

    • true Enable TSI module;

    • false Disable TSI module;

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_EnableLowPower(TSI_Type *base, bool enable)

Sets the TSI low power STOP mode enable or not. This enables TSI module function in low power modes.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • enable – Choose to enable or disable STOP mode.

    • true Enable module in STOP mode;

    • false Disable module in STOP mode;

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_EnableHardwareTriggerScan(TSI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable the hardware trigger scan or not.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • enable – Choose to enable hardware trigger or software trigger scan.

    • true Enable hardware trigger scan;

    • false Enable software trigger scan;

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_StartSoftwareTrigger(TSI_Type *base)

Start one sotware trigger measurement (trigger a new measurement).

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetSelfCapMeasuredChannel(TSI_Type *base, uint8_t channel)

Set the measured channel number for self-cap mode.

Note

This API can only be used in self-cap mode!

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • channel – Channel number 0 … 24.

Returns:

none.

static inline uint8_t TSI_GetSelfCapMeasuredChannel(TSI_Type *base)

Get the current measured channel number, in self-cap mode.

Note

This API can only be used in self-cap mode!

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

uint8_t Channel number 0 … 24.

static inline void TSI_EnableDmaTransfer(TSI_Type *base, bool enable)

Enable DMA transfer or not.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • enable – Choose to enable DMA transfer or not.

    • true Enable DMA transfer;

    • false Disable DMA transfer;

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_EnableEndOfScanDmaTransferOnly(TSI_Type *base, bool enable)

Decide whether to enable End of Scan DMA transfer request only.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • enable – Choose whether to enable End of Scan DMA transfer request only.

    • true Enable End of Scan DMA transfer request only;

    • false Both End-of-Scan and Out-of-Range can generate DMA transfer request.

Returns:

none.

static inline uint16_t TSI_GetCounter(TSI_Type *base)

Gets the conversion counter value.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

Accumulated scan counter value ticked by the reference clock.

static inline void TSI_SetLowThreshold(TSI_Type *base, uint16_t low_threshold)

Set the TSI wake-up channel low threshold.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • low_threshold – Low counter threshold.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetHighThreshold(TSI_Type *base, uint16_t high_threshold)

Set the TSI wake-up channel high threshold.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • high_threshold – High counter threshold.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetMainClock(TSI_Type *base, tsi_main_clock_selection_t mainClock)

Set the main clock of the TSI module.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • mainClock – clock option value.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetSensingMode(TSI_Type *base, tsi_sensing_mode_selection_t mode)

Set the sensing mode of the TSI module.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • mode – Mode value.

Returns:

none.

static inline tsi_sensing_mode_selection_t TSI_GetSensingMode(TSI_Type *base)

Get the sensing mode of the TSI module.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

Returns:

Currently selected sensing mode.

static inline void TSI_SetDvolt(TSI_Type *base, tsi_dvolt_option_t dvolt)

Set the DVOLT settings.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • dvolt – The voltage rails.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_EnableNoiseCancellation(TSI_Type *base, bool enableCancellation)

Enable self-cap mode noise cancellation function or not.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • enableCancellation – Choose whether to enable noise cancellation in self-cap mode

    • true Enable noise cancellation;

    • false Disable noise cancellation;

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetMutualCapTxChannel(TSI_Type *base, tsi_mutual_tx_channel_t txChannel)

Set the mutual-cap mode TX channel.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • txChannel – Mutual-cap mode TX channel number

Returns:

none.

static inline tsi_mutual_tx_channel_t TSI_GetTxMutualCapMeasuredChannel(TSI_Type *base)

Get the current measured TX channel number, in mutual-cap mode.

Note

This API can only be used in mutual-cap mode!

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address;

Returns:

Tx Channel number 0 … 5;

static inline void TSI_SetMutualCapRxChannel(TSI_Type *base, tsi_mutual_rx_channel_t rxChannel)

Set the mutual-cap mode RX channel.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • rxChannel – Mutual-cap mode RX channel number

Returns:

none.

static inline tsi_mutual_rx_channel_t TSI_GetRxMutualCapMeasuredChannel(TSI_Type *base)

Get the current measured RX channel number, in mutual-cap mode.

Note

This API can only be used in mutual-cap mode!

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address;

Returns:

Rx Channel number 6 … 11;

static inline void TSI_SetSscMode(TSI_Type *base, tsi_ssc_mode_t mode)

Set the SSC clock mode of the TSI module.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • mode – SSC mode option value.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetSscPrescaler(TSI_Type *base, tsi_ssc_prescaler_t prescaler)

Set the SSC prescaler of the TSI module.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • prescaler – SSC prescaler option value.

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_SetUsedTxChannel(TSI_Type *base, tsi_mutual_tx_channel_t txChannel)

Set used mutual-cap TX channel.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • txChannel – Mutual-cap mode TX channel number

Returns:

none.

static inline void TSI_ClearUsedTxChannel(TSI_Type *base, tsi_mutual_tx_channel_t txChannel)

Clear used mutual-cap TX channel.

Parameters:
  • base – TSI peripheral base address.

  • txChannel – Mutual-cap mode TX channel number

Returns:

none.

FSL_TSI_DRIVER_VERSION

TSI driver version.

ALL_FLAGS_MASK

TSI status flags macro collection.

struct _tsi_calibration_data
#include <fsl_tsi_v5.h>

TSI calibration data storage.

Public Members

uint16_t calibratedData[1]

TSI calibration data storage buffer

struct _tsi_common_config
#include <fsl_tsi_v5.h>

TSI common configuration structure.

This structure contains the common settings for TSI self-cap or mutual-cap mode, configurations including the TSI module main clock, sensing mode, DVOLT options, SINC and SSC configurations.

Public Members

tsi_main_clock_selection_t mainClock

Set main clock.

tsi_sensing_mode_selection_t mode

Choose sensing mode.

tsi_dvolt_option_t dvolt

DVOLT option value.

tsi_sinc_cutoff_div_t cutoff

Cutoff divider.

tsi_sinc_filter_order_t order

SINC filter order.

tsi_sinc_decimation_value_t decimation

SINC decimation value.

tsi_ssc_charge_num_t chargeNum

SSC High Width (t1), SSC output bit0’s period setting.

tsi_ssc_prbs_outsel_t prbsOutsel

SSC High Random Width (t2), length of PRBS(Pseudo-RandomBinarySequence),SSC output bit2’s period setting.

tsi_ssc_nocharge_num_t noChargeNum

SSC Low Width (t3), SSC output bit1’s period setting.

tsi_ssc_mode_t ssc_mode

Clock mode selection (basic - from main clock by divider,advanced - using SSC(Switching Speed Clock) by three configurable intervals.

tsi_ssc_prescaler_t ssc_prescaler

Set clock divider for basic mode.

struct _tsi_selfCap_config
#include <fsl_tsi_v5.h>

TSI configuration structure for self-cap mode.

This structure contains the settings for the most common TSI self-cap configurations including the TSI module charge currents, sensitivity configuration and so on.

Public Members

tsi_common_config_t commonConfig

Common settings.

bool enableSensitivity

Enable sensitivity boost of self-cap or not.

tsi_shield_t enableShield

Enable shield of self-cap mode or not.

tsi_sensitivity_xdn_option_t xdn

Sensitivity XDN option.

tsi_sensitivity_ctrim_option_t ctrim

Sensitivity CTRIM option.

tsi_current_multiple_input_t inputCurrent

Input current multiple.

tsi_current_multiple_charge_t chargeCurrent

Charge/Discharge current multiple.

struct _tsi_mutualCap_config
#include <fsl_tsi_v5.h>

TSI configuration structure for mutual-cap mode.

This structure contains the settings for the most common TSI mutual-cap configurations including the TSI module generator settings, sensitivity related current settings and so on.

Public Members

tsi_common_config_t commonConfig

Common settings.

tsi_mutual_pre_current_t preCurrent

Vref generator current.

tsi_mutual_pre_resistor_t preResistor

Vref generator resistor.

tsi_mutual_sense_resistor_t senseResistor

I-sense generator resistor.

tsi_mutual_sense_boost_current_t boostCurrent

Sensitivity boost current setting.

tsi_mutual_tx_drive_mode_t txDriveMode

TX drive mode control setting.

tsi_mutual_pmos_current_left_t pmosLeftCurrent

Pmos current mirror on the left side.

tsi_mutual_pmos_current_right_t pmosRightCurrent

Pmos current mirror on the right side.

bool enableNmosMirror

Enable Nmos current mirror setting or not.

tsi_mutual_nmos_current_t nmosCurrent

Nmos current mirror setting.

WDOG32: 32-bit Watchdog Timer

void WDOG32_GetDefaultConfig(wdog32_config_t *config)

Initializes the WDOG32 configuration structure.

This function initializes the WDOG32 configuration structure to default values. The default values are:

wdog32Config->enableWdog32 = true;
wdog32Config->clockSource = kWDOG32_ClockSource1;
wdog32Config->prescaler = kWDOG32_ClockPrescalerDivide1;
wdog32Config->workMode.enableWait = true;
wdog32Config->workMode.enableStop = false;
wdog32Config->workMode.enableDebug = false;
wdog32Config->testMode = kWDOG32_TestModeDisabled;
wdog32Config->enableUpdate = true;
wdog32Config->enableInterrupt = false;
wdog32Config->enableWindowMode = false;
wdog32Config->windowValue = 0U;
wdog32Config->timeoutValue = 0xFFFFU;

See also

wdog32_config_t

Parameters:
  • config – Pointer to the WDOG32 configuration structure.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_Init(WDOG_Type *base, const wdog32_config_t *config))

Initializes the WDOG32 module.

This function initializes the WDOG32. To reconfigure the WDOG32 without forcing a reset first, enableUpdate must be set to true in the configuration.

Example:

wdog32_config_t config;
WDOG32_GetDefaultConfig(&config);
config.timeoutValue = 0x7ffU;
config.enableUpdate = true;
WDOG32_Init(wdog_base,&config);

Note

If there is errata ERR010536 (FSL_FEATURE_WDOG_HAS_ERRATA_010536 defined as 1), then after calling this function, user need delay at least 4 LPO clock cycles before accessing other WDOG32 registers.

Parameters:
  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

  • config – The configuration of the WDOG32.

void WDOG32_Deinit(WDOG_Type *base)

De-initializes the WDOG32 module.

This function shuts down the WDOG32. Ensure that the WDOG_CS.UPDATE is 1, which means that the register update is enabled.

Parameters:
  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_Unlock(WDOG_Type *base))

Unlocks the WDOG32 register written.

Disables the WDOG32 module.

Enables the WDOG32 module.

This function unlocks the WDOG32 register written.

Before starting the unlock sequence and following the configuration, disable the global interrupts. Otherwise, an interrupt could effectively invalidate the unlock sequence and the WCT may expire. After the configuration finishes, re-enable the global interrupts.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to enable the WDOG32. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to disable the WDOG32. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:
  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_EnableInterrupts(WDOG_Type *base, uint32_t mask))

Enables the WDOG32 interrupt.

Clears the WDOG32 flag.

Disables the WDOG32 interrupt.

This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to enable the WDOG32 interrupt. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Example to clear an interrupt flag:

WDOG32_ClearStatusFlags(wdog_base,kWDOG32_InterruptFlag);

Parameters:
  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

  • mask – The interrupts to enable. The parameter can be a combination of the following source if defined:

    • kWDOG32_InterruptEnable

    This function writes a value into the WDOG_CS register to disable the WDOG32 interrupt. The WDOG_CS register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

  • mask – The interrupts to disabled. The parameter can be a combination of the following source if defined:

    • kWDOG32_InterruptEnable

    This function clears the WDOG32 status flag.

  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

  • mask – The status flags to clear. The parameter can be any combination of the following values:

    • kWDOG32_InterruptFlag

static inline uint32_t WDOG32_GetStatusFlags(WDOG_Type *base)

Gets the WDOG32 all status flags.

This function gets all status flags.

Example to get the running flag:

uint32_t status;
status = WDOG32_GetStatusFlags(wdog_base) & kWDOG32_RunningFlag;

See also

_wdog32_status_flags_t

  • true: related status flag has been set.

  • false: related status flag is not set.

Parameters:
  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

Returns:

State of the status flag: asserted (true) or not-asserted (false).

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_SetTimeoutValue(WDOG_Type *base, uint16_t timeoutCount))

Sets the WDOG32 timeout value.

This function writes a timeout value into the WDOG_TOVAL register. The WDOG_TOVAL register is a write-once register. To ensure the reconfiguration fits the timing of WCT, unlock function will be called inline.

Parameters:
  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

  • timeoutCount – WDOG32 timeout value, count of WDOG32 clock ticks.

AT_QUICKACCESS_SECTION_CODE (void WDOG32_SetWindowValue(WDOG_Type *base, uint16_t windowValue))

Sets the WDOG32 window value.

This function writes a window value into the WDOG_WIN register. The WDOG_WIN register is a write-once register. Please check the enableUpdate is set to true for calling WDOG32_Init to do wdog initialize. Before call the re-configuration APIs, ensure that the WCT window is still open and this register has not been written in this WCT while the function is called.

Parameters:
  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

  • windowValue – WDOG32 window value.

static inline void WDOG32_Refresh(WDOG_Type *base)

Refreshes the WDOG32 timer.

This function feeds the WDOG32. This function should be called before the Watchdog timer is in timeout. Otherwise, a reset is asserted.

Parameters:
  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address

static inline uint16_t WDOG32_GetCounterValue(WDOG_Type *base)

Gets the WDOG32 counter value.

This function gets the WDOG32 counter value.

Parameters:
  • base – WDOG32 peripheral base address.

Returns:

Current WDOG32 counter value.

WDOG_FIRST_WORD_OF_UNLOCK

First word of unlock sequence

WDOG_SECOND_WORD_OF_UNLOCK

Second word of unlock sequence

WDOG_FIRST_WORD_OF_REFRESH

First word of refresh sequence

WDOG_SECOND_WORD_OF_REFRESH

Second word of refresh sequence

FSL_WDOG32_DRIVER_VERSION

WDOG32 driver version.

enum _wdog32_clock_source

Describes WDOG32 clock source.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource0

Clock source 0

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource1

Clock source 1

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource2

Clock source 2

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockSource3

Clock source 3

enum _wdog32_clock_prescaler

Describes the selection of the clock prescaler.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockPrescalerDivide1

Divided by 1

enumerator kWDOG32_ClockPrescalerDivide256

Divided by 256

enum _wdog32_test_mode

Describes WDOG32 test mode.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_TestModeDisabled

Test Mode disabled

enumerator kWDOG32_UserModeEnabled

User Mode enabled

enumerator kWDOG32_LowByteTest

Test Mode enabled, only low byte is used

enumerator kWDOG32_HighByteTest

Test Mode enabled, only high byte is used

enum _wdog32_interrupt_enable_t

WDOG32 interrupt configuration structure.

This structure contains the settings for all of the WDOG32 interrupt configurations.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_InterruptEnable

Interrupt is generated before forcing a reset

enum _wdog32_status_flags_t

WDOG32 status flags.

This structure contains the WDOG32 status flags for use in the WDOG32 functions.

Values:

enumerator kWDOG32_RunningFlag

Running flag, set when WDOG32 is enabled

enumerator kWDOG32_InterruptFlag

Interrupt flag, set when interrupt occurs

typedef enum _wdog32_clock_source wdog32_clock_source_t

Describes WDOG32 clock source.

typedef enum _wdog32_clock_prescaler wdog32_clock_prescaler_t

Describes the selection of the clock prescaler.

typedef struct _wdog32_work_mode wdog32_work_mode_t

Defines WDOG32 work mode.

typedef enum _wdog32_test_mode wdog32_test_mode_t

Describes WDOG32 test mode.

typedef struct _wdog32_config wdog32_config_t

Describes WDOG32 configuration structure.

struct _wdog32_work_mode
#include <fsl_wdog32.h>

Defines WDOG32 work mode.

Public Members

bool enableWait

Enables or disables WDOG32 in wait mode

bool enableStop

Enables or disables WDOG32 in stop mode

bool enableDebug

Enables or disables WDOG32 in debug mode

struct _wdog32_config
#include <fsl_wdog32.h>

Describes WDOG32 configuration structure.

Public Members

bool enableWdog32

Enables or disables WDOG32

wdog32_clock_source_t clockSource

Clock source select

wdog32_clock_prescaler_t prescaler

Clock prescaler value

wdog32_work_mode_t workMode

Configures WDOG32 work mode in debug stop and wait mode

wdog32_test_mode_t testMode

Configures WDOG32 test mode

bool enableUpdate

Update write-once register enable

bool enableInterrupt

Enables or disables WDOG32 interrupt

bool enableWindowMode

Enables or disables WDOG32 window mode

uint16_t windowValue

Window value

uint16_t timeoutValue

Timeout value